SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Amendment No. 2
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
WellCare Group, Inc.
Delaware | 6324 | 47-0937650 | ||
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
6800 North Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 268
Mr. Todd S. Farha
Copies to:
Stephen A. Riddick, Esq.
Jason T. Simon, Esq. Greenberg Traurig, LLP 800 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Suite 500 Washington, D.C. 20006 (202) 331-3100 |
Dennis M. Myers, P.C.
Kirkland & Ellis LLP 200 East Randolph Drive Chicago, Illinois 60601 (312) 861-2000 |
Leslie N. Silverman, Esq.
Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton One Liberty Plaza New York, New York 10006 (212) 225-2000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If delivery of the Prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
||||||||
|
||||||||
Proposed Maximum | Proposed Maximum | |||||||
Title of Each Class of | Amount to be | Offering Price Per | Aggregate Offering | Amount of | ||||
Securities to be Registered | Registered(1) | Share(2) | Price(2) | Registration Fee(3) | ||||
|
||||||||
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
|
8,433,333 | $16.00 | $134,933,328 | $17,096 | ||||
|
||||||||
|
(1) | Includes 1,100,000 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase from the selling stockholder to cover over- allotments, if any. |
(2) | Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
(3) | $12,670 previously paid. |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this
prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell
securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus
is not an offer to sell securities and we are not soliciting
offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or
sale is not permitted.
|
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Shares
COMMON STOCK
WellCare Group, Inc. is offering 7,333,333 shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share.
We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WCG.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page 7.
PRICE $ A SHARE
Underwriting | ||||||||||||
Discounts and | Proceeds to | |||||||||||
Price to Public | Commissions | WellCare | ||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Per Share
|
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Total
|
$ | $ | $ |
The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 1,100,000 shares to cover over-allotments. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholder.
The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on , 2004.
MORGAN STANLEY
SG COWEN & CO. |
UBS INVESTMENT BANK |
WACHOVIA SECURITIES |
, 2004.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||||
|
||||||||
1 | ||||||||
7 | ||||||||
22 | ||||||||
23 | ||||||||
23 | ||||||||
24 | ||||||||
25 | ||||||||
26 | ||||||||
27 | ||||||||
29 | ||||||||
47 | ||||||||
71 | ||||||||
86 | ||||||||
90 | ||||||||
92 | ||||||||
95 | ||||||||
97 | ||||||||
100 | ||||||||
102 | ||||||||
102 | ||||||||
102 | ||||||||
F-1 | ||||||||
EX-2.1 | ||||||||
EX-10.24 | ||||||||
EX-10.29 | ||||||||
EX-23.1 |
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholder have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholder are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of when this prospectus is delivered or when any sale of our common stock occurs.
Until , 2004, all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
i
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information
contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all
of the information that may be important to you. You should read
the following summary together with the more detailed
information regarding our company, the common stock being sold
in this offering and our consolidated and combined financial
statements, including the notes to those statements, appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our Business
We arrange for the delivery of healthcare
services, also known as managed care services,
targeted exclusively to government-sponsored healthcare
programs, focusing on Medicaid and Medicare. We have centralized
core functions, such as claims processing and medical
management, combined with marketing and provider relationships
tailored to the local markets where we operate. We believe that
this approach allows us to provide high-quality, affordable
healthcare services to our members and offer cost saving
opportunities to the states we serve, while maintaining mutually
beneficial relationships with our providers and our regulators.
We also believe that our approach to the delivery of managed
care services will allow us to effectively grow our business,
both through organic growth and acquisitions.
We operate health plans in Florida, New York,
Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana. In Florida, as of
March 31, 2004, we served more than 495,000 members,
and operated the two largest Medicaid managed care plans. In New
York and Connecticut, as of March 31, 2004, we served
approximately 60,000 and 26,000 members, respectively. As a
result of our recent acquisition of Harmony Health Systems,
Inc., we currently serve approximately 54,000 members in
Illinois and 30,000 members in Indiana.
Our Markets and Opportunities
The market for government-sponsored healthcare
programs in the United States is large and growing. In 2002,
Medicaid covered 40.1 million enrollees and Medicare
covered 40.5 million enrollees, according to the federal
governments Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services, or CMS. Enrollment in Medicaid managed care programs
has grown rapidly in recent years, from 13.3 million, or
40% of enrollees, in 1996 to 23.1 million, or 58% of
enrollees, in 2002, according to CMS. These managed care
programs generally arrange for the delivery of an array of
healthcare services to members at a fixed monthly payment per
member.
We are the largest provider of Medicaid managed
care services in the State of Florida, where we also operate a
large Medicare plan. In 2003, we added approximately
44,000 members to our State Childrens Health
Insurance Program, or SCHIP, known in Florida as Healthy Kids.
Florida has approximately 2.1 million Medicaid enrollees,
according to CMS, which includes beneficiaries under the
Supplemental Security Income and the Temporary Assistance to
Needy Families programs. Florida also has 2.9 million
Medicare enrollees, the second largest population of any state.
Based on our history of providing quality managed care services
in Florida, we believe we are well positioned to continue
increasing our membership in the state.
Our health plans in New York and Connecticut have
experienced significant membership growth under our management.
During 2003, our membership in New York grew approximately 23%
to nearly 56,000 members, and our membership in Connecticut grew
approximately 39% to nearly 24,000 members. We believe that
both of these states are attractive markets for growth. We
believe that the New York market opportunity is substantial,
with approximately 3.4 million Medicaid and
2.7 million Medicare enrollees, according to CMS.
In June 2004, we acquired Harmony Health Systems,
Inc., a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in Illinois and
Indiana. See Recent Developments. We
plan to leverage our approach to the delivery of managed care
programs by expanding our Medicaid, Medicare and other products
in our current markets and in additional counties and states.
1
Our Competitive Advantages
We operate health plans focused on
government-sponsored healthcare programs. We believe the
following are among our key competitive advantages:
Leading Market Presence.
We are the leading Medicaid provider
in Florida, with a market share of approximately 50% and over
452,000 Medicaid managed care enrollees, and are also the
leading provider of Medicaid managed care services in Illinois.
We believe that this strong market position provides us with
numerous strategic advantages, including enhanced economies of
scale, extensive provider networks in our core markets, strong
relationships with state and local agencies and the ability to
provide a broad range of government-sponsored healthcare
programs.
Diversified Government Healthcare
Programs.
We offer managed care
services for a diversified range of government programs,
including the SCHIP, Supplemental Security Income and Temporary
Assistance to Needy Families Medicaid programs and Medicare.
This approach helps reduce the impact of rate reductions or
other adverse changes affecting any one of these programs. We
believe that our experience in serving a broad range of
enrollees in Medicaid, Medicare and related programs positions
us to capitalize on growth opportunities within the market for
government-sponsored healthcare programs.
Centralized and Scalable
Operations.
We have centralized our
medical management programs, claims processing, member services,
information technology, regulatory compliance and pharmacy
benefits programs. Centralizing these functions and operating on
a single platform permit management to better assess and control
medical costs. Our administrative and information services have
been designed to be scalable to accommodate growth, while
allowing targeted marketing and provider services tailored to
local markets.
Strong Relationships with Government
Agencies.
We work closely with the
government agencies that regulate us to develop the products and
services that we offer. Our relationships with these government
agencies enable us to deliver high-quality, affordable
healthcare services to our members and create cost saving
opportunities for the states in which we operate, many of which
currently are facing budgetary pressures. By demonstrating our
ability to provide quality, cost-effective services, we believe
government agencies will remain committed to the growth of
managed care as a means to control rising healthcare
expenditures.
Partnerships with Providers.
We seek to enter into mutually
beneficial arrangements with our providers, which help them to
develop their practices. We provide quality service and strive
to be a low hassle partner in developing and maintaining strong
relationships with our providers. As a result of this approach,
we have established a broad provider network that includes over
22,000 physicians and specialists and 350 hospitals.
Integrated Medical
Management.
We employ a coordinated,
integrated approach to medical management in order to provide
appropriate care to our members, contain costs and ensure an
efficient delivery network. Our focus is to ensure that members
receive the appropriate care in a timely manner and in the
appropriate healthcare delivery setting. Key elements of our
medical management strategy include a focus on preventative
care, careful management of outpatient, inpatient and other
services and case and disease management. We believe that this
approach allows us to improve medical outcomes for our members,
resulting in cost savings for the states in which we operate.
Our Growth Strategy
Our objective is to be the leading provider of
managed care services for government-sponsored healthcare
programs. To achieve this objective, we intend to:
2
Additional Considerations
We arrange for the delivery of healthcare
services through a limited number of contracts with government
agencies, and any termination of, or failure to renew, our
existing government contracts could materially reduce our
revenues and profitability. Because the premiums we receive are
established by contract, our profitability depends in large part
on our ability to predict and effectively manage the costs of
healthcare services delivered to our members. In addition, our
operating results depend significantly on Medicaid and Medicare
program funding, premium levels, eligibility standards,
reimbursement levels and other regulatory requirements
established by the federal government and the governments of the
states in which we operate. We are subject to extensive
government regulation, and any violation of the laws and
regulations applicable to us could adversely affect our
operating results. Our operating results are also heavily
dependent on the continued profitability of our operations in
Florida, which account for a significant portion of our
revenues. For a discussion of these and other risks relating to
our business and an investment in our common stock, see
Risk Factors beginning on page 7.
Recent Developments
Harmony Acquisition.
In June 2004, we acquired Harmony
Health Systems, Inc., a provider of Medicaid managed care plans
in Illinois and Indiana. Harmony, through a wholly-owned
subsidiary, operates the largest Medicaid managed care plan in
Illinois, serving over 54,000 members in that State and over
30,000 members in Indiana. The purchase price for the
acquisition was approximately $50.3 million in cash, after
deducting (i) pre-closing cash distributions made by
Harmony to its equityholders and (ii) certain transaction
expenses incurred by Harmony or its shareholders. The purchase
price will be either increased or reduced, as applicable, by the
amount of any excess or shortfall in the amount of
Harmonys reserves for medical claims as of
December 31, 2003 compared to medical claims actually
incurred as of that date, as measured on or about
December 31, 2004.
New Credit Facilities.
In May 2004, we entered into an
agreement pursuant to which we obtained two new senior secured
credit facilities, consisting of a term loan facility in an
amount of $160 million and a revolving credit facility in
the amount of $50 million, of which $10 million is
available for short-term borrowings on a swingline basis. These
facilities are being provided by a group of banks and other
financial institutions led by Credit Suisse First Boston and
Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. We used a portion of the
proceeds of the term loan facility to prepay $85 million of
the outstanding principal balance of a promissory note we issued
to the stockholder representative of the parties that sold our
Florida operations to us, including Rupesh Shah, our Senior Vice
President, Market Expansion, and his spouse. We used the
remaining proceeds of the term loan facility to prepay
additional indebtedness, to pay the purchase price for the
Harmony acquisition and to pay transaction fees. The term loan
facility will mature in May 2009, and the revolving credit
facility will mature in May 2008.
Our Company
We were formed in May 2002 to acquire the
WellCare group of companies. In July 2002, we completed the
acquisition of our current businesses through two concurrent
transactions. In the first, we acquired our Florida operations,
including our Well Care HMO and HealthEase subsidiaries, in a
stock purchase from several individuals. In the second
transaction, we acquired The WellCare Management Group, Inc., a
publicly-traded holding company and the parent company of our
New York and Connecticut operations, through a merger of that
company into a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Operations Corporate History and
WellCare Acquisitions.
Since our inception, we have operated through a
holding company that is a limited liability company. As
described in Reorganization as a Corporation, our
holding company will become a Delaware corporation immediately
prior to the closing of this offering. At that time, our name
will be changed to WellCare Health Plans, Inc.
3
Our principal executive offices are located at
6800 North Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 268, Tampa,
Florida 33614, and our telephone number is
(813) 290-6200. Our website is www.wellcare.com.
Information contained on our website or links to our website do
not constitute a part of this prospectus.
References in this prospectus to
WellCare, we, our and
us, for periods prior to the closing of this
offering, refer to WellCare Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, and as of the closing and thereafter, to
WellCare Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together in each
case with our subsidiaries and any predecessor entities unless
the context suggests otherwise.
The WellCare trademark and design appearing on
the front cover of this prospectus are registered trademarks of
The WellCare Management Group, Inc., one of our wholly-owned
subsidiaries.
The Offering
Except as otherwise noted, the number of
shares to be outstanding after this offering excludes:
Except as otherwise noted, all information in
this prospectus is based on the following assumptions:
4
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
DATA
The following table sets forth our summary
financial data. This information should be read in conjunction
with our financial statements and the related notes and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect
to the sale of 7,333,333 shares of common stock at an
assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share,
less the estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us. WellCare, as it
existed prior to the July 31, 2002 acquisition of the
WellCare group of companies, is referred to as
Predecessor. WellCare, as it existed on and after
July 31, 2002, is referred to as Successor.
5
6
RISK FACTORS
This offering and an investment in our common
stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully
consider the following risks and all other information contained
in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock. If any of
the following risks actually occur, our business, financial
condition and results of operations could be materially and
adversely affected, the value of our stock could decline, and
you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks and
uncertainties described below are those that we currently
believe may materially affect our company. Additional risks and
uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently
deem immaterial also may impair our business
operations.
Risks Related to Our Business
If our government contracts are not renewed or
are terminated, our business could be substantially
impaired.
We provide our Medicaid, Medicare, SCHIP and
other services through a limited number of contracts with state,
federal or local government agencies. These contracts generally
have terms of one or two years and are subject to nonrenewal by
the applicable agency. All of our government contracts are
terminable for cause if we breach a material provision of the
contract or violate relevant laws or regulations. In addition,
our right to add new members may be suspended by a government
agency if it finds deficiencies in our provider network or
operations. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the
percentage of our total premium revenue that we derived from our
Medicaid contracts in Florida, New York and Connecticut was 59%,
9% and 4%, respectively; and the percentage derived from our
Medicare contracts was 27%, which was primarily derived from our
Florida Medicare business; and the remainder is from our
commercial and other contracts.
Our contracts with the states are subject to
cancellation or a potential freeze on enrollment by the state in
the event of the unavailability of state or federal funding.
This has recently occurred with the Florida Healthy Kids SCHIP
program, which includes our Healthy Kids contract. The State of
Florida suspended new enrollment in this program beginning in
July 2003 due to budgetary constraints. The State has recently
announced that children on the programs waiting list as of
January 2004 will be assigned to eligible health plans,
including ours, beginning in the second quarter of 2004, and
that any future enrollment and growth in the Healthy Kids SCHIP
program will be limited to specified open enrollment periods and
subject to the availability of adequate funding for the program.
In some jurisdictions, a cancellation or enrollment freeze may
be immediate and in other jurisdictions a notice period is
required. Some of our contracts are also subject to termination
or are eligible for renewal through annual competitive bids. We
may face increased competition as other plans attempt to enter
our markets through the contracting process.
If we are unable to renew, or to successfully
rebid or compete for any of our government contracts, or if any
of our contracts are terminated, our business could be
substantially impaired. If any of those circumstances were to
occur, we would likely pursue one or more alternatives,
including seeking to enter into contracts in other geographic
markets, seeking to enter into contracts for other services in
our existing markets, or seeking to acquire other businesses
with existing government contracts. If we were unable to do so,
we could be forced to cease conducting business. In any such
event, our revenues would decrease materially.
If we are unable to manage medical benefits
expense effectively, our profitability will likely be reduced or
we could cease to be profitable.
Our profitability depends, to a significant
degree, on our ability to predict and effectively manage our
costs related to the provision of healthcare services.
Relatively small changes in the ratio of our expenses related to
healthcare services to the premiums we receive, or medical
benefits ratio, can create significant changes in our financial
results. Factors that may cause medical benefits expense to
exceed our estimates include:
7
Because of the relatively high average age of the
Medicare population, medical benefits expense for our Medicare
plans may be particularly difficult to control. According to
CMS, from 1967 to 2002, Medicare healthcare expenses nationwide
increased on average by 13.2% annually.
Although we have been able to manage our medical
benefits expense through a variety of techniques, including
various payment methods to primary care physicians and other
providers, advance approval for hospital services and referral
requirements, medical management and quality management
programs, upgraded information systems, and reinsurance
arrangements, we may not be able to continue to manage these
expenses effectively in the future. If our medical benefits
expense increases, our profits could be reduced or we may not
remain profitable. For example, a hypothetical 1% increase in
our medical benefits ratio for 2003 would have reduced our
earnings before income taxes for the year ended
December 31, 2003 by $10.4 million. The medical
benefits ratio represents our medical benefits expense as a
percentage of our premium revenue.
We maintain reinsurance to protect us against
severe or catastrophic medical claims, but we cannot assure you
that such reinsurance coverage currently is or will be adequate
or available to us in the future or that the cost of such
reinsurance will not limit our ability to obtain it.
Because our premiums, which generate most of
our revenues, are fixed by contract, we are unable to increase
our premiums during the contract term if our corresponding
medical benefits expense exceeds our estimates.
Most of our revenues are generated by premiums
consisting of fixed monthly payments per member. These payments
are fixed by contract, and we are obligated during the contract
period, which is generally one or two years, to provide or
arrange for the provision of healthcare services as established
by state and federal governments. We have less control over
costs related to the provision of healthcare services than we do
over our selling, general and administrative expense.
Historically, our medical benefits expense as a percentage of
premium revenue has fluctuated. For example, our medical
benefits expense was 84.8% of our combined premium revenue in
2002 and 82.6% of our combined premium revenue in 2003. If our
medical benefits expense exceeds our estimates, we will be
unable to adjust the premiums we receive under our current
contracts, and our profits may decline.
Reductions in funding for government
healthcare programs could substantially reduce our
profitability.
All of the healthcare services we offer are
through government-sponsored programs, such as Medicaid and
Medicare. As a result, our profitability is dependent, in large
part, on continued funding for government healthcare programs at
or above current levels. For example, the premium rates paid by
each state to health plans like ours differ depending on a
combination of factors such as upper payment limits established
by the state and federal governments, a members health
status, age, gender, county or region, benefit mix and member
eligibility categories. Future Medicaid premium rate levels may
be affected by continued government efforts to contain medical
costs or state and federal budgetary constraints. According to
the National Association of State Budget Officers, Medicaid
spending consumed 20.8% of the average states budget in
2002, representing the second largest expenditure. According to
the Congressional Budget Office, total state spending on
Medicaid is expected to reach $127 billion in 2004,
representing a 10.5% annual increase from 2002. Some states may
find it difficult to continue paying the current rates to
Medicaid health plans. Changes in Medicaid funding, for example,
may lead to reductions in the number of persons enrolled in or
eligible for Medicaid, reductions in the amount of reimbursement
or elimination of coverage for certain benefits such as
pharmacy, behavioral health or other benefits. In some cases,
changes in funding could be made retroactive. All of the states
in which we operate are presently considering legislation that
would reduce reimbursement rates, payment levels, benefits
covered or the
8
Federal budgetary constraints also may limit
premiums payable under our Medicare plans. For example, as a
result of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, annual increases on
premiums paid to many Medicare+Choice plans were subject to a 2%
cap, even though overall Medicare healthcare expenses were
increasing at a higher rate.
We are subject to extensive government
regulation, and any violation of the laws and regulations
applicable to us could reduce our revenues and profitability and
otherwise adversely affect our operating results.
Our business is extensively regulated by the
federal government and the states in which we operate. The laws
and regulations governing our operations are generally intended
to benefit and protect health plan members and providers rather
than stockholders. The government agencies administering these
laws and regulations have broad latitude to enforce them. These
laws and regulations, along with the terms of our government
contracts, regulate how we do business, what services we offer,
and how we interact with our members, providers and the public.
We are subject, on an ongoing basis, to various governmental
reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with
our contracts and applicable laws and regulations. Any adverse
review, audit or investigation could result in:
Any of these events could reduce our revenues and
profitability and otherwise adversely affect our operating
results.
We derive a substantial portion of our
revenues and profits from operations in Florida, and legislative
actions, economic conditions or other factors that adversely
affect those operations could materially reduce our revenues and
profits.
In 2003, our Florida health plans accounted for
86.0% of our total premium revenues. If we are unable to
continue to operate in Florida, or if our current operations in
any portion of Florida are significantly curtailed, our revenues
will decrease materially. Our reliance on our operations in
Florida could cause our revenues and profitability to change
suddenly and unexpectedly, depending on legislative actions,
economic conditions and similar factors. In addition, our
significant market share in Florida may make it more difficult
for us to expand our membership in Florida. For example, Florida
has recently frozen enrollment for its Healthy Kids SCHIP
program. Our inability to continue to operate in Florida, or a
decrease in the revenues of our Florida operations, would harm
our overall operating results.
We may not be able to realize the benefits we
anticipate from the acquisition of Harmony Health
Systems.
As a result of our recent acquisition of Harmony,
we will face significant challenges in integrating
organizations, operations, technology and services in a timely
and efficient manner and in retaining key personnel. Cost
savings, revenue growth and other anticipated benefits of the
acquisition may not materialize. The acquisition may result in a
diversion of our managements attention, loss of
management-level and other key employees of Harmony, and an
inability to integrate management, systems and operations, in
particular because Harmony does not currently operate on our
Perot Systems Diamond 950 software. The failure to
9
We may be unsuccessful in implementing our
growth strategy if we are unable to make or finance other
acquisitions on favorable terms or integrate the businesses we
acquire into our existing operations.
Although we cannot predict with certainty our
rate of growth as a result of acquisitions, we believe that
acquisitions of contract rights and other health plans will be
important to our growth strategy. Many of the other potential
purchasers of these assets have greater financial resources than
we have. Moreover, some sellers may insist on selling assets
that we do not want, such as commercial lines of business, or
transferring their liabilities to us as part of the sale of
their companies or assets. Even if we identify suitable
acquisition targets, we may be unable to complete acquisitions
or obtain the necessary financing for these acquisitions on
terms favorable to us, or at all. Further, to the extent we
complete acquisitions, we may be unable to realize the
anticipated benefits from acquisitions because of operational
factors or difficulties in integrating the acquisitions with our
existing businesses. This may include the integration of:
In addition, we are generally required to obtain
regulatory approval from one or more state agencies when making
acquisitions, which may require a public hearing. This is the
case regardless of whether we already operate a plan in the
state in which the business to be acquired is located. We may be
unable to comply with these regulatory requirements for an
acquisition in a timely manner, or at all. For all of the above
reasons, we may not be able to successfully implement our
acquisition strategy.
We may be unable to expand into some
geographic areas without incurring significant additional
costs.
We are likely to incur additional costs if we
enter states or counties where we do not currently operate. Our
rate of expansion into other geographic areas may also be
inhibited by:
Accordingly, we may be unsuccessful in entering
other metropolitan areas, counties or states.
10
Our limited operating history as a stand-alone
entity makes evaluating our business and future prospects
difficult.
We were formed in May 2002 to acquire the
WellCare group of companies. Until the closing of that
acquisition in July 2002, the companies that comprise our
Florida operations had operated as a closely-held business, and
our New York and Connecticut businesses had operated as
subsidiaries of a public company, the majority stockholders of
which were the owners of the Florida operations. Although the
majority of our associates were employed by our predecessor
companies, almost all of the senior members of our current
management have joined us recently, including Todd S. Farha, our
President and Chief Executive Officer. Our limited operating
history under current management may not be adequate to enable
you to fully assess our future prospects.
A failure to estimate incurred but not
reported medical benefits expense accurately will affect our
profitability.
Our medical benefits expense includes estimates
of medical claims incurred but not reported, or IBNR. We,
together with our internal and consulting actuaries, estimate
our medical cost liabilities using actuarial methods based on
historical data adjusted for payment patterns, cost trends,
product mix, seasonality, utilization of healthcare services and
other relevant factors. Actual conditions, however, could differ
from those assumed in the estimation process. Due to the
uncertainties associated with the factors used in these
assumptions, materially different amounts could be reported in
our financial statements for a particular period under different
conditions or using different assumptions. Adjustments, if
necessary, are made to medical benefits expense when the
criteria used to determine IBNR change and when actual claim
costs are ultimately determined. Although our estimates of IBNR
have been adequate since our acquisition of the WellCare
businesses, they may be inadequate in the future, which would
adversely affect our results of operations. Further, our
inability to estimate IBNR accurately may also affect our
ability to take timely corrective actions, further exacerbating
the extent of any adverse effect on our results.
The new Medicare legislation makes changes to
the Medicare program that could reduce our profitability and
increase competition for our existing and prospective
members.
On December 8, 2003, President Bush signed
the Medicare Modernization Act of 2003. This legislation makes
significant changes to the Medicare program. We believe that
many of these changes will benefit the managed care sector.
However, the new rate methodologies, expanded benefits and
shifts in certain coverage responsibilities pursuant to the Act
may increase competition and create uncertainties, including the
following:
11
Changes, other than the new Medicare
legislation, in federal funding mechanisms also could reduce our
profitability.
In addition to changes pursuant to the new
Medicare legislation, other changes in federal funding
mechanisms could reduce our profitability. As part of the
current administrations 2004 budget submission to
Congress, the Department of Health and Human Services announced
principles for Medicaid reform. The proposal would establish two
capped allotments for states combining both Medicaid and SCHIP
funds, one for acute care and one for long-term care. Under this
proposal, all mandatory populations and benefits would continue
to be covered as required under current law. States, however,
would be given flexibility for optional populations and
benefits. The proposal would be revenue neutral over a 10-year
period, although states would receive an additional
$12.7 billion over the first seven years, with
corresponding funding reductions in years eight through 10.
The proposal was meant to provide increased
flexibility to the states in managing their Medicaid and SCHIP
programs, in particular in the design of benefit packages for
optional populations. Governors working in concert with the
Department of Health and Human Services were unable to reach
agreement on these principles and the proposal was set aside for
the time being. It is uncertain whether this proposal, or a
variation thereof, will eventually be enacted. Congress instead
passed a $20.0 billion fiscal relief program for the states,
which included a $10.0 billion increase in the share of
medical assistance expenditures provided to each states
Medicaid program, known as the Federal Medical Assistance
Percentage.
If the Departments proposal is ultimately
adopted and the number of persons enrolled in Medicaid or SCHIP
decreases in the states in which we operate or the scope of
benefits provided is reduced, or expanded without a
corresponding increase in payments made to us, our growth,
revenues and profitability could be reduced.
We are required to comply with laws governing
the transmission, security and privacy of health information,
and we have not yet determined what our total compliance costs
will be.
The Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, requires us to comply with
standards for the exchange of health information within our
company and with third parties, such as healthcare providers,
business associates, and our members. These include standards
for common healthcare transactions, such as claims information,
plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic
12
The Department of Health and Human Services
finalized the transaction standards on August 17, 2000.
While we initially were required to comply with them by
October 16, 2002, Congress passed legislation in December
2001 that delayed the compliance date until October 16,
2003, but only for entities that submitted a compliance plan by
the original implementation deadline, which we did. On
February 20, 2003, the Department published certain
modifications to the final transaction standards, but these
changes did not affect the October 16, 2003 compliance
deadline. The Department issued the privacy standards on
December 28, 2000, and after certain delays, they became
effective on April 14, 2001, with a compliance date of
April 14, 2003. Sanctions for failing to comply with the
HIPAA health information practices provisions include criminal
penalties and civil sanctions. The security standards became
effective April 21, 2003, with a compliance date of
April 21, 2005 for most covered entities.
HIPAA also provides that to the extent that state
laws impose stricter privacy standards than HIPAA privacy
regulations or to the extent that a state seeks and receives an
exception from the Department of Health and Human Services
regarding certain state laws, such state standards and laws will
not be preempted. The states ability to promulgate
stricter rules, and uncertainty regarding many aspects of the
regulations, make compliance with the relatively new regulatory
landscape difficult and more expensive.
We believe we have achieved substantial
compliance with HIPAA by the applicable deadlines. However,
given its complexity, the recent adoption of several final
regulations, the possibility that the regulations may change and
may be subject to changing and perhaps conflicting
interpretation, our ability to comply with all of the HIPAA
requirements is uncertain. Moreover, due to the evolving nature
of the HIPAA requirements we have not yet determined what our
total compliance costs will be.
Future changes in healthcare law may reduce
our profitability or liquidity.
Healthcare laws and regulations, and their
interpretations, are subject to frequent change. Changes in
existing laws or regulations, or their interpretations, or the
enactment of new laws or regulations could reduce our
profitability by:
Changes in state law also may adversely affect
our profitability. Laws relating to managed care consumer
protection standards, including increased plan information
disclosure, limits to premium increases, expedited appeals and
grievance procedures, third party review of certain medical
decisions, health plan liability, access to specialists, clean
claim payment timing, physician collective bargaining rights and
confidentiality of medical records either have been enacted or
continue to be under discussion. New healthcare reform
legislation may require us to change the way we operate our
business, which may be costly. Further, although we have
exercised care in structuring our operations to attempt to
comply in all material respects with the laws and regulations
applicable to us, government officials charged with
responsibility for enforcing such laws may assert that we or
certain transactions in which we are involved are in violation
of these laws, or courts may ultimately interpret such laws in a
manner inconsistent with our interpretation. Therefore, it is
possible that future legislation and regulation and the
interpretation of laws and regulations could have a material
adverse effect on our ability to operate under the Medicaid,
Medicare and SCHIP programs and to continue to serve our members
and attract new members.
The statutory framework for our regulated
subsidiaries statutory net worth requirements may change
over time. For instance, New York has proposed a 150% increase
in reserve requirements. Other states may
13
Restrictions on our ability to market would
adversely affect our revenue.
Although we enroll some of our new members
through auto enrollment programs and voluntary member
enrollment, we rely on our marketing and sales efforts for a
significant portion of our membership growth. All of the states
in which we currently operate permit marketing but impose strict
requirements and limitations as to the types of marketing
activities that are permitted. In Florida and New York, other
plans have been prohibited from engaging in marketing activities
for a period of time after being found to have violated the
states requirements. While no such action is currently
pending or threatened by the State of Florida against us, from
time to time we have been cited, and in some cases fined, for
alleged marketing violations. Until recently, our New York
Medicare business was prohibited from marketing as a result of
past audits and regulatory deficiencies. If our marketing
efforts were to be prohibited or curtailed, our ability to
increase or sustain membership would be significantly harmed,
which would adversely affect our revenue.
Past operational deficiencies related to our
New York business may adversely affect our growth in
New York.
We inherited a number of operational deficiencies
when we acquired our New York business, which resulted in a
prohibition on marketing our Medicare program in New York.
Although we have made investments in our New York business to
address these deficiencies and are once again permitted to
market our Medicare health plan in New York, we continue to
experience problems related to our past deficiencies, including
gaps in our provider network. Moreover, members and providers
and potential members and providers may have a negative
perception of our New York health plans as a result of these
prior operational deficiencies. These issues may adversely
affect the growth of our business in New York.
If we are unable to maintain satisfactory
relationships with our providers, our profitability could
decline and we may be precluded from operating in some
markets.
Our profitability depends, in large part, upon
our ability to enter into cost-effective contracts with
hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers in
appropriate numbers in our geographic markets and at convenient
locations for our members. In any particular market, however,
providers could refuse to contract, demand higher payments or
take other actions that could result in higher medical benefits
expense. In some markets, certain providers, particularly
hospitals, physician/hospital organizations or multi-specialty
physician groups, may have significant market positions or near
monopolies. If such a provider or any of our other providers
refuse to contract with us, use their market position to
negotiate contracts that might not be cost-effective or
otherwise place us at a competitive disadvantage, those
activities could adversely affect our operating results in that
market area. In the long term, our ability to contract
successfully with a sufficiently large number of providers in a
particular geographic market will affect the relative
attractiveness of our managed care products in that market and
could preclude us from renewing our Medicaid or Medicare
contracts in those markets or from entering into new markets.
14
Our provider contracts with network primary care
physicians and specialists generally have terms of one year,
with automatic renewal for successive one-year terms. We may
terminate these contracts for cause, based on provider conduct
or other appropriate reasons, subject to laws giving providers
due process rights. The contracts generally may be cancelled by
either party without cause upon 60 or 90 days prior written
notice. Our contracts with hospitals generally have terms of one
to two years, with automatic renewal for successive one-year
terms. We may terminate these contracts for cause, based on
provider misconduct or other appropriate reasons. Our hospital
contracts generally may be cancelled by either party without
cause upon 120 days prior written notice. We may be unable
to continue to renew such contracts or enter into new contracts
enabling us to serve our members profitably. We will be required
to establish acceptable provider networks prior to entering new
markets. Although we have established long-term relationships
with many of our network providers, we may be unable to maintain
those relationships or enter into agreements with providers in
new markets on a timely basis or under favorable terms. If we
are unable to retain our current provider contracts or enter
into new provider contracts timely or on favorable terms, our
profitability could decline.
If a state fails to renew its federal waiver
application for mandated Medicaid enrollment into managed care
or such application is denied, our membership in that state will
likely decrease.
A significant percentage of our Medicaid plan
enrollment results from mandatory Medicaid enrollment in managed
care plans. States may only mandate Medicaid enrollment into
managed care under federal waivers or demonstrations. Waivers
and programs under demonstrations are generally approved for
two-year periods and can be renewed on an ongoing basis if the
state applies and the waiver request is approved or renewed by
CMS. We have no control over this renewal process. If a state in
which we operate does not renew its mandated program or the
federal government denies the states application for
renewal, our business would suffer as a result of a likely
decrease in membership.
We rely on the accuracy of eligibility lists
provided by the government. Inaccuracies in those lists could
reduce our revenues or profitability.
Premium payments to us are based upon eligibility
lists produced by the government. From time to time, states
require us to reimburse them for premiums paid to us based on an
eligibility list that a state later discovers contains
individuals who are not in fact eligible for any
government-sponsored program or are eligible for a different
premium category or a different program. Alternatively, a state
could fail to pay us for members for whom we are entitled to
payment. Our profitability would be reduced as a result of such
reimbursement to the state if we had made related payments to
providers and were unable to recoup such payments from the
providers. During 2003 and 2002, premium payment adjustments by
the government ranged from 0% to 3%, both negative and positive,
of total premiums.
Our business depends on our information
systems, and our inability to effectively integrate, manage and
keep secure our information systems could disrupt our
operations.
Our business is dependent on effective and secure
information systems that assist us in, among other things,
monitoring utilization and other cost factors, supporting our
healthcare management techniques, processing provider claims and
providing data to our regulators. Our providers also depend upon
our information systems for membership verifications, claims
status and other information. If we experience a reduction in
the performance, reliability or availability of our information
systems, our operations and ability to produce timely and
accurate reports could be adversely affected. In addition, many
of our key software applications are licensed from third
parties. If the owner of the software becomes insolvent or is
otherwise unable to support the software, our operations could
be adversely affected. Our operations could also be adversely
affected if the software owner is unwilling to continue to
support the software or charges materially increased fees for
such support.
We will not have a fully implemented disaster
recovery and business continuity program until the end of 2004.
Events outside our control, including acts of nature, such as
earthquakes, fires or hurricanes, or terrorism, could
significantly impair our information systems and applications.
15
Our information systems and applications require
continual maintenance, upgrading and enhancement to meet our
operational needs. If we are unable to maintain or expand our
systems, we could suffer from, among other things, operational
disruptions, such as the inability to pay claims or to make
claims payments on a timely basis, loss of members, difficulty
in attracting new members, regulatory problems and increases in
administrative expenses.
Our business requires the secure transmission of
confidential information over public networks. Advances in
computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of
cryptography or other events or developments could result in
compromises or breaches of our security systems and client data
stored in our information systems. Anyone who circumvents our
security measures could misappropriate our confidential
information or cause interruptions in services or operations.
The Internet is a public network, and data is sent over this
network from many sources. In the past, computer viruses or
software programs that disable or impair computers have been
distributed and have rapidly spread over the Internet. Computer
viruses could be introduced into our systems, or those of our
providers or regulators, which could disrupt our operations, or
make our systems inaccessible to our providers or regulators. We
may be required to expend significant capital and other
resources to protect against the threat of security breaches or
to alleviate problems caused by breaches. Because of the
confidential health information we store and transmit, security
breaches could expose us to a risk of regulatory action,
litigation, possible liability and loss. Our security measures
may be inadequate to prevent security breaches, and our business
operations would be adversely affected by cancellation of
contracts and loss of members if they are not prevented.
We may not have adequate intellectual property
rights in our brand names for our health plans, and we may be
unable to adequately enforce such rights.
Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to
market our health plans under our brand names, including
WellCare, HealthEase,
Staywell and Harmony. While we hold
federal trademark registrations for the WellCare
trademark, we have not taken enforcement action to prevent
infringement of our federal trademark and have not secured
registrations of our other marks. Other businesses may have
prior rights in the brand names that we market under or in
similar names, which could limit or prevent our ability to use
these marks, or to prevent others from using similar marks. If
we are unable to prevent others from using our brand names, or
if others prohibit us from using them, our revenues could be
adversely affected. Even if we are able to protect our
intellectual property rights in such brands, we could incur
significant costs in doing so.
Ineffective management of our growth may
adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition
and business.
Depending on acquisition and other opportunities,
we expect to continue to increase our membership and to expand
into other markets. In 1999, we had total revenue of
approximately $275 million. In 2003, we had total revenue
of more than $1.0 billion. Continued rapid growth could
place a significant strain on our management and on other
resources. Our ability to manage our growth may depend on our
ability to strengthen our management team and attract, train and
retain skilled associates, and our ability to implement and
improve operational, financial and management information
systems on a timely basis. If we are unable to manage our growth
effectively, our financial condition and results of operations
could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, due to
the initial substantial costs related to potential acquisitions,
rapid growth could adversely affect our short-term profitability
and liquidity.
We are subject to competition that may limit
our ability to increase or maintain membership in the markets we
serve.
We operate in a highly competitive environment
and in an industry that is currently subject to significant
changes due to business consolidations, new strategic alliances
and aggressive marketing practices by other managed care
organizations. We compete for members principally on the basis
of size, location and quality of provider network, benefits
provided, quality of service and reputation. A number of these
competitive elements are partially dependent upon and can be
positively affected by financial resources available to a health
plan.
16
We have substantial debt obligations that
could restrict our operations.
We have a significant amount of outstanding
indebtedness, including $160 million in borrowings under
our new senior secured credit facilities and $28.2 million in
outstanding debt to the parties that sold our Florida operations
to us. We have available borrowing capacity under our new senior
secured revolving credit facility of approximately
$50 million. We may also incur additional indebtedness in
the future. Our substantial indebtedness could have adverse
consequences, including:
Our debt service obligations will require us to
use a portion of our operating cash flow to pay interest and
principal on indebtedness instead of for other corporate
purposes, including funding future expansion of our business and
ongoing capital expenditures. If our operating cash flow and
capital resources are insufficient to service our debt
obligations, we may be forced to sell assets, seek additional
equity or debt capital or restructure our debt. However, these
measures might be unsuccessful or inadequate in permitting us to
meet scheduled debt service obligations.
Restrictions and covenants in our credit
facilities and instruments governing our additional indebtedness
may limit our ability to make certain acquisitions and declare
dividends.
The documents governing our new senior secured
credit facilities and our indebtedness to the parties that sold
our Florida operations to us contain various restrictions and
covenants, including prescribed fixed charge coverage and
leverage ratios and limitations on capital expenditures and
acquisitions, that restrict our financial and operating
flexibility, including our ability to make certain acquisitions
and declare dividends without lender approval.
Our failure to comply with covenants in our
debt instruments could result in our indebtedness being
immediately due and payable and the loss of our
assets.
Our indebtedness to the parties that sold our
Florida operations to us is secured by a pledge of 51% of the
outstanding capital stock of our subsidiary, WellCare Health
Plans, Inc., which is the parent corporation of all of our
operating subsidiaries. Our credit facilities are similarly
secured by a pledge of stock of our operating subsidiaries, as
well as a pledge of substantially all of the assets of our
non-regulated entities. If we fail to pay any of our
indebtedness when due, or if we breach any of the other
covenants in the instruments governing our indebtedness, one or
more events of default, including cross-defaults among multiple
portions of our indebtedness, could result. These events of
default could permit our creditors to declare all amounts owing
to be immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay
indebtedness owed to our secured creditors, they could proceed
against the collateral securing that indebtedness.
We are dependent on our executive officers and
other key associates.
Our operations are highly dependent on the
efforts of our President and Chief Executive Officer and our
other senior executives. Although some of our executives have
entered into employment agreements with us,
17
Claims relating to medical malpractice and
other litigation could cause us to incur significant
expenses.
Our providers involved in medical care decisions
may be exposed to the risk of medical malpractice claims. A
small percentage of these providers do not have malpractice
insurance. Although our network providers are independent
contractors, claimants sometimes allege that a managed care
organization such as us should be held responsible for alleged
provider malpractice, and some courts have permitted that theory
of liability; however, the Florida legislature recently enacted
legislation that has partially limited liability of managed care
organizations for provider malpractice. In addition, managed
care organizations may be sued directly for alleged negligence,
such as in connection with the credentialing of network
providers or for improper denials or delay of care. In addition,
Congress and several states are considering legislation that
would expressly permit managed care organizations to be held
liable for negligent treatment decisions or benefits coverage
determinations.
From time to time, we are party to various other
litigation matters, some of which seek monetary damages. We
cannot predict with certainty the eventual outcome of any
pending litigation or potential future litigation, and we might
incur substantial expense in defending these or future lawsuits
or indemnifying third parties with respect to the results of
such litigation. For example, an action, entitled
E.S.
Thomas vs. Well Care HMO, Inc.
, was filed against one
of our HMO subsidiaries in early 2001 by a sales agency that
contracted to market our predecessors commercial health
plan. The plaintiff alleges that its contract requires our Well
Care HMO subsidiary to allow the plaintiff to serve as a sales
agent for Well Care HMOs Medicare health plans, and seeks
monetary damages, including lost profits over the alleged
contract term. See Business Legal
Proceedings.
We maintain errors and omissions insurance with a
policy limit of $10 million and other insurance coverage
and, in some cases, indemnification rights that we believe are
adequate based on industry standards. However, potential
liabilities may not be covered by insurance or indemnity, our
insurers or indemnifying parties may dispute coverage or may be
unable to meet their obligations, or the amount of our insurance
or indemnification coverage may be inadequate. We cannot assure
you that we will be able to obtain insurance coverage in the
future, or that insurance will continue to be available on a
cost-effective basis, if at all. Moreover, even if claims
brought against us are unsuccessful or without merit, we would
have to defend ourselves against such claims. The defense of any
such actions may be time-consuming and costly, and may distract
our managements attention. As a result, we may incur
significant expenses and may be unable to effectively operate
our business.
Growth in the number of Medicaid eligibles may
be counter-cyclical, which could adversely affect our operating
results when general economic conditions are
improving.
The number of persons eligible to receive
Medicaid benefits may grow more slowly or even decline if
economic conditions continue to improve. Therefore, improvements
in general economic conditions may cause our membership levels
to decrease, thereby causing our operating results to suffer,
which could lead to decreases in our stock price during periods
in which stock prices in general are increasing.
18
Negative publicity regarding the managed care
industry may harm our business and operating results.
In the past, the managed care industry has
received negative publicity. This publicity has led to increased
legislation, regulation, review of industry practices and
private litigation in the commercial sector. These factors may
adversely affect our ability to market our services, require us
to change our services and increase the regulatory burdens under
which we operate, further increasing the costs of doing business
and adversely affecting our operating results.
If state regulators do not approve payments of
dividends and distributions by our affiliates to us, our
liquidity could be materially impaired.
We operate principally through our health plan
subsidiaries. These subsidiaries are subject to laws and
regulations that limit either the amount of dividends and
distributions that they can pay to us or the amount of fees that
may be paid to affiliates of our health plan subsidiaries
without prior approval of, or notification to, state regulators.
In addition, our New York and Connecticut subsidiaries may not
pay any dividends until September 2004 without regulatory
approval. The discretion of the state regulators, if any, in
approving or disapproving a dividend is not clearly defined.
Health plans that declare non-extraordinary dividends must
usually provide notice to the regulators in advance of the
intended distribution date of a non-extraordinary dividend. The
aggregate amounts our Florida health plan subsidiaries could
have paid us at December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 without
approval of the regulatory authorities were $0, $2,215,000 and
$568,000, respectively, assuming no dividends had been paid
during the respective calendar years. No dividends were
available to be paid from our New York and Connecticut health
plan subsidiaries during those years. None of our health plan
subsidiaries paid any dividends during 2001, 2002 or 2003.
Moreover, the proposed increase in reserve requirements in New
York may further hinder the ability of our New York managed care
plan to pay dividends. If the regulators were to deny or
significantly restrict our subsidiaries requests to pay
dividends to us or to pay fees to the affiliates of our health
plan subsidiaries, the funds available to our company as a whole
would be limited, which could harm our ability to implement our
business strategy. For example, we could be hindered in our
ability to make debt service payments on amounts drawn from our
credit facilities.
Recently enacted changes in securities laws
and regulations are likely to increase our costs.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which became law
in July 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by
the Securities and Exchange Commission, have required changes in
some of our corporate governance practices. In addition, the New
York Stock Exchange has recently adopted revisions to its
requirements for listed companies. We expect these new rules,
and interpretations of these rules, and regulations to increase
our legal and financial compliance costs, and to make some
activities more difficult, time consuming and/or costly. We also
expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult
and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability
insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or
incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These new
rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us
to attract and retain qualified members of our board of
directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and
executive officers.
Risks Related to this Offering
There has been no public market, and it is
possible that no trading market will develop or be maintained,
for our common stock and you may not be able to resell shares of
our common stock for an amount equal to or more than your
purchase price.
Prior to this offering there has not been a
public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent
to which a trading market will develop, how liquid that market
might become or whether it will be maintained. The initial
public offering price will be determined by negotiation between
the representatives of the underwriters and us and may not be
indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. If
an active trading market fails to develop or be maintained, you
may be unable to sell the shares of common stock purchased in
this offering at an acceptable price or at all.
19
Volatility of our stock price could adversely
affect stockholders.
The market price of our common stock could
fluctuate significantly as a result of:
Investors may not be able to resell their shares
of our common stock following periods of volatility because of
the markets adverse reaction to that volatility. Our stock
may not trade at the same levels as the stock of other
healthcare companies, and the market in general may not sustain
its current prices.
You will experience immediate and significant
dilution in the book value per share and will experience further
dilution with the future exercise of stock options.
If you purchase common stock in this offering,
you will incur immediate dilution, which means that:
As of June 1, 2004, we had outstanding
options to purchase 1,552,794 shares of our common stock,
of which 96,330 were vested, at a weighted average price of
$5.31 per share. From time to time, we may issue additional
options to associates, non-employee directors and consultants
pursuant to our equity incentive plans. These options generally
vest commencing one year from the date of grant and continue
vesting over a three-year period. As these options vest, you
will experience further dilution as these stock options are
exercised by their holders.
Future sales, or the availability for sale, of
our common stock may cause our stock price to decline.
In connection with this offering, we, along with
our officers, directors and certain of our stockholders, will
have agreed prior to the commencement of this offering, subject
to limited exceptions, not to sell or transfer any shares of
common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus
without the underwriters consent. However, the
underwriters may release these shares from these restrictions at
any time. In evaluating whether to grant such a request, the
underwriters may consider a number of factors with a view toward
maintaining an orderly market for, and minimizing volatility in
the market price of, our common stock. These factors include,
among others, the number of shares involved, recent trading
volume and prices of the stock, the length of time
20
Based on shares outstanding as of June 1,
2004, a total of approximately 27,390,000 shares of common
stock may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders
181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to
applicable volume and other limitations imposed under federal
securities laws. Sales of substantial amounts of our common
stock in the public market after the completion of this
offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could
adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could
materially impair our future ability to raise capital through
offerings of our common stock. See Shares Eligible for
Future Sale below for a more detailed description of the
restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this
offering.
We have broad discretion to spend the net
proceeds of this offering and may spend the proceeds in ways
with which you may not agree.
Our business plan is general in nature and is
subject to change based upon changing conditions and
opportunities. Our management will retain broad discretion to
expend a significant portion of the net proceeds of this
offering. Because of the number and variability of factors that
will determine the use of these proceeds, our actual allocation
of the proceeds may vary substantially from our current
intentions. If management fails to use the proceeds effectively,
our operating results could suffer. See Use of
Proceeds for a more detailed description of how management
intends to apply the proceeds from this offering.
The concentration of our capital stock
ownership upon the completion of this offering will likely limit
your ability to influence corporate matters.
Soros Private Equity Investors LP, or SPEI, owned
79.3% of our outstanding capital stock as of June 1, 2004.
Upon the completion of this offering, SPEI will beneficially own
63.4% of our outstanding capital stock, or 60.4% if the
underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. In
addition, we anticipate that our executive officers and
directors will together beneficially own approximately 9.7% of
our capital stock. The chairman of our board of directors is
associated with SPEI. As a result, this director may have the
ability to influence our management and affairs and determine
the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for approval,
including the election and removal of directors, amendments to
our charter, approval of any equity-based employee compensation
plan and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or
substantially all of our assets.
The concentration of our capital stock
ownership, as well as provisions in our charter documents and
under Delaware law, could discourage a takeover that
stockholders may consider favorable and make it more difficult
for you to elect directors of your choosing.
After completion of this offering, SPEI will
beneficially own 23,172,285 shares of our common stock,
representing 63.4% of the voting power of our common stock,
assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment
option. For as long as SPEI owns a majority of our common stock,
a takeover of our company will require SPEIs approval, and
SPEI will have sufficient voting control to approve the election
of our directors.
In addition, provisions of our certificate of
incorporation, bylaws and provisions of applicable Delaware law
may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or other change in
control that a stockholder may consider favorable. These
provisions could also discourage proxy contests, make it more
difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of
your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions that
you may consider unfavorable.
21
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking
statements that address, among other things, market acceptance
of our products and services, expansion into new targeted
markets, product development, sales and marketing strategies,
development and maintenance of strategic alliances,
technological advancement, use of proceeds, projected capital
expenditures, liquidity and availability of additional funding
sources. These statements may be found in the sections of this
prospectus entitled Prospectus Summary, Risk
Factors, Use of Proceeds,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, Our
Business and in this prospectus generally. In some cases,
you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such
as may, will, should,
expects, plans, anticipates,
believes, estimates,
predicts, potential,
continues or the negative of such terms or other
comparable terminology. Investors are cautioned that matters
subject to forward-looking statements involve risks and
uncertainties, including economic, regulatory, competitive and
other factors that may affect our business. We undertake no
obligation beyond that required by law to update publicly any
forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new
information becomes available or other events occur in the
future. The forward-looking statements contained in this
prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided
by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Actual results may differ from projections or
estimates due to a variety of important factors. The expiration,
cancellation or suspension of our HMO contracts by the federal
or state governments could significantly impair our results of
operations. In addition, our results of operations and
projections of future earnings depend in large part on
accurately predicting and effectively managing health benefits
and other operating expenses. A variety of factors, including
competition, changes in healthcare practices, changes in federal
or state laws and regulations or their interpretations,
inflation, provider contract changes, changes in or terminations
of our contracts with government agencies, new technologies,
government-imposed surcharges, taxes or assessments, reduction
in provider payments by governmental payors, major epidemics,
disasters and numerous other factors affecting the delivery and
cost of healthcare, such as major healthcare providers
inability to maintain their operations, may in the future affect
our ability to control our medical costs and other operating
expenses. Governmental action or business conditions could
result in premium revenues not increasing to offset any increase
in medical costs and other operating expenses. Once set,
premiums are generally fixed for one-year periods and,
accordingly, unanticipated costs during such periods cannot be
recovered through higher premiums. Furthermore, if we are unable
to accurately estimate incurred but not reported medical costs,
our profitability may be affected.
Due to these factors and risks, no assurance can
be given with respect to our future premium levels or our
ability to control our future medical costs.
From time to time, legislative and regulatory
proposals have been made at the federal and state government
levels related to the healthcare system, including but not
limited to limitations on managed care organizations, including
benefit mandates, and reform of the Medicaid and Medicare
programs. Such legislative and regulatory action could have the
effect of reducing the premiums paid to us by governmental
programs or increasing our medical costs. We are unable to
predict the specific content of any future legislation, action
or regulation that may be enacted or when any such future
legislation or regulation will be adopted. Therefore, we cannot
predict accurately the effect of such future legislation, action
or regulation on our business.
22
USE OF PROCEEDS
We expect to receive approximately
$100.4 million in net proceeds from the sale of
7,333,333 shares of common stock in this offering, assuming
that the initial public offering price is $15.00 per share
and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We
will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by
the selling stockholder, if the underwriters
over-allotment option is exercised.
We have no immediate need for the proceeds we
will receive from this offering. The principal purposes of this
offering are to obtain additional capital, to create a public
market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access
to the public equity markets. We expect to use the net proceeds
from this offering to provide additional long-term capital, in
the form of unrestricted cash, to support the growth of our
business by providing us with financial flexibility. We may use
a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to pursue
acquisitions and expansions of health plans and contracts for
government-sponsored health programs in existing and new markets
or to acquire or invest in complementary businesses. We have no
commitments with respect to any such acquisition or investment,
and we are not currently involved in any negotiations with
respect to any such transaction.
As of the date of this prospectus, we have not
identified the particular uses for the net proceeds to be
received upon the completion of this offering. The amounts and
timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous
factors, including the status of our market expansion efforts,
sales and marketing activities, amount of cash generated or used
by our HMO operations, and competition. Accordingly, our
management will have broad discretion in the application of the
net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of
our management regarding the application of the proceeds of this
offering.
Pending the uses described above, we intend to
invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing,
investment-grade securities.
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never paid cash dividends on our common
stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund
the development and growth of our business, and we do not
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future.
Our ability to pay dividends is dependent on our
receipt of cash dividends from our subsidiaries. Laws of the
states in which we operate or may operate, as well as
requirements of the government-sponsored health programs in
which we participate, limit the ability of our subsidiaries to
pay dividends to us. In addition, the terms of our credit
facility and other indebtedness limit our ability to pay
dividends. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at
the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon,
among other factors, our results of operations, financial
condition, capital requirements and contractual restrictions.
23
REORGANIZATION AS A CORPORATION
WellCare Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the
shares of which are being sold to the public in this offering,
will be the successor to WellCare Holdings, LLC, our current
holding company, following a reorganization that will take place
immediately prior to the closing of this offering. In
conjunction with the reorganization, our name will be changed to
WellCare Health Plans, Inc. The reorganization will not affect
our operations, which we will continue to conduct through our
operating subsidiaries.
The reorganization will be effected through the
merger of WellCare Holdings, LLC with and into WellCare Group,
Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of WellCare Holdings, LLC. Each
outstanding limited liability company unit of WellCare Holdings,
LLC will be converted into shares of common stock according to
the relative rights and preferences of such units and the
initial public offering price of the common stock offered hereby.
Prior to the reorganization, WellCare Holdings,
LLC had three outstanding classes of common units, designated as
Class A Common Units, Class B Common Units and
Class C Common Units. These outstanding classes of common
units generally differ as to their relative priority with
respect to distributions and as to voting rights. Assuming an
initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, holders
of common units will receive an aggregate of 29,227,981 shares
of common stock in connection with the merger, reflecting
(1) a conversion ratio equivalent to 0.776 shares of common
stock for each common unit and (2) the relative rights and
preferences of each common unit.
24
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization
as of March 31, 2004. We present capitalization:
Our capitalization information represented above
excludes:
25
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock, your interest
will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the
public offering price per share of our common stock and the as
adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock after
giving effect to this offering.
As of March 31, 2004, before giving effect
to this offering, our net tangible book value (deficit) was
approximately $(64,564,000) or $(2.94) per share of common
stock. Net tangible book value per share represents
the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of
our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common
stock outstanding after giving effect to our reorganization as a
corporation described elsewhere in this prospectus. As of
March 31, 2004, our pro forma net tangible book value, as
adjusted for the sale of 7,333,333 shares of our common
stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public
offering price of $15.00 per share and after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated
offering expenses, would have been approximately $1.55 per
share. This represents an immediate increase of $4.49 per
share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of
$13.45 per share to new investors. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
The following summarizes, on a pro forma, as
adjusted basis, as of March 31, 2004, the differences
between the total consideration paid and the average price per
share paid by the existing stockholders and the new investors
with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased
from us based on an assumed initial public offering price of
$15.00 per share.
The preceding table excludes:
To the extent all of these options had been
exercised as of March 31, 2004, net tangible book value per
share after this offering would be $1.99 and total dilution per
share to new investors would be $13.01.
26
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
DATA
You
should read the following selected financial data in conjunction
with our financial statements and related notes and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in
this prospectus. We derived the combined statements of
operations data for the years ended December 31, 1999 and
2000 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1999 and
2000 from the unaudited financial statements of our Predecessor.
We derived the combined statements of operations for the year
ended December 31, 2001, and the seven-month period ended
July 31, 2002, and the balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2001 from the audited financial statements of
our Predecessor. We derived the consolidated statements of
operations data for the five-month period ended
December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31,
2003, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002
and 2003, from our audited consolidated financial statements. We
derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the
three-month period ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, and the
balance sheet data as of March 31, 2003 and 2004, from our
unaudited consolidated financial statements. Operating results
for the three months ended March 31, 2004 are not
necessarily indicative of operating results to be expected for
the full year.
Our
acquisition of the WellCare group of companies as of
July 31, 2002 was accounted for using the purchase method
of accounting, as described in Note 2 to our consolidated and
combined financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Accordingly, the combined results of operations and
financial condition at dates prior to July 31, 2002 are not
comparable to the consolidated results of operations and
financial condition after that date.
27
28
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF
The following discussion and analysis of the
financial condition and results of operations of WellCare should
be read in conjunction with Selected Consolidated and
Combined Financial Data and WellCares combined and
consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains
forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and
assumptions that could cause our actual results to differ
materially from managements expectations. Factors that
could cause such differences include those set forth under
Risk Factors, Forward-Looking
Statements, Business and elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Overview
We provide managed care services targeted
exclusively to government-sponsored healthcare programs,
focusing on Medicaid and Medicare. Our business currently
operates health plans in Florida, New York, Connecticut,
Illinois and Indiana, serving approximately 581,000 members as
of March 31, 2004, and approximately 84,000 additional
members as a result of our recent acquisition of Harmony. The
following tables summarize our membership by state and our
membership by program as of March 31, 2004. The information
gives effect to our acquisition of Harmony as if the acquisition
had occurred as of March 31, 2004.
We were formed in May 2002 to acquire the
WellCare group of companies. Until the closing of that
acquisition in July 2002, the companies that comprise our
Florida operations had operated as closely-held businesses, and
our New York and Connecticut businesses had operated as
subsidiaries of a public company. Results of operations
beginning July 31, 2002 reflect our operations under
current management.
We enter into contracts generally on an annual
basis with government agencies that administer health benefits
programs. We receive premiums from state and federal agencies
for the members that are assigned to or have selected us to
provide healthcare services under each benefit program. The
amount of premiums we receive for each member is fixed, although
it varies according to demographics, including the government
program, and the members geographic location, age and sex.
Our largest expense is the cost of medical
benefits that we provide, which is based primarily on our
arrangements with healthcare providers. Our profitability
depends on our ability to predict and effectively manage medical
benefits expense relative to the fixed premiums we receive. Our
arrangements with providers fall into two broad categories:
capitation arrangements, where we pay the providers a fixed fee
per member, and fee-for-service and risk-sharing arrangements,
where we assume all or part of the risk of the cost of the
healthcare provided. Generally, capitation payments represent
less than 12% of our total medical benefits expense. Other
components of medical benefits expense are variable and require
estimation and ongoing cost management.
Estimation of medical benefits expense is our
most significant critical accounting estimate. See
Critical Accounting Policies.
29
We use a variety of techniques to manage our
medical benefits expense, including payment methods to
providers, referral requirements, quality and disease management
programs, reinsurance and member co-payments and premiums for
some of our Medicare plans. National healthcare costs have been
increasing at a higher rate than the general inflation rate,
however, and relatively small changes in our medical benefits
expense relative to premiums that we receive can create
significant changes in our financial results. Changes in
healthcare laws, regulations and practices, levels of use of
healthcare services, competitive pressures, hospital costs,
major epidemics, terrorism or bio-terrorism, new medical
technologies and other external factors could reduce our ability
to manage our medical benefits expense effectively.
One of our primary tools for measuring
profitability is our medical benefits ratio, the ratio of our
medical benefits expense to the premiums we receive. Changes in
the medical benefits ratio from period to period result from
changes in Medicaid and Medicare funding, changes in the mix of
Medicaid and Medicare membership, our ability to manage medical
costs and changes in accounting estimates related to incurred
but not reported claims. We use medical benefits ratios both to
monitor our management of medical benefits expense and to make
various business decisions, including what healthcare plans to
offer, what geographic areas to enter or exit and the selection
of healthcare providers. Although medical benefits ratios play
an important role in our business strategy, we may be willing to
enter into provider arrangements that might produce a less
favorable medical benefits ratio if those arrangements, such as
capitation or risk-sharing, would likely lower our exposure to
variability in medical costs.
Corporate History and Acquisitions
Our Well Care HMO subsidiary was established in
1985 by a group of physicians located in Tampa, Florida, and
began offering Medicaid managed care services in 1994 and
Medicare services in 2000. Our HealthEase subsidiary was formed
in May 2000 to acquire the business of Tampa General Health
Plan, Inc., including its HMO license and approximately 5,900
Medicaid members. HealthEase subsequently acquired almost
100,000 Medicaid members from Humana, Inc. in June 2000.
In July 2002, our current management acquired the
WellCare group of companies in two concurrent transactions. In
the first transaction, we acquired our Florida operations,
including our Well Care HMO and HealthEase subsidiaries, in a
stock purchase from a number of individuals, including
Dr. Kiran C. Patel and Rupesh Shah, our Senior Vice
President, Market Expansion. The purchase price for this
transaction consisted of:
The purchase price was subject to adjustment in
both 2003 and 2004, based upon a number of earnout and other
calculations. In February 2004, we entered into a settlement
agreement with the selling stockholders that fixed the amount of
the purchase price and principal balance of the note at
$209.6 million and $119.7 million, respectively. In
May 2004, we entered into a further agreement with the selling
stockholders, pursuant to which we prepaid $85.0 million of
the principal balance of the note, using proceeds from our new
senior secured term loan facility, and $3.0 million of the
principal balance was forgiven in consideration for the
prepayment. See Certain Transactions Other
Agreements with Selling Stockholders Amendment and
Settlement Agreement and Prepayment
Agreement.
In the second transaction, we acquired The
WellCare Management Group, Inc., a publicly-traded holding
company and the parent company of our New York and Connecticut
operations, through a merger of that company into a wholly-owned
subsidiary of ours. The purchase price for this transaction
consisted of approximately $7.72 million in cash.
30
In June 2004, we acquired Harmony Health Systems,
Inc., a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in Illinois and
Indiana. As a result of the acquisition, we increased our
Medicaid membership by approximately 84,000. The purchase price
for the acquisition was approximately $50.3 million in
cash, after deducting (i) pre-closing distributions of cash
by Harmony to its equityholders and (ii) certain
transaction expenses incurred by Harmony or its shareholders.
The purchase price will be adjusted by the amount of any excess
or shortfall in the amount of Harmonys reserves for
medical claims as of December 31, 2003, compared to medical
claims actually incurred as of that date as measured on or about
December 31, 2004.
We are currently identifying markets for
potential acquisitions or expansion that would increase our
membership and broaden our geographic presence. These potential
acquisitions or expansion efforts are at various stages of
internal consideration, and we may enter into letters of intent,
transactions or other arrangements supporting our growth
strategy at any time. However, we cannot predict when or whether
such transactions or other arrangements will actually occur, and
we may not be successful in completing potential acquisitions.
Basis of Presentation
WellCare, as it existed prior to the
July 31, 2002 acquisition of the WellCare group of
companies, is referred to as Predecessor. WellCare,
as it existed on and after July 31, 2002, is referred to as
the Successor, we or us.
The consolidated results of operations include
the accounts of the Successor and all of its subsidiaries.
Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated.
The combined results of operations include all of
the accounts of the Predecessors entities under common
control prior to the July 31, 2002 acquisition of the
WellCare group of companies. Significant intercompany accounts
and transactions have been eliminated.
The combined results of operations of the
Predecessor also do not reflect the effects of our change in
corporate structure and management. The Predecessors
combined financial results do not reflect the effects of:
In addition, due to prior managements
preparation of the Predecessor for sale, certain costs and
expenses were temporarily eliminated and opportunities to
increase membership were not pursued during the relevant time
periods.
WellCare Holdings, LLC is taxed as a partnership
for federal income tax purposes. It is not included in the
consolidated federal tax return of its subsidiaries, which file
as C corporations. See Note 10 to the notes to the audited
combined and consolidated financial statements appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus.
Segments
We have two reportable business segments:
Medicaid and Medicare. Medicaid, a state administered program,
was enacted in 1965 to make federal matching funds available to
all states for the delivery of healthcare benefits to eligible
individuals, principally those with incomes below specified
levels who meet other state specified requirements. Medicaid is
structured to allow each state to establish its own eligibility
standards, benefits package, payment rates and program
administration under broad federal guidelines. Most states
determine threshold Medicaid eligibility by reference to other
federal financial assistance programs including the Temporary
Assistance to Needy Families and Supplemental Security Income
programs.
The Temporary Assistance to Needy Families
program provides assistance to low-income families with children
and was adopted to replace the Aid to Families with Dependent
Children program. Supplemental Security Income is a federal
program that provides assistance to low-income aged, blind or
disabled individuals. However, states can broaden eligibility
criteria.
31
SCHIP, developed in 1997, is a federal/state
matching program that provides healthcare coverage to children
not otherwise covered by Medicaid or other insurance programs.
SCHIP enables a segment of the large uninsured population in the
United States to receive healthcare benefits. States have the
option of administering SCHIP through their Medicaid programs.
Medicare is a federal program that provides
persons age 65 and over and some disabled persons a variety of
hospital and medical insurance benefits. Most individuals
eligible for Medicare are entitled to receive inpatient hospital
care without the payment of any premium, but are required to pay
a premium to the federal government, which is adjusted annually,
to be eligible for physician care and other services.
Under the Medicare+Choice program, managed care
plans can contract with CMS to provide health insurance coverage
in exchange for a fixed monthly payment per member that varies
based on the geographic areas in which the members reside. The
fixed monthly payment per member is subject to periodic
adjustments determined by CMS based upon a number of factors,
including retroactive changes in members status such as
Medicaid eligibility, and risk measures based on demographic
factors such as age, gender, county of residence and health
status. The weighting of the risk measures in the determination
of the amount of the periodic adjustments to the fixed monthly
payments is being phased in over time. These measures will have
their full impact on the calculation of those adjustments by
2007. Individuals who elect to participate in the
Medicare+Choice program are relieved of the obligation to pay
some or all of the deductible or coinsurance amounts required
under the traditional Medicare program, but are generally
required to use the service provided by the HMO exclusively and
may be required to pay a premium to the federal Medicare program
unless the HMO chooses to pay the premium as part of its benefit
package.
Critical Accounting Policies
In the ordinary course of business, we make a
number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of
our results of operations and financial condition in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States. We base our estimates on historical experience and on
various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under
the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly
from those estimates under different assumptions and conditions.
We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are
those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial
condition and results and require managements most
difficult, subjective and complex judgments, often as a result
of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that
are inherently uncertain.
Revenue recognition.
We generate revenues primarily from premiums we receive from
agencies of the federal government and the states in which we
operate to provide healthcare benefits to our members. We
receive a fixed premium per member per month to provide
healthcare benefits to our members pursuant to our contracts in
each of our markets. We generally receive premiums in advance of
providing services, and recognize premium revenue during the
period in which we are obligated to provide services to our
members. Premiums collected in advance are deferred and reported
as unearned premiums. Any amounts that have not been received
remain on the balance sheet classified as premiums receivable.
We also generate revenues from investments.
We experience adjustments to our revenues based
on member retroactivity. These retroactivity adjustments reflect
changes in the number and eligibility status of enrollees
subsequent to when revenue is billed. We estimate the amount of
outstanding retroactivity each period and adjust premium revenue
accordingly. The estimates of retroactivity adjustments are
based on historical trends, premiums billed, the volume of
member and contract renewal activity and other information. We
refine our estimates and methodologies based upon actual
retroactivity experienced. Retroactivity adjustments have not
been significant.
Estimating medical benefits expense and
medical benefits payable.
The cost of
medical benefits is recognized in the period in which services
are provided and includes an estimate of the cost of medical
benefits that have been incurred but not yet reported. We
contract with various healthcare providers for the provision of
certain medical care services to our members and generally
compensate those providers on a fee-for-service or capitated
basis or pursuant to certain risk-sharing arrangements.
Capitation represents fixed payments on a per member per month
basis to participating physicians and other medical specialists
as compensation for providing comprehensive healthcare services.
Participating physician capitation payments for our year ended
32
Medical benefits expense has two main components:
direct medical expenses and medically-related administrative
costs. Direct medical expenses include amounts paid to
hospitals, physicians and providers of ancillary services, such
as laboratory and pharmacy. Medically-related administrative
costs include items such as case and disease management,
utilization review services, quality assurance and on-call
nurses.
Medical benefits payable consists primarily of
benefit reserves established for reported and unreported claims,
which are unpaid as of the balance sheet date, and contractual
liabilities under risk-sharing arrangements, determined through
an estimation process utilizing company-specific, industry-wide,
and general economic information and data.
We have used the same methodology for estimating
our medical benefits expense and medical benefits payable since
our acquisition of the WellCare group of companies. Our policy
is to record managements best estimate of medical benefits
payable. Monthly, we estimate ultimate benefits payable based
upon historical experience and other available information as
well as assumptions about emerging trends, which vary by
business segment. The process for preparing the estimate
utilizes standard actuarial methodologies based on historical
data. These standard actuarial methodologies include, among
other factors, contractual requirements, historical utilization
trends, the interval between the date services are rendered and
the date claims are paid, denied claims activity, disputed
claims activity, benefit changes, expected health care cost
inflation, seasonality patterns and changes in membership. In
developing the estimate, we apply different estimation methods
depending on the month for which incurred claims are being
estimated. For the more recent months, which constitute the
majority of the amount of the medical benefits payable, we
estimate our claims incurred by applying observed trend factors
to the per member per month, or PMPM, costs for prior months,
which costs have been estimated using completion factors, in
order to estimate the PMPMs for the most recent months. We
validate our estimates of the most recent PMPMs by comparing the
most recent months utilization levels to the utilization
levels in older months, actuarial techniques that incorporate a
historical analysis of claim payments, including trends in cost
of care provided, and timeliness of submission and processing of
claims.
Also included in medical benefits payable are
estimates for provider settlements due to clarification of
contract terms, out-of-network reimbursement and claims payment
differences, as well as amounts due to contracted providers
under risk-sharing arrangements.
Many aspects of the managed care business are not
predictable with consistency. These aspects include the
incidences of illness or disease state (such as cardiac heart
failure cases, cases of upper respiratory illness, the length
and severity of the flu season, diabetes, the number of
full-term versus premature births, and the number of neonatal
intensive care babies). Therefore, we must rely upon our
historical experience, as continually monitored, to reflect the
ever-changing mix, needs and growth of our members in our trend
assumptions. Among the factors considered by management are
changes in the level of benefits provided to members, seasonal
variations in utilization, identified industry trends and
changes in provider reimbursement arrangements, including
changes in the percentage of reimbursements made on a capitated
as opposed to a fee-for-service basis. These considerations are
aggregated in trend in medical benefits expense. Other external
factors such as government-mandated benefits or other regulatory
changes, catastrophes, and epidemics may impact medical cost
trends. Other internal factors such as system conversions and
claims processing interruptions may impact our ability to
accurately predict estimates of historical completion factors or
medical cost trends. Medical cost trends potentially are more
volatile than other segments of the economy. Management is
required to use considerable judgment in the selection of
medical benefits expense trends and other actuarial model inputs.
We record reserves for estimated referral claims
related to healthcare providers under contract with us who are
financially troubled or insolvent and who may not be able to
honor their obligations for the costs of medical services
provided by other providers. In these instances, we may be
required to honor these obligations
33
Changes in estimates of medical benefits payable
are primarily the result of obtaining more complete claims
information that directly correlates with the claims and
provider reimbursement trends. Volatility in members needs
for medical services, provider claims submission and our payment
processes results in identifiable patterns emerging several
months after the causes of deviations from assumed trends occur.
Since our estimates are based upon per member, per month claims
experience, changes cannot typically be explained by any single
factor, but are the result of a number of interrelated
variables, all influencing the resulting experienced medical
cost trend. Deviations, whether positive or negative, between
actual experience and estimates used to establish the liability
are recorded in the period known.
The following table provides a reconciliation of
the beginning and ending balance of medical benefits payable for
the following periods:
Medical benefits payable recorded at December 31,
2002 developed favorably by approximately $23.7 million. This
favorable development was primarily due to realized medical
benefits expense trends that were less than initially assumed
trends. We initially assumed a medical benefits expense trend
increase of 7.8% and a decrease of 4.1% for the Medicaid and
Medicare segments, respectively, at December 31, 2002. Based
upon payments made subsequent to December 31, 2002, for dates of
service prior to December 31, 2002, the realized trends were an
increase of 4.5% for the Medicaid segment and a decrease of 5.4%
for the Medicare segment. The difference between the assumed and
the realized trends accounts for approximately $15.0 million and
$3.5 million of favorable development for the Medicaid and
Medicare segments, respectively.
Medical benefits payable at July 31, 2002
developed favorably in the five-month period ended
December 31, 2002 by $6.3 million primarily due to
differences between estimated and actual utilization and
severity of claims on certain of our Florida Medicaid
businesses. Medical benefits payable at December 31, 2001
developed favorably in the seven-month period ended
July 31, 2002 by $1.5 million due primarily to lower
utilization of medical services than anticipated. Medical
benefits payable at December 31, 2000 developed unfavorably
in the year ended December 31, 2001 by $2.8 million,
due primarily to higher than expected utilization of services
and cost per service.
We believe that the amount of medical benefits
payable as of December 31, 2003 is adequate to cover our
ultimate liability for unpaid claims recorded as of that date;
however, actual claim payments and other items may differ from
established estimates. Assuming a hypothetical 1% difference
between our December 31, 2003 medical benefits ratio due to
changes between estimated medical benefits payable and actual
medical benefits payable, income before income taxes for the
year ended December 31, 2003 would have increased or
34
Goodwill and intangible
assets.
We obtained goodwill and
intangible assets as a result of the acquisitions of our
subsidiaries. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over
the fair market value of net assets acquired. Intangible assets
include provider networks, membership contracts, trademark,
noncompete agreements, government contracts, licenses and
permits. Our intangible assets are amortized over their
estimated useful lives ranging from one to 26 years.
We evaluate whether events or circumstances have
occurred that may affect the estimated useful life or the
recoverability of the remaining balance of goodwill and other
identifiable intangible assets. We must make assumptions and
estimates, such as the discount factor, in determining the
estimated fair values. While we believe these assumptions and
estimates are appropriate, other assumptions and estimates could
be applied and might produce significantly different results.
We review goodwill and intangible assets for
impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or
changes in circumstances occur that may affect the estimated
useful life or the recoverability of the remaining balance of
goodwill or intangible assets. Events or changes in
circumstances would include significant changes in membership,
state funding, medical contracts and provider networks. We have
selected the third quarter for our annual impairment test, which
generally coincides with the finalization of state and federal
contract negotiations and our initial budgeting process. During
the third quarter ended September 30, 2003, we assessed the
earnings forecast for our two reporting units and concluded that
the fair value of the individual reporting units, based upon the
expected present value of future cash flows and other
qualitative factors, was in excess of net assets of each
reporting unit. As of March 31, 2004, we believe that there
is no impairment to the value of goodwill or intangible assets.
The purchase of our Florida subsidiaries was
partially financed through a contingent note payable to the
former shareholders of those subsidiaries, including Rupesh
Shah, our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion, and his
spouse. The principal amount of this note was subject to
adjustment for various contingencies including based on the
adequacy of the statutory capital of certain subsidiaries, the
actual medical benefits payable of certain subsidiaries, the
earnings (or losses) of certain products and potential
indemnifications under the purchase agreement. Adjustments to
the note resulted in a change in the purchase price and the
amount of goodwill acquired of $41.6 million. See
Corporate History and Acquisitions.
35
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth the consolidated
and combined statements of income data, expressed as a
percentage of revenues for each period indicated. The pro forma
combined year ended December 31, 2002 amounts consist of
combined financial data from the Predecessor for the seven-month
period ended July 31, 2002 and from the Successor for the
five-month period ended December 31, 2002. The historical
results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected
for any future period.
The Predecessor financial statements do not
reflect any provision for doubtful receivables. The necessity
for the provision for doubtful receivables became evident during
the second half of 2002, based upon managements experience
following the acquisition of the WellCare group of companies.
Factors considered included the age and amounts of receivables,
the effort and timeframe necessary to collect those receivables
and the strategic nature of the applicable relationships.
Managements evaluation of the history of the relationships
indicated doubt that certain of the receivables would ultimately
be fully collected. Therefore, a provision for the doubtful
receivables was deemed to be appropriate and necessary for the
years ended 2003 and 2002.
Comparison of Three Months Ended
March 31, 2004 to Three Months Ended
March 31, 2003
Premium revenue.
Premium revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2004
increased $50.7 million, or 20%, to $301.3 million
from $250.6 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2003. The increase was principally due to 23%
internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid
segment. Total membership grew by 99,000 members, or 21%, from
482,000 at March 31, 2003 to 581,000 members at
March 31, 2004.
Our Medicaid segment includes Medicaid programs
and other state-sponsored healthcare programs. The Medicaid
segment premium revenue for the three months ended
March 31, 2004 increased $41.2 million, or
36
Medicare segment premium revenue for the three
months ended March 31, 2004 increased $14.3 million,
or 20%, to $84.6 million from $70.3 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase was
primarily due to an increase in membership throughout the period
of approximately $3.9 million, and increased rates and
change in membership demographics of approximately
$10.4 million. Membership in the Medicare segment increased
by 2,000 members, or 5%, from 41,000 members at March 31,
2003 to 43,000 members at March 31, 2004.
Investment income.
Investment income for the three months ended March 31, 2004
decreased $0.3 million, or 38%, to $0.5 million from
$0.8 million for the three months ended March 31,
2003. The decrease in investment income was primarily due to the
continued decline in market interest rates and maintaining
investments with shorter maturities.
Medical benefits
expense.
Medical benefits expenses for
the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased
$37.4 million, or 17%, to $251.4 million from
$214.0 million for the three months ended March 31,
2003. The increase was primarily due to increased membership.
The medical benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue,
for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was 83.5%
compared to 85.4% for the three months ended March 31,
2003. The decrease resulted primarily from changes in Medicare
benefit levels, working with key physicians to ensure that
preventative care is administered to our membership and improved
medical cost management.
Medicaid segment medical benefits expense for the
three months ended March 31, 2004 increased
$31.3 million, or 21%, to $183.1 million from
$151.8 million for the three months ended March 31,
2003. The increase was principally due to growth in overall
membership within the Medicaid segment, which had an impact of
$36.0 million. This was offset by changes in membership
demographics and medical costs of $4.7 million. The medical
benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the
three months ended March 31, 2004 was 84.7% compared to
86.8% in the same period of 2003.
Medicare segment medical benefits expense for the
three months ended March 31, 2004 increased
$10.4 million, or 18%, to $68.0 million from
$57.6 million for the three months ended March 31,
2003. The increase was due to growth in overall membership
within the Medicare segment, which had an impact of
$3.2 million, and changes in membership demographics and
cost increases of $7.2 million. The medical benefits ratio,
as a percentage of premium revenue, for the three months ended
March 31, 2004 was 80.4% compared to 81.9% in the same
period of 2003.
Selling, general and administrative
expense.
Selling, general and
administrative expense for the three months ended March 31,
2004 increased $9.5 million, or 35%, to $36.8 million
from $27.3 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2003. Our selling, general and administrative
expense to premium revenue ratio was 12.2% and 10.9% for the
three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
The ratio has increased as we have expanded our Medicaid
membership and continued to invest in infrastructure to support
our growing membership base.
Interest expense.
Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004
increased $0.7 million, or 44%, to $2.3 million from
$1.6 million for the three months ended March 31,
2003. The increase was due to the additional interest incurred
on the increased principal balance of the note payable to the
prior owners of our Florida operations under the
February 2004 renegotiation of the note and a full quarter
of interest incurred on other long-term debt originated in March
2003.
Income tax expense.
Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31,
2004 increased $1.4 million, or 56%, to $3.9 million
from $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31,
2003. The
37
Net income.
Net
income for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was
$5.8 million compared to $3.4 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2003.
Comparison of Consolidated Year Ended
December 31, 2003 to Combined Year Ended
December 31, 2002
Premium revenue.
Premium revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2003 increased $127.0 million, or 14%, to
$1.04 billion from $915.9 million for the combined
year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was principally
due to internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid
segment and to a lesser extent increased premium rates per
member. Premium rate increases were partially offset by a lower
average premium per member primarily as a result of changes in
the demographics of Medicaid members by product. During 2003,
membership increased by 85,000 members, or 18%, from 470,000
members at December 31, 2002 to 555,000 members at
December 31, 2003.
Medicaid segment premium revenue for the year
ended December 31, 2003 increased $143.0 million, or
24%, to $740.1 million from $597.1 million for the
combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was
primarily due to an increase in membership of approximately
$166.7 million and a change in membership demographics and
premium rates, which offset the increase by $23.7 million.
During 2003, membership within the Medicaid segment increased
92,000 members, or 22%, from 420,000 members at
December 31, 2002 to 512,000 members at
December 31, 2003. Membership increased by approximately
44,000 as a result of assignment of SCHIP members in Florida
under a competitive bidding process, and the remaining growth in
Medicaid membership resulted from a combination of mandatory
assignment and successful marketing efforts. We expect Medicaid
membership to continue to increase in 2004.
Medicare segment premium revenue for the year
ended December 31, 2003 decreased $2.6 million, or 1.0%, to
$288.3 million from $290.9 million for the combined
year ended December 31, 2002. The decrease was primarily
due to a decrease in the aggregate time our members were covered
by our plans, partially offset by an increase in premium rates
and change in membership demographics of approximately
$7.2 million. We continually review the medical loss ratio
of our business and make strategic decisions based on those
analyses. During 2003, our medical benefits expense in certain
areas of Florida was higher than expected. We addressed this
concern by withdrawing from areas where financial performance
was unfavorable. Overall membership levels remained flat at
approximately 42,000. We expect Medicare membership to increase
in 2004, in part due to the new Medicare legislation.
Investment income.
Investment income for the year ended
December 31, 2003 decreased $2.9 million, or 53%, to
$2.6 million from $5.5 million for the combined year
ended December 31, 2002. The decrease in investment income
was primarily due to the continued decline in market interest
rates and maintaining investments with shorter maturities, which
was partially offset by an increase in overall cash levels. Cash
levels increased primarily due to increased profitability and
differences in the timing of our receipt of premiums as compared
to the timing of our payment of the related medical benefits
expense.
Medical benefits expense.
Medical benefits expenses for the year
ended December 31, 2003 increased $84.4 million, or
11%, to $861.1 million from $776.7 million for the
combined year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was
primarily due to the increase in membership. The medical
benefits ratio, as a percentage of premium revenue, for the year
ended December 31, 2003 was 82.6% compared to 84.8% in
2002. The medical benefits ratio decreased in 2003 primarily as
a result of our initiatives to enter into contracts with
providers that offer more economical benefits, to focus on
preventative and disease management programs, and to increase
the effectiveness of medical management to ensure that medical
benefits are utilized efficiently.
The Medicaid segment medical benefits expense for
the year ended December 31, 2003 increased
$112.5 million, or 23%, to $609.2 million from
$496.7 million for the combined year ended
December 31, 2002. The increase was principally due to
internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid
segment, which accounted for an increase of $138.7 million,
and to a lesser extent increased healthcare costs, which
38
Medicare segment medical benefits expense for the
year ended December 31, 2003 decreased
Selling, general and administrative expense.
Selling, general and administrative
expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased
$26.2 million, or 26%, to $126.1 million from
$99.9 million for the combined year ended December 31,
2002. Our selling, general and administrative expense to premium
revenue ratio was 12.1% and 10.8% for the years ended
December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The increase in
the ratio was the result of increased marketing efforts,
servicing our increased membership, amortization of purchased
intangible assets and costs incurred to strengthen our
infrastructure. These costs include additional management staff,
information technology system enhancements, and consulting
services. Additionally, certain expenses to expand the business
or make the operations more efficient were not incurred in 2002
as the predecessor management was preparing the company for sale.
Interest expense.
Interest expense for the year ended
December 31, 2003 increased $7.3 million, or 252%, to
$10.2 million from $2.9 million for the combined year
ended December 31, 2002. The increase was due to increased
debt as a result of the purchase of the business from the
predecessor owners.
Income tax expense.
Income tax expense for the year ended
December 31, 2003 increased $12.2 million, or 254%, to
$17.0 million from $4.8 million for the combined year ended
December 31, 2002. The increase resulted from being taxed
as a C corporation for 12 months in 2003 compared to being
taxed as a C corporation for only five months in 2002.
Prior to August 1, 2002, our Predecessor was an S
corporation and was a disregarded entity for federal and state
income taxes. Our effective tax rate for the year ended
December 31, 2003 was 41.9% and for the five-month period
ended December 31, 2002 was 50.8%.
Net income.
Net
income for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $23.5
million compared to $32.6 million for the combined year
ended December 31, 2002.
Premium revenue.
Premium revenue for the pro forma
combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased
$176.0 million, or 24%, to $915.9 million from
$739.9 million for the combined year ended
December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to
internal growth in overall membership and to a lesser extent
membership demographics. During combined fiscal 2002, membership
increased 96,000 members, or 26%, from 374,000 members at
December 31, 2001 to 470,000 members at December 31,
2002.
Medicaid segment premium revenue for the combined
year ended December 31, 2002 increased $145.9 million,
or 32%, to $597.1 million from $451.2 million for the
combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was
principally due to internal growth in overall membership within
the Medicaid segment of approximately $105.2 million and to
a lesser extent changes in membership demographics and rates
that accounted for the remainder. During 2002, membership within
the Medicaid segment increased 97,000 members, or 30%, from
323,000 members at December 31, 2001 to 420,000 members at
December 31, 2002. Membership increased by approximately
23,000 as a result of assignment of SCHIP members in Florida,
and the remaining growth in membership resulted from a
combination of mandatory assignment and successful marketing
efforts.
Medicare segment premium revenue for the combined
year ended December 31, 2002 increased $57.3 million,
or 25%, to $290.9 million from $233.6 million for the
combined year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was
principally due to internal growth in overall membership within
the Medicare segment of
39
Investment income.
Investment income for the combined
year ended December 31, 2002 decreased $3.4 million, or
38%, to $5.5 million from $8.9 million for the
combined year ended December 31, 2001. The decrease in
investment income was primarily due to the decline in market
interest rates partially offset by an increase in overall cash
levels. Cash levels primarily increased due to cash generated
from operations and contributions of capital.
Medical benefits expense.
Medical benefits expenses for the
combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased
$139.2 million, or 22%, to $776.7 million from
$637.5 million for the combined year ended
December 31, 2001. The increase was primarily due to the
increase in membership. The medical benefits ratio, as a
percentage of premium revenue, for the combined year ended
December 31, 2002 was 84.8% compared to 86.2% in 2001.
Medicaid segment medical benefits expense for the
combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased
$132.4 million, or 36%, to $496.7 million from
$364.3 million for the combined year ended
December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to
internal growth in overall membership within the Medicaid
segment, which accounted for approximately $84.9 million of
the change. Changes in benefits and unit cost accounted for the
remaining $47.5 million of the increase.
Medicare segment medical benefits expense for the
combined year ended December 31, 2002 increased
$33.7 million, or 15%, to $253.2 million from
$219.5 million for the combined year ended
December 31, 2001. The increase was principally due to
internal growth in overall membership in the amount of
approximately $48.5 million. This was partially offset by a
decrease in costs and utilization in the amount of approximately
$14.8 million.
Selling, general and administrative expense.
Selling, general and administrative
expense for the combined year ended December 31, 2002
increased $13.6 million, or 16%, to $99.9 million from
$86.3 million for the combined year ended December 31,
2001. The increase was primarily due to an increase in staff to
support our increased membership. Our selling, general and
administrative expense to revenue ratio was 10.8% and 11.5% for
the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
The decrease in the general and administrative expense ratio was
the result of predecessor management preparing the business for
sale and temporarily eliminating certain costs and expenses that
would have been incurred under normal operating conditions.
Interest expense.
Interest expense was $2.9 million
for the combined years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 as we
had similar balances of short- and long-term debt during both
periods.
Income tax expense.
Income tax expense for the combined
year ended December 31, 2002 was $4.8 million. Prior
to August 1, 2002, our Predecessor was an S corporation and
was a disregarded entity for federal and state income tax
purposes. Our effective tax rate for the five-month period ended
December 31, 2002 was 50.8%.
Net income.
Net
income for the combined year ended December 31, 2002 was
$32.6 million compared to $21.4 million for the
combined year ended December 31, 2001.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have financed our operations principally
through internally generated funds. We generate cash mainly from
premium revenue. Our primary use of cash is the payment of
expenses related to medical benefits. We generally receive
premium revenue in advance of payment of claims for related
healthcare services. From time to time, we may need to raise
capital or draw on our credit facility to fund planned
geographic and product expansion or acquire healthcare
businesses.
Because we receive premiums in advance of
payments of claims for healthcare services, we maintain
estimated balances of cash and cash equivalents pending payment
of claims. At December 31, 2003 and 2002,
40
Our investment policies are designed primarily to
provide liquidity and preserve capital. The states in which we
operate prescribe the types of instruments in which our
subsidiaries may invest their funds. As of December 31, 2003, a
substantial portion of our cash was invested in a portfolio of
highly liquid money market securities with a weighted average
maturity of 138 days. The average portfolio yield for the
year ended December 31, 2003 was approximately 1.2%.
Cash Flow.
Net cash
provided by operations increased to $122.7 million in 2003
from $66.9 million in 2002 and $38.2 million in 2001.
The growth in cash from operations was primarily due to
increased membership, improved profitability and changes in
outstanding receivables and liabilities based on the timing of
cash receipts and payments. Because we generally receive premium
revenue in advance of payment for the related medical care
costs, our cash available has historically increased during
periods of enrollment growth. At December 31, 2003, we had
negative working capital of $4.4 million as compared to
working capital of $2.6 million and negative working
capital of $38.1 million at December 31, 2002 and
2001, respectively.
We believe that our cash resources and internally
generated funds will be sufficient to support our operations,
regulatory requirements and capital expenditures for at least
12 months following this offering.
Regulatory Capital and Restrictions on
Dividends.
Our operations are
conducted through our HMO subsidiaries. These subsidiaries are
subject to state regulations that, among other things, may
require the maintenance of minimum levels of statutory capital,
as defined by each state. These regulations may restrict the
amount, payment, and timing of the distribution of dividends
that may be paid to our parent company. Our New York and
Connecticut HMO subsidiaries are currently prohibited from
paying dividends without regulatory approval until September
2004. The states can, in their sole discretion, require
individual subsidiaries to maintain statutory capital levels
higher than state mandated minimums. Management believes that we
are in compliance with all minimum statutory capital
requirements at December 31, 2003, and will continue to be
so for the foreseeable future.
The National Association of Insurance
Commissioners has adopted rules which, to the extent they are
implemented by the states in which we operate, set minimum
capitalization requirements for subsidiaries and other risk
bearing entities. The requirements take the form of risk-based
capital rules. Florida and New York have not yet adopted the
risk-based capital standard as a net worth requirement. Our
operations in Illinois, Indiana and Connecticut are subject to
the National Association of Insurance Commissioners
guidance. Our subsidiaries are required to maintain minimum
capital amounts as prescribed by the various states in which we
operate. Our restricted assets consist of cash and cash
equivalents that are deposited or pledged to state agencies in
accordance with state rules and regulations. At
December 31, 2003 and 2002, all of our restricted assets
consisted of cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31,
2003 and 2002, all of our subsidiaries were in compliance with
the minimum capital requirements. Barring any change in
regulatory requirements, we believe that we will continue to be
in compliance with these requirements at least through 2004. New
York regulators have proposed a 150% increase in reserve
requirements to be implemented over a six-year period, which
would materially increase the capital requirements of our New
York managed care plan.
If our regulators were to deny or significantly
further restrict our subsidiaries ability to pay dividends
to us or to pay management fees to our affiliates, the funds
available to us as a whole would be limited, which could harm
our ability to implement our business strategy. For example, we
could be hindered in our ability to make debt service payments
on amounts drawn from our credit facility.
Debt and Credit
Facilities.
As part of the
consideration for the acquisition of the WellCare group of
companies, we issued a senior subordinated non-negotiable
promissory note in the original principal amount of
$53 million to the stockholder representative on behalf of
the stockholders of the Florida business, including Rupesh Shah,
our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion, and his spouse. In
February 2004, we entered into a settlement agreement with the
selling stockholders that fixed the remaining amount of the
seller note at $119.7 million. In May 2004, we entered into
a further agreement with the selling stockholders, pursuant to
41
In May 2004, we entered into a credit agreement
pursuant to which we obtained two new senior secured credit
facilities, consisting of a term loan facility in an amount of
$160 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount
of $50 million, of which $10 million is available for
short-term borrowings on a swingline basis. These facilities are
being provided by a group of banks and other financial
institutions led by Credit Suisse First Boston and Morgan
Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. We used the proceeds from the
term loan to prepay $85 million of the principal balance of
the seller note discussed above, to prepay in full, for
$18.3 million, the outstanding senior discount notes issued
by one of our subsidiaries, to pay the $50.3 million
purchase price for the Harmony acquisition, and to pay
approximately $4.3 million in transaction fees and expenses.
Each of the new credit facilities has a floating
interest rate based on a specified margin over, at our option,
the Eurodollar rate or the higher of the prime rate or the
federal funds effective rate. The term loan facility requires
quarterly payments of 1% of the outstanding principal through
the maturity date, with the balance due on the maturity date,
and any principal amount outstanding under the revolving credit
facility would be payable on its maturity date. The term loan
facility will mature in May 2009, and the revolving credit
facility will mature in May 2008.
In March 2003, one of our subsidiaries issued
senior discount notes with a principal amount at maturity of
$21.6 million. These notes accrued interest at 8% and were
scheduled to mature in March 2009. We received approximately
$15 million from the issuance, prior to transaction
expenses. We prepaid these notes in full in May 2004, using
proceeds from our new term loan facility.
These notes and credit facilities include
financial and operational covenants that limit our ability to
incur additional indebtedness as well as purchase or dispose of
significant assets. Covenants on the credit facilities include
maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio above a set
minimum, maintenance of a leverage ratio below a set maximum,
and limitations on capital expenditures and acquisitions.
As of December 31, 2003, we did not have any
off-balance sheet arrangements that are required to be disclosed
under Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K.
In May 2004, our debt was rated below investment
grade by the major credit rating agencies as follows:
Consequently, if we seek to raise funds in
capital markets transactions, our ability to do so will be
limited to issuing additional non-investment grade debt or
issuing equity and/or equity-linked instruments.
We expect to fund our working capital
requirements and capital expenditures during the next several
years from our cash flow from operations, or from this offering
or other possible future capital markets transactions. We have
taken a number of steps to increase our internally generated
cash flow, including reducing our health care expenses by, among
other things, exiting from unprofitable markets and undertaking
cost savings initiatives. If our cash flow is less than we
expect due to one or more of the risks described in Risk
Factors, or our cash flow requirements increase for
reasons we do not currently foresee, then we may need to draw
upon available funds under our revolving line of credit, which
matures in May 2008, or issue additional debt or equity
securities. Because we currently intend to make select
acquisitions as part of our growth strategy, we likely will draw
upon such funds and credit facilities and/or issue additional
debt or equity securities. Based on the above, we believe that
we will be able to adequately fund our current and long-term
capital needs.
42
A failure to comply with any covenant in our
credit facilities could make funds under our credit facilities
unavailable. We also may be required to take additional actions
to reduce our cash flow requirements, including the deferral of
planned investments aimed at reducing our selling, general and
administrative expenses. The deferral or cancellation of any
investments could have a material adverse impact on our ability
to meet our short-term business objectives. We regularly
evaluate cash requirements for current operations and
commitments, and for capital acquisitions and other strategic
transactions. We may elect to raise additional funds for these
purposes either through additional debt or equity, the sale of
investment securities or otherwise as appropriate.
Commitments and Contingencies
The following table sets forth information
regarding our contractual obligations:
In May 2004, we entered into an agreement
pursuant to which we obtained two new senior secured credit
facilities, consisting of a term loan facility in an amount of
$160 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount
of $50 million. We used a portion of the proceeds to prepay
portions of our long-term debt. Our long-term debt payments due
after refinancing using the new facilities are
$32.4 million within one to three years, $3.2 within
three to five years and $152.8 million in more than five
years.
We are not an obligor under or guarantor of any
indebtedness of any other party; however, we may have to pay
referral claims of healthcare providers under contract with us
who are not able to pay costs of medical services provided by
other providers. We have no off balance sheet financing
arrangements except for the operating leases described above.
Equity Plans
In connection with our reorganization as a
corporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering,
our board of directors plans to adopt and submit to our
stockholders for approval our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, which
will be effective immediately prior to the closing of our
reorganization. An aggregate of 4,573,693 shares of our
common stock will be reserved for issuance under the Equity
Incentive Plan, subject to certain adjustments reflecting
changes in our capitalization. The Equity Incentive Plan will be
administered by our board of directors and compensation
committee.
Our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan and our
2002 Employee Option Plan were both adopted by our board of
directors and became effective in September 2002. After giving
effect to our reorganization as a corporation, a maximum of
3,438,522 shares of common stock in the aggregate was
reserved for issuance to our associates under the plans. Both
plans are administered by our board of directors and
compensation committee.
Under the Senior Executive Equity Plan, each
participant was given the opportunity to purchase a specified
number of what were, prior to our reorganization as a
corporation, Class A Common Units. As a result of that
purchase, each participant was granted, for no consideration, a
specified number of our former Class C Common Units. Under
the Employee Option Plan, each participant was granted an option
to purchase a specified number of our former Class A Common
Units. The securities that were granted under both plans are
subject to the terms, including vesting, set forth in each
subscription agreement or option agreement, as applicable. We
may repurchase vested securities granted pursuant to the plans
at fair market
43
Upon the closing of our reorganization as a
corporation, the Class C Common Units granted under the
Senior Executive Equity Plan will be converted automatically
into shares of our common stock and the options granted under
the Employee Option Plan will be converted automatically into
equivalent options to purchase our common stock. Each granted
share and option will be subject to the same vesting terms as in
each holders original subscription or option agreement, as
applicable. The number of shares subject to each option and
their exercise price will be adjusted to reflect any stock split
effected in connection with the restructuring. Following our
reorganization as a corporation, 19 of our employees will
hold a total of 2,042,586 shares under our Senior Executive
Equity Plan, of which 560,315 will be vested, and 144 of
our employees will hold options under our 2002 Employee Option
Plan exercisable for approximately 1,363,519 shares of our
common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.31, of
which 96,330 will be vested. We do not intend to issue any
additional securities under either of these plans.
We account for these plans under the recognition
and measurement principles (the intrinsic-value method)
prescribed in Accounting Principles Board or APB
Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, and related interpretations. Compensation cost
for stock options is reflected in net income and is measured as
the excess of the estimated market price of our common stock at
the date of grant over the amount an employee must pay to
acquire the stock.
In addition to complying with APB Opinion
No. 25, we also comply with the disclosure requirements of
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, which, among other things, requires
supplemental disclosure using a fair-value-based method of
accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. In
December 2002, SFAS No. 148, Accounting for
Stock-Based CompensationTransition and Disclosure
was issued. SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123 to, among
other things, expand the disclosure provisions of SFAS
No. 123 and APB Opinion No. 28, Interim
Financial Reporting, to require disclosure in the summary
of significant accounting policies of the effects of an
entitys accounting policy with respect to stock-based
employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per
share in annual and interim financial statements. While SFAS
No. 148 does not require companies to account for employee
stock options using the fair-value method, the disclosure
provisions of SFAS No. 148 are applicable to all companies
with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether
they account for that compensation using the fair-value method
of SFAS No. 123 or the intrinsic-value method of APB
Opinion No. 25. We have adopted the disclosure requirements
of SFAS No. 148.
44
The following table illustrates the effect on net
income and earnings per share if we had applied the fair value
recognition provisions to stock-based employee compensation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities, which addresses accounting for restructuring
and similar costs. SFAS No. 146 requires recognition of the
liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity
when we exit a facility, whereas under EITF Issue No. 94-3,
a liability for an exit cost is recognized at the date a company
commits to an exit plan. In addition, SFAS No. 146
establishes that the liability should initially be measured and
recorded at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS No. 146 may
affect the timing of recognizing future restructuring costs, as
well as the amounts recognized. Application of SFAS No. 146
was required for restructuring activities initiated after
December 31, 2002. Adoption of this standard did not impact our
financial statements.
In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation
No. 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure
Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of
Indebtedness of Others an Interpretation of FASB
Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and Rescission of FASB
Interpretation No. 34. The interpretation elaborates
on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and
annual financial statements about its obligations under certain
guarantees that it has issued. It also requires a guarantor to
recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the
fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the
guarantee. In general, the interpretation applies to contracts
or indemnification agreements that contingently require the
guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on
changes in an underlying obligation that is related to an asset,
liability or an equity security of the guaranteed party. The
initial recognition and measurement provisions of the
interpretation apply to guarantees issued or modified after
December 31, 2002. The adoption of this interpretation in
fiscal 2003 did not impact our financial statements.
In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation
No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest
Entities. This interpretation of Accounting Research
Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial
Statements, addresses consolidation by business
enterprises of variable interest entities that either:
(1) do not have sufficient equity
45
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS
No. 150 requires that certain financial instruments,
including mandatorily redeemable financial instruments, be
classified as liabilities. For existing financial instruments,
the standard is applicable for the first quarter beginning after
June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not
impact our financial statements.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
In September 2003, we hired the Ernst & Young
LLP audit partner previously serving us to become our chief
financial officer. We believe this action impaired Ernst &
Young LLPs independent relationship with us. As a result,
we terminated the engagement of Ernst & Young LLP as our
independent public accountants. The report of Ernst & Young
LLP on our financial statements as of December 31, 2002 and
for the period May 8, 2002, our date of inception, to
December 31, 2002 contained no adverse opinion or
disclaimer of opinion, nor was the report qualified or modified
as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. In
connection with the audit of our 2002 financial statements, and
in the subsequent interim period, there were no disagreements
with Ernst & Young LLP on any matters of accounting
principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or
auditing scope and procedures which, if not resolved to the
satisfaction of Ernst & Young LLP would have caused Ernst
& Young LLP to make reference to the matter in their report.
We have provided a copy of the above disclosures
to Ernst & Young LLP and requested that Ernst & Young
LLP furnish us with a letter addressed to the Securities and
Exchange Commission stating whether it agrees with the above
statements. A copy of such letter, dated February 12, 2004
is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which
this prospectus is a part.
Effective December 2003, we retained
Deloitte & Touche LLP as our independent public
accountants. Deloitte & Touche LLP was engaged to audit
and report on financial information previously audited by
Ernst & Young LLP. Our decision to engage
Deloitte & Touche LLP was approved by our audit
committee. Deloitte & Touche LLP previously had been
the auditor for certain WellCare subsidiaries in 2001 and
performed consulting services during 2002. Neither we nor anyone
acting on our behalf consulted with Deloitte & Touche
LLP regarding the application of accounting principles to a
specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type
of the audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial
statements, nor did we or anyone acting on our behalf consult
with Deloitte & Touche LLP regarding any other matter
that was the subject of a disagreement, as defined in paragraph
304(a)(1)(iv) and the related instructions to Item 304 of
Regulation S-K, or a reportable event, as described in
paragraph 304(a)(1)(v) of Item 304 of
Regulation S-K.
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about
Market Risk
As of December 31, 2003, we had short-term
investments of $33.8 million and investments classified as
long-term of $21.4 million, principally restricted deposits
in accordance with regulatory requirements. The short-term
investments consist of highly liquid securities with maturities
between three and 12 months. Long-term restricted assets
consist of cash and cash equivalents deposited or pledged to
state agencies in accordance with state rules and regulations.
These restricted assets are classified as long-term regardless
of the contractual maturity date due to the nature of the
states requirements. The investments classified as
long-term are subject to interest rate risk and will decrease in
value if market rates increase. Because of their short-term
nature, however, we would not expect the value of these
investments to decline significantly as a result of a sudden
change in market interest rates. Assuming a hypothetical and
immediate 1% increase in market interest rates at
December 31, 2003, the fair value of our fixed income
investments would decrease by less than $10,000. Similarly, a 1%
decrease in market interest rates at December 31, 2003
would result in an increase of the fair value of our investments
of less than $10,000.
46
OUR BUSINESS
Overview
We provide managed care services targeted
exclusively to government-sponsored healthcare programs,
focusing on Medicaid and Medicare. We have centralized core
functions, such as claims processing and medical management,
combined with localized marketing and strong provider
relationships. We believe that this approach will allow us to
effectively grow our business, both through organic growth and
through acquisitions.
We operate health plans in Florida, New York,
Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana. In Florida, as of
March 31, 2004, we served more than 495,000 members, and
operated the two largest Medicaid managed care plans. In
New York and Connecticut, as of March 31, 2004, we
served approximately 60,000 and 26,000 members, respectively. As
a result of our recent acquisition of Harmony Health Systems,
Inc., we currently serve approximately 54,000 members in
Illinois and 30,000 members in Indiana.
Unlike many other government-sponsored healthcare
programs, which specialize in individuals eligible for only one
type of benefit, we serve individuals eligible for both Medicaid
and Medicare benefits, which include recipients of the Temporary
Assistance to Needy Families and the Supplemental Security
Income Medicaid programs and SCHIP. We believe that our
experience in managing healthcare for this broad range of
beneficiaries better positions us to capitalize on growth
opportunities across all of these programs. In addition, unlike
many other managed care organizations that attempt to serve the
general population through commercial health plans, we focus
exclusively on serving individuals in government programs. We
believe that this focus allows us to better serve our members
and providers and to more efficiently manage our operations.
Our Markets and Opportunities
The market for government-sponsored healthcare
programs is large and growing. Overall healthcare spending in
the United States has increased dramatically over the past four
decades, from $41 billion in 1965 to $1.6 trillion in
2002, according to CMS. CMS estimates that healthcare
expenditures will continue to increase over the next decade at
an average annual rate of 7.3%, growing to a projected
$3.4 trillion by 2013. According to CMS, approximately
33.6% of total healthcare spending in 2002, or
$522 billion, was financed by Medicare and Medicaid. CMS
also estimates that in 2002, approximately 40.1 million
people received Medicaid benefits, and total Medicaid
expenditures were approximately $255 billion, of which
approximately $104 billion was the responsibility of state
governments and the balance provided by the federal government.
In the same year, approximately 40.5 million people were
enrolled in Medicare, and the federal government spent
approximately $267 billion for Medicare, according to CMS.
We currently operate managed care health plans in
Florida, New York, Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana. Florida
and New York have two of the largest Medicaid and Medicare
populations in the United States.
47
Health maintenance organizations, or HMOs, and
other types of managed care plans were created as a response to
dramatic increases in healthcare-related costs. Managed care
plans generally reduce the cost of health insurance by providing
members with access to a quality, efficient and cost-effective
network of providers. The plans also reduce costs by attempting
to increase member access to timely and preventative healthcare
delivered in the most appropriate healthcare delivery setting.
Since the 1970s, enrollment in managed care has increased
dramatically, especially over the past decade. In 2002, in the
commercial market, 26% of employees who were covered by their
employers health benefit plan were enrolled in HMOs,
according to the Kaiser Commission on Medicaid and the
Uninsured. As part of efforts to control rising costs within
government-sponsored healthcare programs, the federal government
and many states have encouraged the creation of managed care
plans for government programs.
Medicaid Managed Care.
Medicaid is a joint federal and state
health insurance program for certain low-income individuals. The
amount of total federal outlays for Medicaid has no set limit;
rather, the federal government must match whatever the
particular state provides for its eligible recipients, subject
to limits determined annually by CMS. The percentage matched by
the federal government varies by state. Medicaid is structured
to allow each state to establish, within broad federal
guidelines, its own eligibility standards, benefits package,
payment rates and program administration. In most states, the
threshold requirements for Medicaid eligibility are determined
by the state. In some cases, eligibility criteria are determined
by reference to other federal financial assistance programs,
including Temporary Assistance to Needy Families and
Supplemental Security Income. The Temporary Assistance to Needy
Families program provides assistance to low-income families with
children. Supplemental Security Income provides assistance to
low-income aged, blind or disabled individuals. States may also
broaden eligibility beyond the requirements for these programs.
Families who exceed the income thresholds for Medicaid may be
able to qualify for the State Childrens Health Insurance
Program, or SCHIP.
According to data from CMS, from 1967 through
2002, Medicaid spending grew at a 15.0% compound annual rate.
According to the Congressional Budget Office, federal Medicaid
is expected to be $169 billion in fiscal 2004 with states
contributing an additional $127 billion. According to the
National Association of State Budget Officers, on average,
states spend approximately 20.8% of their annual budget on
Medicaid, making it the second largest program in most states.
48
Historically, Medicaid operated on a
fee-for-service model, under which the Medicaid programs made
payments directly to providers after delivery of care. We
believe that the fee-for-service model has resulted in
beneficiaries often receiving care on an episodic basis and in
inappropriate, high-cost settings, such as emergency rooms and
hospitals, as opposed to receiving care in a comprehensive
organized manner. To address these concerns, 42 states have now
implemented mandatory Medicaid managed care programs and six
have implemented voluntary managed care programs. In states with
mandatory Medicaid managed care programs, a percentage of
Medicaid recipients are automatically enrolled by the state into
a managed care program. States generally may only mandate
managed care in areas where more than one managed care plan
operates, and the state allocates members among those plans. The
percentage of recipients who are subject to such mandatory
assignment varies by state and is set by law or regulation
within each state from time to time. If Medicaid managed care is
not mandatory, individuals entitled to Medicaid may choose
either the traditional Medicaid fee-for-service program or a
managed care plan, if available.
There are two types of managed care programs:
capitated managed care plans and primary care case management
plans. Under capitated managed care programs, which we operate,
the state pays the managed care plan a fixed fee per enrollee
and the plan assumes either full or partial risk for the
financing and delivery of state-specified healthcare services.
Under primary care case management plans, a provider is paid a
per patient monthly case management fee for acting as a
gatekeeper to approve all medical services and does not assume
financial risk for the recipient. The number of Medicaid
beneficiaries enrolled in some form of managed care program has
grown rapidly, from approximately 40% in 1996 to approximately
58% in 2002, according to CMS. Of the 58% of Medicaid
beneficiaries enrolled in managed care in 2002, 24.3% were
enrolled in primary care case management programs.
SCHIP is the single largest expansion of health
insurance coverage for children since the enactment of Medicaid,
and some states are expanding the program to include adults.
SCHIP is a federal and state matching program designed to help
states expand health insurance to children whose families earn
too much to qualify for traditional Medicaid yet not enough to
afford private health insurance. States have the option of
administering SCHIP through their existing Medicaid programs,
creating separate programs or combining both approaches.
According to CMS, approximately 4.6 million children who
otherwise would not have access to healthcare were covered under
SCHIP in 2001, representing a 38% increase from 2000. In 2003,
according to CMS, there were 5.8 million children enrolled
in SCHIP programs. Currently, all 50 states, the District of
Columbia and all U.S. territories have approved SCHIP plans, and
many states continue to submit plan amendments to further expand
coverage under SCHIP.
Medicare Managed Care.
Medicare is a federal program that
provides eligible persons age 65 and over and some disabled
persons a variety of hospital and medical insurance benefits.
Medicare beneficiaries have the option to enroll in a
Medicare+Choice plan, Medicares managed care option, in
areas where such a plan is offered. Under this program, managed
care plans can contract with CMS to provide benefits comparable
to those offered under the traditional Medicare program in
exchange for a fixed monthly payment per member that varies
based on the county in which the member resides. Individuals who
elect to participate in the Medicare+Choice program usually
receive greater benefits than traditional Medicare, including
less or no deductible or coinsurance amounts, but are generally
required to use the services and provider network provided by
the HMO exclusively and are required to pay a premium to the
federal Medicare program unless the HMO chooses to pay the
premium as a part of its benefit package. These individuals also
may be required to pay a monthly premium to the health plan.
The recently enacted Medicare reform legislation,
MMA, expands Medicares health options by, among other
things, adding a prescription drug benefit beginning in 2006,
authorizing transitional prescription drug discount cards
beginning in June 2004, and modifying the methods by which
Medicare will pay Medicare managed care plans. MMA also renames
the Medicare+Choice program Medicare Advantage
starting in 2006. Retroactive to January 1, 2004,
Medicare+Choice rates have been increased so that managed care
plans will receive the highest rate determined as either 100% of
the average costs that CMS anticipates incurring for a
Medicare-eligible fee-for-service beneficiary or the three other
rate setting methodologies in effect prior to MMAs
enactment. This may have the effect of raising the fixed monthly
payments made to managed care organizations by CMS for providing
services to Medicare beneficiaries in some counties. Managed
care plans
49
Enrollment in Medicare managed care programs has
declined in recent years, from 6.3 million, or 16% of
Medicare beneficiaries, in 2000 to 4.6 million, or 12% of
Medicare beneficiaries, in 2002. During this period, many
managed care programs that had contracted with CMS to provide
Medicare managed care plans reduced benefits or withdrew from
markets, as healthcare costs in many areas exceeded payments
received from CMS for their participation in Medicares
managed care program. However, as a result of MMA, which
increases reimbursement rates to Medicare managed care plans and
generally will allow Medicare managed care plans to offer more
attractive benefits, we expect enrollment in Medicares
managed care programs to increase.
Dual-Eligible
Beneficiaries.
Individuals who are
eligible to receive both Medicare and Medicaid benefits are
sometimes termed dual-eligible. Health plans that
serve dual-eligibles receive a higher premium on account of
those members. According to the Henry J. Kaiser Family
Foundation, in 2002 an estimated 7.2 million individuals,
or 14% of Medicaid beneficiaries, were dual-eligible. In 2000,
dual-eligible beneficiaries accounted for 42% of total Medicaid
spending, while representing 16% of all Medicaid beneficiaries,
according to Kaiser, and we believe that dual-eligibles are an
increasingly important sector of the market.
Our Competitive Advantages
We operate health plans focused on
government-sponsored healthcare programs. We believe the
following are our key competitive advantages:
Leading Market Presence.
We are the leading Medicaid provider
in Florida, with an approximately 50% market share of Medicaid
managed care enrollees and over 452,000 Medicaid members. As a
result of our recent acquisition of Harmony, we are also the
leading provider of Medicaid managed care services in Illinois.
We believe that this strong market position provides us with
numerous strategic advantages, including:
We are leveraging these advantages to
aggressively grow our operations.
Diversified Government Healthcare
Programs.
We offer managed care
services for a diversified range of government programs,
including the SCHIP, Supplemental Security Income and Temporary
Assistance to Needy Families Medicaid programs and Medicare.
This approach helps reduce the impact on us resulting from rate
reductions or other adverse changes that impact one type of
program. We believe that this approach also results in
operational efficiencies and stronger relationships with our
providers and regulators and positions us to capitalize on
growth opportunities in Medicaid, Medicare and other government
programs. Our broad range of programs and our low cost of
operations also allow us to effectively compete for specialized
programs designed to meet the specific needs of certain
jurisdictions. For example, in October 2003 we were assigned an
additional 30,000 members under our Florida Healthy Kids program
through a competitive bid process. We were able to win this bid,
in part due to the economies of scale we achieve from our broad
range of product offerings. We believe that our experience in
serving a broad range of beneficiaries of Medicaid, Medicare and
other government-sponsored programs and our strong provider
networks, guided by our medical management programs, position us
to optimally serve this population.
Exclusive Focus on Government Healthcare
Programs.
We are focused on designing
and operating our business to serve our government programs
constituents: members, providers and regulators. This allows us
to build our provider networks with a focus on our target
populations, and allows us, in large part, to contract with our
providers using the Medicaid and Medicare fee schedules, which
are generally lower than commercial
50
Centralized and Scalable Operations.
We have centralized various functions
across all of our health plans, including claims processing,
member services, information technology, regulatory compliance
and medical management and pharmacy benefits management
programs. We have successfully developed a data reporting system
to help assure that consistent sources of claims and member
information are provided across all of our health plans, which
enables our management team to better assess and control medical
costs. Our processing systems operate on a single technology
platform and have been designed to be scalable to accommodate
growth. In a study performed by the manufacturer, our core
transaction system demonstrated scalability to more than
6.5 million members and 2,800 concurrent users. We seek
continuously to improve our administrative and operational
infrastructure to be scalable for rapid and cost-effective
expansion in existing and new markets.
Localized, Disciplined Sales and Marketing
Efforts.
Our sales force is designed
to target the diverse ethnic, cultural and linguistic
composition of the communities we serve with over six different
languages spoken. Through the strong relationships our sales
people have with community leaders and healthcare providers, we
are able to access Medicaid-eligible populations and encourage
them to join our plans, resulting in greater market share than
relying solely on mandatory assignments. Our sales efforts are
enhanced by targeted marketing designed to strengthen our local
brands. We focus on specific media such as community events,
direct mail, radio advertisements and other highly targeted
programs. We believe these marketing programs enhance our
leading brands, such as HealthEase and Staywell in Florida, and
will allow us to further penetrate the Medicare market. Our
sales and marketing team also provides us with increased
flexibility in assessing potential new markets. We believe that
we have developed the requisite infrastructure and expertise to
succeed in both mandatory and non-mandatory Medicaid managed
care states.
Strong Relationships with Government Agencies.
We work closely with the government
agencies that regulate us to help develop the products and
services that we offer. Through this approach, we are able to
offer health plans that deliver cost savings for the states in
which we operate. For example, under our Medicaid contract with
the State of Florida, the state pays us a discounted percentage
of approximately 92% of the fee-for-service rate the state pays
under the traditional Medicaid program. As a result, in 2003, we
estimate that our Medicaid services saved the State of Florida
approximately $54.4 million compared to what the state
would have been required to pay under the traditional program.
We have demonstrated to government agencies our ability to
provide quality healthcare services in a cost-effective manner.
As a result, we believe that the government agencies that
regulate us remain committed to the growth of managed care as an
element of an overall plan to control rising healthcare
expenditures.
Partnerships with Providers.
We strive to be a low hassle partner
for our providers and to provide them with ongoing health and
related data that allows them to care for our members
effectively and manage their practices efficiently. We
accomplish this by:
51
By aligning our incentives with those of our
providers, providing frequent, data-based feedback on
performance, and providing high-quality service, we seek to
develop networks that aid our efforts to attract and retain
members. Using this approach, we have developed the flexibility
to offer both fee-for-service and capitated provider payment
methods.
Integrated Medical Management.
We employ a multi-tiered approach to
medical management to ensure that our members receive
appropriate, high-quality care, while containing our costs and
ensuring an efficient healthcare delivery network. Key elements
of our medical management strategy include:
We believe that this multi-tiered approach has
helped us improve medical outcomes for our members, which
results in cost savings.
Experienced Management Team.
Our management has extensive
experience operating managed care plans. Our executive officers
have more than 85 years of combined experience in the
healthcare industry with healthcare plans such as Aetna, Cigna,
Humana and Oxford. Our management team is focused on process and
data analytics, which has enabled us to create a culture that
emphasizes effective execution of our business plans and
analysis of results. Members of our medical management team are
board certified in a variety of healthcare disciplines, allowing
us to manage a broad range of healthcare issues more
effectively. We believe that our managements experience
brings a professional, disciplined approach to the operation of
government-sponsored healthcare plans, resulting in increased
operational efficiencies.
52
Our Growth Strategy
Our objective is to be the leading provider of
government programs-focused managed care services. To achieve
this objective, we intend to grow our business by:
Expanding our Medicaid Business within
Existing Markets.
We operate in
markets that present significant opportunities for expanding our
Medicaid membership. We believe that there are significant
growth opportunities in Florida. According to data from CMS,
while approximately 64% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries in
Florida are enrolled in some form of managed care program,
including primary care management programs, only 32% of
Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participate in a
fully-capitated, risk-bearing managed health plan. New York and
Illinois are also significant markets for Medicaid managed care
services, with approximately 3.4 million and
1.7 million Medicaid enrollees, respectively, according to
CMS. According to data from CMS, in New York, only 34% of
Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participate in a
fully-capitated, risk-bearing managed health plan, and in
Illinois, only 7% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participate
in such a plan. Each of the states in which we operate other
than Illinois has mandatory assignment of a certain percentage
of Medicaid-eligible individuals to Medicaid managed care plans.
We intend to continue to grow our business in the markets that
we currently serve by:
Leveraging our Established Medicaid Businesses
to Develop Medicare Plans.
We intend
to leverage the core competencies, systems and infrastructure
that we have developed through our established Medicaid
businesses to continue to develop Medicare plans. We believe
that there are compelling synergies between Medicaid and
Medicare health plans that make leveraging our Medicaid
businesses attractive, including:
We believe that there is a significant
opportunity to continue leveraging our strong Medicaid
businesses, including our marketing and sales processes and our
provider and regulatory relationships in Florida, to increase
our Medicare membership in the State. We currently have
approximately 42,000 Medicare members in Florida out of the
approximately 2.9 million Medicare enrollees in the State.
We believe that we can also expand our Medicare business
organically in the other states where we currently operate, as
well as in additional markets, without incurring significant
expenses. In our organic expansion efforts, we expect that we
53
Entering New Medicaid Markets Through Internal
Growth and Acquisitions.
We intend to
enter new Medicaid markets, whether or not they have mandatory
assignment, through a combination of internal growth and
acquisitions. Entering new Medicaid markets will provide us with
the opportunity to grow and diversify our revenues, enhance
economies of scale from our centralized administrative
infrastructure, and strengthen our relationships with providers
and government agencies. We expect to grow organically by
expanding our service area and provider network, increasing
awareness of our local brand names and maintaining positive
provider relationships.
We also intend to enter new markets by acquiring
existing Medicaid managed care businesses. We expect to focus
our expansion on markets with significant Medicaid populations,
large provider populations, a fragmented competitive landscape
and favorable regulatory conditions. We believe that the managed
care industry, particularly Medicaid-focused plans, is likely to
experience continued consolidation in the future and that this
will provide us an opportunity to acquire existing plans in
attractive markets.
Harmony Acquisition
In June 2004 we acquired Harmony Health
Systems, Inc., a provider of Medicaid managed care plans in
Illinois and Indiana. Harmony, through a wholly-owned
subsidiary, operates the largest Medicaid managed care plan in
Illinois, serving over 54,000 members in that State as well as
over 30,000 members in Indiana. The purchase price for the
acquisition was approximately $50.3 million in cash, after
deducting (i) pre-closing cash distributions made by
Harmony and (ii) certain transaction expenses incurred by
Harmony or its shareholders. The purchase price will be either
increased or reduced, as applicable, by the amount of any excess
or shortfall in the amount of Harmonys reserves for
medical claims as of December 31, 2003 compared to medical
claims actually incurred as of that date, as measured on or
about December 31, 2004. The acquisition was effected by
the merger of a new wholly-owned subsidiary of ours into
Harmony, resulting in Harmony becoming our wholly-owned
subsidiary.
Under the merger agreement, Harmony made
customary representations and warranties regarding such matters
as its corporate good standing, authority to enter into the
transaction, capital structure, compliance with laws and
regulations and material contracts. Harmony has agreed to
indemnify us with respect to breaches of any representations,
warranties, covenants or other agreements made by Harmony in the
merger agreement, subject in some cases to minimum threshold
limitations. To secure these indemnification obligations,
$8.0 million of the purchase price is being held in escrow
by a third party escrow agent for a period of one year following
the closing of the acquisition. Following the closing, this
escrow fund will be our exclusive source of recovery for any
indemnification obligations of Harmony under the acquisition
agreement, subject to certain limited exceptions.
Our Health Plans
We provide managed care services targeted to
government-sponsored healthcare programs in Florida, New York,
Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana. We offer a diverse array of
products, primarily Medicaid and related state programs, such as
SCHIP, and Medicare programs. The following tables summarize our
54
We are in the process of resuming Medicare
marketing activities in New York and re-launching our Medicare
plan in the state. We are also establishing a Medicare health
plan in Louisiana. We expect to begin operating in Louisiana in
late 2004, subject to receiving final regulatory approval.
Each of our plans receives premiums from the
federal or state governments in the markets where we operate. We
generally receive a fixed premium per member per month to
provide healthcare benefits to our members pursuant to our
contracts in each of our markets.
We are the largest operator of Medicaid managed
care plans in Florida. We began providing Medicaid services in
Florida in 1994, and now operate the two largest Medicaid
managed care plans in the state, Staywell Health Plans, or
Staywell, and HealthEase. Our two distinct Medicaid health plans
have separate brand identities, sales forces, provider networks
and geographic coverage, but both utilize our centralized back
office and claims processing systems. This allows us to benefit
from economies of scale while increasing our coverage and
penetration throughout the state.
Our Medicaid managed care plans have broad
geographic coverage throughout Florida. Staywell operates in 15
counties, with a particularly strong presence in South Florida.
HealthEase operates in 32 counties and has a significant
presence in Central and South Florida, as well as in counties in
Northern Florida, many of which are to be more rural.
We began providing Medicare services in Florida
in 2000 and now operate a rapidly growing Medicare plan under
the name WellCare. Our Medicare plan operates in 11 counties in
Florida, and has particularly large membership in South Florida,
which has a large population of Medicare-eligible individuals
and favorable reimbursement rates.
Our Medicaid contracts with the State of Florida
for our Staywell and HealthEase plans expire on June 30,
2004. Our Medicare contract for our WellCare plan expires on
December 31, 2004. We also have a SCHIP contract with the
Florida Healthy Kids Corporation that expires on
September 30, 2005. We have been able to successfully renew
our contracts since we began operating in Florida.
Our Medicaid managed care programs in New York,
which we provide under the WellCare name, have grown rapidly
under our management. In 2003, our membership grew from
approximately 45,000 members to approximately
56,000 members. During this period, we substantially
increased the size of our provider network, adding eight
hospitals, including six in New York City, and almost 700 new
physicians, including specialists. We currently operate in four
of the boroughs of New York City and in the Hudson Valley region.
55
When we acquired the New York operations in 2002,
we inherited a number of operational deficiencies, including a
suspension of Medicare marketing initiated in August 1999 due to
a lack of compliance with the terms of our Medicare contract. We
have made significant investments in our New York operations to
address these challenges and to compete more effectively in this
market, including by:
We believe that we have successfully addressed
most of the regulatory challenges we faced in New York and have
implemented comprehensive corrective action plans that were
approved by both the New York State Department of Health and CMS
in June 2003. As a result, we have commenced the process of
re-launching our Medicare plan in New York, which as of
December 31, 2003 had approximately 600 members. We expect
to re-commence marketing efforts in the second half of 2004. In
connection with the re-launch, we are restructuring our Medicare
provider network, with a focus on building strong relationships
with providers and hospitals, and have made significant
investments in quality improvement.
Our Medicaid contracts in New York expire on
September 30, 2004. Our Medicare contract with CMS expires
on December 31, 2004. We also have a SCHIP contract with
the State of New York that expires on June 30, 2004.
Despite the regulatory challenges we have encountered in New
York, we have been able to successfully renew our contracts
since we began operating in that state.
In Connecticut, we operate a Medicaid managed
care plan under the name PreferredOne. In 2003, our PreferredOne
membership grew from 17,000 members to over 24,000 members. We
also significantly expanded our provider network in the state
during that period, adding more than 150 primary care
physicians and four hospitals.
We began operating in Connecticut in 1995 when we
purchased Yale New Haven Health Plan. We currently offer
services in each of Connecticuts eight counties. Our
Medicaid contracts with the state expire on September 30,
2004. We have been able to successfully renew our contracts
since we began operating in Connecticut.
Our Illinois subsidiary operates the largest
provider of Medicaid managed care services in that state under
the name Harmony Health Plan of Illinois, which we acquired in
June 2004. Harmony began operations in Illinois in
September 1996, initially serving the Cook County market,
and has increased its membership throughout its operating
history. In 2003, Harmonys membership in Illinois grew
from 42,000 members to over 54,000 members. Our Medicaid
contract with the State of Illinois expires on July 31,
2005. Harmony has been able to successfully renew its Medicaid
contract since it began operating in Illinois.
Harmony also operates a Medicaid managed care
plan in Indiana under the name Harmony Health Plan of Indiana.
Harmony began operations in Indiana in February 2001, after
successfully participating in the State of Indianas
competitive bidding process. In 2003, Harmonys membership
in Indiana declined from 35,000 members to approximately 30,000
members, primarily as a result of the termination of certain
56
Medical Programs and Services
The programs and services we offer to our members
vary by state and county and are designed to address the unique
needs of our members within the various communities we serve.
Through our Medicaid plans, we provide our members access to a
broad spectrum of medical benefits. These benefits range from
all facets of primary care and preventative programs to full
hospitalization and tertiary care. Our Medicaid contracts
determine to a large extent the type and scope of healthcare
services that we arrange for our members; however, we do
customize our benefits in the following ways, which we believe
makes our products more attractive:
57
In addition, our approach to contracting has
allowed us to build strong provider networks, which provides our
members with access to physicians to whom they may not otherwise
have access. Members are required to use our network, except in
cases of emergencies, transition of care, or when specialty
providers are unavailable or inadequate to meet a members
medical needs, and generally must receive a referral from their
primary care physician in order to receive healthcare from a
specialist, such as an orthopedic surgeon or neurologist.
Members do not pay any premiums, deductibles or co-payments.
Through our Medicare plans, we also cover a wide
spectrum of medical services. We provide an enhanced level of
services relative to standard fee-for-service Medicare coverage,
ranging from reduced out-of-pocket expenses to prescription drug
coverage. While our Medicare benefits offerings vary by county,
the following is an example of the enhanced level of benefits we
offer in a metropolitan county of Florida in comparison to those
benefits generally available under the Medicare program:
Through these enhanced benefits, the
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our members are reduced,
which allows them to better predict their healthcare costs.
58
Most of our Medicare plans require members to pay
a co-payment for services provided, and the amount of the
co-payment varies by benefit. None of our plans require a
deductible for services. Members are required to use our network
of providers, except in limited cases such as emergencies,
transition of care, or when specialty providers are unavailable
or inadequate to meet a members medical needs, and
generally must receive a referral from their primary care
physician in order to receive healthcare from a specialist.
Also, compared to our Medicaid plans, we have more flexibility
in designing benefits packages, and we can charge members a
premium for benefits that the Medicare fee-for-service plan does
not offer.
As part of our continuing efforts to improve the
services we offer members, in January 2004 we implemented a drug
discount benefit for members of our Florida Medicare plans. We
introduced a new member identification card that includes a drug
discount card, entitling members to discounts of approximately
19% on brand-name prescription drugs and 28% on generic drugs.
We provided this benefit to our members several months in
advance of CMSs implementation of the prescription drug
discount card program authorized by MMA. As a result, our
Medicare members are already able to access benefits comparable
to those benefits offered under the new law.
Provider Networks
We have longstanding, established relationships
with our network of providers in each of the markets we
currently serve. We continuously upgrade and review our networks
to ensure adequacy of coverage and compliance of individual
providers with our network and operational standards, and we
replace and add providers as appropriate. We arrange for the
provision of healthcare services to our members through mutually
non-exclusive contracts with independent primary care
physicians, specialists, ancillary medical agencies and
professionals and hospitals.
Our network of primary care physicians plays an
integral role in managing the healthcare of our members. The
relationship between the primary care physician, or PCP, and a
member is critical for the member to make the most effective use
of managed care. Our PCPs are encouraged to discuss care options
with new members during their first visit, and answer questions
they may have about managed care, as well as to assist them in
understanding the role of the PCP. Primary care physicians
include family and general practitioners, pediatricians,
internal medicine physicians and OB/ GYNs. Specialty care
physicians provide medical care to members generally upon
referral by the primary care physicians. The following table
shows the total approximate number of primary care physicians,
specialists and hospitals participating in our network as of
December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:
As of December 31, 2003, Harmony had
approximately 982 primary care physicians, 1,812 specialists and
56 hospitals participating in its network in Illinois, and
167 primary care physicians, 649 specialists and nine hospitals
participating in its network in Indiana.
We have also contracted with other ancillary
medical providers and professionals for physical therapy, mental
health and chemical dependency care, home healthcare, vision
care, diagnostic laboratory tests, x-ray examinations, ambulance
services and durable medical equipment. Additionally, we have
contracted with a national pharmacy benefit manager that
provides a local pharmacy network in our markets where pharmacy
is a covered benefit. We also offer, using in-house resources,
comprehensive management of mental health and substance abuse
services.
59
We value our relationships with our providers.
Our provider relations strategy is focused on being a low hassle
partner. Examples of the steps we have taken to implement this
strategy include:
We also consult with members of our provider
network to obtain their assistance in designing benefit
packages, and we enter into relationships using a range of
contract types, including capitated and fee-for-service
arrangements. See Provider Payment Methods. We
believe that our focus on strong provider relationships has
helped us to make our health plans more attractive and increase
our membership.
In order to help ensure the quality of our
providers, we credential and re-credential our providers using
standards that are required in the states in which we operate.
In order to encourage our PCPs to be proactive in the treatment
of our members, we pay a fee-for-service rate in excess of the
capitation rate to our PCPs who provide specified preventative
health services, such as childhood immunizations, lead screening
and well-child check-ups. In New York, PCPs to whom we pay a
capitation also receive an additional payment, or bill-above,
for supplying us with timely encounter data regarding the nature
of members visits. We use this data to improve the level
of preventative healthcare we provide, such as vaccinations,
immunizations and health screenings for new-born children. In
Florida and Connecticut, we plan to pay our PCPs bill-aboves for
encounter data beginning in early 2004. This data will also help
us to monitor the amount and level of medical treatment and
improve our compliance with regulatory reporting requirements to
ensure high-quality medical care.
Our contracts with hospitals, independent primary
care physicians and specialists are usually for one to two year
periods and automatically renew for successive one-year terms.
The contracts can generally be cancelled by either party upon a
specified prior written notice period, which is typically 60 or
90 days, subject to various conditions. With respect to our
hospital contracts, the hospital is paid for all medically
necessary inpatient and outpatient services, including emergency
services, diagnostic services and therapeutic care provided to
members. With the exception of admissions from the emergency
room, all inpatient hospital services require precertification
from our utilization review staff. All contracted hospitals are
required to participate in our utilization review and quality
improvement programs.
Provider Payment Methods
We utilize three primary methods of payment with
our network providers: capitation, fee-for-service and risk
sharing arrangements, which we utilize in our Medicare business.
We periodically review our payment methods as necessary. Factors
we generally consider in adjusting payment methods include
changes to state Medicaid fee schedules, the competitive
environment, current market conditions, anticipated utilization
patterns and projected medical benefits expense.
Capitation.
We pay
most of our PCPs a fixed fee per member, which is referred to as
capitation. Under this arrangement, the PCP is at risk for all
costs related to the services rendered by such physician, with
the exception of those preventative health services that are
paid in addition to the capitation and subject, in some cases,
to stop-loss arrangements. In some instances, certain specialty
physicians are paid on a capitated basis. For the year ended
December 31, 2003, 16% of our Medicaid payments to
providers were on a capitated basis.
60
Fee-for-Service.
We
pay our other providers, including most specialists, based upon
the service performed, which is referred to as fee-for-service.
For the year ended December 31, 2003, 84% of our Medicaid
payments to providers were on a fee-for-service basis. The
primary fee-for-service arrangements are percentage of Medicaid
payment and per diem and case rates. These arrangements may also
be combined. The following is a description of the principal
arrangements we utilize:
A significant percentage of our fee-for-service
contracts with providers allow for automatic adjustments in
payments based upon changes in government reimbursement rates.
Risk-sharing
Arrangements.
Within our capitation
and fee-for-service arrangements, which account for 25% and 75%,
respectively, of our Medicare payments to providers, a small
number of Medicare providers operate under specialized capitated
risk arrangements in order to more efficiently align our
interests and reduce our risk. Under these arrangements, we
establish a risk fund for each provider based on a percentage of
premium paid, which is evaluated on an individual or group
basis, subject to monitoring and analysis by our actuaries.
Based on this analysis, we estimate the amount, if any, due to
the provider and establish a liability and pay the applicable
provider on a periodic basis, to the extent that the balance
exceeds claim payments.
When our members receive services for which we
are responsible from a provider with whom we have not
contracted, such as in the case of emergency room services from
non-contracted hospitals, we generally attempt to negotiate a
rate with that provider. In some cases, we are obligated to pay
the full rate billed by the provider.
Sales and Marketing Programs
Our sales force consists of approximately
520 associates who focus their efforts on individuals and
communities, as opposed to employer groups. We believe that our
targeted sales and marketing efforts are primarily responsible
for our rapid membership growth in several of our markets.
We employ a disciplined approach to sales and
marketing by measuring the return on investment of our key sales
and marketing activities. This approach allows us to emphasize
those activities that we have determined to be effective and
eliminate others than have not provided us with an acceptable
return on investment.
As of June 3, 2004, our sales force was
deployed in our markets as follows:
61
We do not utilize a sales force in Indiana
because members in that state choose their providers, each of
which is associated with a particular Medicaid plan, as opposed
to choosing an HMO directly.
In addition, we use third-party brokers and
agents to help us promote our plans in some Medicare markets. In
some cases, these parties receive payment for referrals that our
associates process, while in other cases we pay the brokers and
agents for completing the applications themselves. The
activities of these brokers and agents are regulated by the
states and CMS.
Our marketing efforts involve designing
attractive benefit packages and generating interest in our
programs among individuals. Our sales efforts involve promoting
the product in the communities we serve at events and in
conversations with eligible individuals.
In general, the lead-generation components of our
marketing efforts are more heavily concentrated on our Medicare
products, where the return on investment for such activities has
proven to be higher. Through our strong relationships with
providers and community leaders, our Medicaid and Medicare sales
teams employ promotions activities and other techniques to
develop interest among eligible populations.
Our sales and marketing programs have been
developed on a localized basis with a focus on the communities
in which our members reside. We often conduct our sales programs
in churches, community centers and in coordination with
government agencies. We regularly participate in local events
and festivals and organize community health fairs to promote our
products and the benefits of preventative care. We also utilize
traditional marketing methods such as direct mail,
telemarketing, mass media and cooperative advertising with
participating medical groups to generate leads.
Consistent with our community-focused approach,
we employ a culturally diverse sales staff, with more than six
languages represented, including Spanish, Russian and Chinese.
This allows us to target specific demographic markets, including
markets requiring specific language skills and knowledge.
Our marketing and sales activities are heavily
regulated by CMS and the states. For example, our sales and
marketing materials must be approved in advance by the
applicable regulatory authority. In addition, our sales
activities are subject to various restrictions. We are allowed
to engage in various selling activities, such as conveying
information regarding the benefits of preventative care,
describing the operations of managed care plans and providing
information about eligibility requirements. In Florida and New
York, we can assist in the enrollment process. See
Regulation for a further description of restrictions
on marketing and sales activities.
Quality Improvement
We continually strive to improve the quality of
care provided to our members. We believe that continuous
improvement in the delivery of quality care and measurement of
the results of quality improvement efforts will be driving
factors in the continued growth of managed care.
Our Quality Improvement Program provides the
basis for our quality and utilization management functions and
outlines specific, ongoing processes designed to improve the
delivery of quality healthcare services to our members, as well
as to ensure compliance with regulatory and accreditation
standards. Our Quality Improvement Committee is chaired by our
President and Chief Executive Officer and includes all senior
executive management and other key company associates as
members. The Quality Improvement Committee also has a number of
subcommittees that are charged with monitoring certain aspects
of care and service, such as healthcare utilization, pharmacy
services and provider credentialing/recredentialing. Several of
our subcommittees include physicians as members.
Our Quality Improvement Program is evaluated
annually and revised as necessary to address recent developments
and areas of improvement. Elements of our Quality Improvement
Program include the following:
62
As part of our Quality Improvement Program, we
have implemented changes to our reimbursement methods to reward
those providers who encourage preventative care, such as
well-child check-ups and prenatal care. In addition, we have
specialized systems to support our quality improvement
activities. Information is drawn from our systems to identify
opportunities to improve care and to track the outcomes of the
services provided to achieve those improvements. Some examples
of our intervention programs include:
We believe that these efforts have resulted in
improvements in the quality of care our members receive, while
reducing our medical costs. As a result of our Quality
Improvement Program, we have received accreditation from the
Accreditation Association for Ambulatory Health Care, or AAAHC,
in the State of Florida, and this accreditation was recently
renewed for a three-year term.
Corporate Compliance
Due to the increasingly complex ethical and legal
questions facing all participants in the healthcare industry, we
have unified our corporate ethics and compliance policies by
implementing a comprehensive corporate ethics and compliance
program, called the Trust Program. The Trust Program covers all
aspects of our company and is designed to assist us with
conducting our business in accordance with applicable federal
and state laws and high standards of business ethics. The Trust
Program contains the following elements:
Our board of directors has designated our General
Counsel to serve as our Chief Compliance Officer, with the
assistance of a Corporate Compliance Committee, to have the
authority to implement the Trust Program. The Chief Compliance
Officer is responsible for coordinating the efforts of all
associates involved in the Trust Program. Additionally, our
board of directors has authorized the Chief Compliance Officer
to convene a Corporate Compliance Committee consisting of
several of our senior executives.
63
Our associates who handle corporate compliance
work within our Legal Services area and assist the Corporate
Compliance Committee in implementing and monitoring the Trust
Program. All associates within the Legal Services area, all
department directors in each area, and certain others as needed,
are designated as Compliance Coordinators to assist
in implementing and monitoring the Trust Program. In that
capacity, the Compliance Coordinators are responsible for
ensuring compliance within their areas of operations and for
reporting suspected violations of the Trust Program, applicable
federal and state laws, and our high standards of business
ethics.
We maintain and update training and monitoring
programs to educate our directors, associates and independent
contractors on the legal and regulatory requirements of their
respective duties and positions and to detect possible
violations. These programs include additional written policies,
informational handouts and memoranda or, when appropriate,
training seminars in selected areas. We will continue to monitor
and promote compliance with new federal and state laws and
regulations. To help ensure compliance with the Trust Program,
we also conduct regular, periodic compliance audits by internal
and external auditors and compliance staff who have expertise in
federal and state healthcare laws and regulations.
Competition
In the Medicaid managed care market, our
principal competitors for state contracts, members and providers
include the following types of organizations:
In the Medicare managed care market, our primary
competitors for contracts, members and providers are national
and regional commercial managed care organizations that serve
Medicare recipients and provider-sponsored organizations. MMA
may cause a number of commercial managed care organizations
already in our service areas to decide to enter the Medicare
market. MMA also creates a new competitive bidding process
beginning in 2006 for setting the payment and the beneficiary
premium and benefits, without limiting the number of bidders
that may provide the benefits. We are currently evaluating the
effects of MMA and the implications for our business.
We will continue to face varying levels of
competition as we expand in our existing service areas or enter
new markets. However, the licensing requirements and bidding and
contracting procedures in some states present barriers to entry
into the Medicaid and Medicare managed care markets.
Many of our competitors are large companies that
have greater financial, technological and marketing resources
than we do. The competition we face in each of our markets is as
follows:
64
We compete with other managed care organizations
for public-sector healthcare program contracts, members and
providers. States and the federal government generally use
either a competitive bidding process or award individual
contracts to any applicant that can demonstrate that it meets
the governments requirements. To select a winning bid or
award a contract, state governments and the federal government
consider many factors, including the plans provider
network, quality and utilization management processes,
responsiveness to member complaints and grievances, timeliness
of claims payment and financial resources.
People who wish to enroll in a managed care plan
or change plans typically choose a plan based on a specific
provider being part of the network, the quality of care and
service offered, ease of access to services and the availability
of supplemental benefits.
In addition, beginning in 2006, a new regional
Medicare Preferred Provider Organization, or Medicare PPO,
program will be implemented pursuant to MMA. Medicare PPOs would
allow their members more flexibility to select physicians than
the current Medicare+Choice plans, which are HMOs that require
members to coordinate with a primary care physician. The
regional Medicare PPO program will compete with local
Medicare+Choice HMO plans, including the plans we offer.
We also compete with other managed care
organizations to enter into contracts with physicians, physician
groups and other providers. We believe the factors that
independent physicians, physician groups and other providers
consider in deciding whether to contract with us include
potential member volume, payment methods, timeliness of claims
payment, incentive programs and administrative service
capabilities.
Regulation
Our healthcare operations are regulated by both
state and federal government agencies. Regulation of managed
care products and healthcare services is an evolving area of law
that varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Regulatory
agencies generally have discretion to issue regulations and
interpret and enforce laws and rules. Changes in applicable laws
and rules occur frequently.
In order to operate a health plan, we must apply
for and obtain a certificate of authority or license from each
state in which we intend to operate. However, starting in 2006,
regional Medicare Advantage plans that operate in more than one
state will initially only need a license from one state within a
region. Our health plans are licensed to operate as health
maintenance organizations in Florida, New York, Connecticut,
Illinois and Indiana, and we have an application pending in
Louisiana. In those jurisdictions, we are regulated by both the
state insurance departments and another state agency with
responsibility for oversight of health management
65
Each of our health plans is required to report
quarterly, if not monthly, on its performance to the appropriate
regulatory agency in the state in which the health plan is
licensed. Each plan also undergoes periodic examinations and
reviews by the applicable state. The plans generally must obtain
approval from the state before declaring dividends in excess of
certain thresholds. Each plan must maintain a net worth in an
amount determined by statute or regulation and we may only
invest in types of investments approved by the state. Any
acquisition of another plans members must also be approved
by the state in which the plan is located.
In addition, our Medicaid and SCHIP activities
are regulated by each states department of health services
or equivalent agency, and our Medicare activities are regulated
by CMS. These agencies typically require demonstration of the
same capabilities mentioned above and perform periodic audits of
performance, usually annually.
Medicaid was established under the U.S. Social
Security Act of 1965 to provide medical assistance to low income
and disabled citizens. It is state-operated and implemented,
although it is funded by both the state and federal governments.
Our contracts with the state Medicaid programs place additional
requirements on us. Within broad guidelines established by the
federal government, each state:
Some states, such as those in which we operate,
award contracts to applicants that can demonstrate that they
meet the states requirements. Other states engage in a
competitive bidding process for all or certain programs. We must
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the state Medicaid program
that we are able to meet the states operational and
financial requirements. These requirements are in addition to
those required for a license and are targeted to the specific
needs of the Medicaid population. For example:
66
In addition, we must demonstrate that we have the
systems required to process enrollment information, to report on
care and services provided, and to process claims for payment in
a timely fashion. We must also have adequate financial resources
needed to protect the state, our providers and our members
against the risk of our insolvency.
Once awarded, our contracts generally have terms
of one to two years, with renewal options at the discretion of
the states.
In addition to the operating requirements listed
above, the contracts with the states and regulatory provisions
applicable to us generally set forth in great detail provisions
relating to:
Our health plans are subject to periodic
financial and informational reporting and comprehensive quality
assurance evaluations. We submit periodic utilization reports
and other information to the state or county Medicaid program of
our operations.
Medicare is a federal program that provides
eligible persons age 65 and over and some disabled persons a
variety of hospital and medical insurance benefits. Medicare
beneficiaries have the option to enroll in a Medicare+Choice
plan as an HMO benefit. Under Medicare+Choice, managed care
plans contract with CMS to provide comparable Medicare benefits
as a traditional fee-for-service Medicare in exchange for a
fixed monthly payment per member that varies based on the county
in which a member resides.
On December 8, 2003, President Bush signed
MMA, which made numerous changes to the Medicare program,
including expanding the Medicare program to include a
prescription drug benefit beginning in 2006, a transitional drug
discount card that will enable Medicare beneficiaries, beginning
in June 2004, to obtain discounts on drugs prior to receiving
drug coverage in 2006, and expanding the Medicare+Choice Program
and renaming it Medicare Advantage beginning in
2006. Medicare+Choice plans are eligible to sponsor the drug
discount card and transitional assistance program as well as the
new prescription drug plan. CMS, however, may limit the number
of prescription drug plan sponsors and endorsed drug card
sponsors that are selected in a particular area.
MMA creates the drug discount card and
transitional assistance program as an interim program until the
new drug benefit goes into effect January 1, 2006. The
voluntary drug discount card program will enable Medicare
beneficiaries to pay a fixed fee to access discounts on drugs.
Certain low income beneficiaries may enroll in the transitional
assistance program and receive a subsidy of up to $600 per
year for their drugs that are purchased using the drug discount
card. A Medicare+Choice plan may apply to be an endorsed sponsor
of the drug card as a stand alone product or may apply to offer
the drug discount card exclusively to its enrollees. The drug
discount card program went into effect in May 2004 and
sponsors may continue to enroll eligible individuals through
December 31, 2005. In 2006, endorsed card sponsors must
honor the drug card until the end of a transition period which
runs until the date of the individuals enrollment in a new
drug benefit or the end of the drug benefit enrollment period.
67
Under MMA, commencing in 2006, a new voluntary
prescription drug benefit will be available under Medicare.
Medicare beneficiaries will pay a monthly premium for the
covered outpatient drug benefit. The drug benefit is subject to
certain cost sharing. Under the standard drug coverage, for
2006, the cost sharing is a $250 deductible, 25% coinsurance for
annual drug costs reimbursed by Medicare, up to $2,250, and no
reimbursement for drug costs above $2,250, until the beneficiary
has paid $3,600. After that, MMA provides catastrophic stop loss
coverage for annual incurred drug costs in excess of $3,600,
subject to nominal cost-sharing. Plans are not required to
mirror these limits; instead, drug plans are required to provide
coverage that is at least actuarially equivalent to plans that
incorporate the limits. These numbers will be adjusted on an
annual basis. MMA provides subsidies and the reduction or
elimination of cost sharing for certain low-income
beneficiaries, including dual-eligible individuals, who receive
benefits under both Medicare and Medicaid. This new drug benefit
will be offered by new regional prescription drug plans.
Medicare Advantage organizations must offer a plan with the drug
benefit. In addition, Medicare Advantage plans may bid to offer
a stand-alone prescription drug plan that beneficiaries who have
fee for service Medicare may elect.
MMA also revises payment methodologies for
Medicare+Choice plans beginning in 2004, and in 2006 MMA expands
the Medicare Advantage program to include, in addition to the
traditional coordinated care plans established by county, new
regional plans which will provide out-of-network benefits in
addition to in-network benefits. The Secretary of the Department
of Health and Human Services, or HHS, will create 10 to 50
regions, each of which may include more than one state or
portions of a particular state. MMA creates a new competitive
bidding process beginning in 2006 for both the local HMO plan
and the new regional plan for setting the payment to the
Medicare Advantage plan and the beneficiary premium and
benefits. The bidding process does not limit the number of plans
that may participate in the Medicare Advantage program.
MMA shifts coverage responsibility for the drug
benefit for dual-eligible individuals. Starting January 1,
2006, dual-eligibles will receive their drug coverage from the
Medicare program and not the Medicaid program.
The State Childrens Health Insurance
Program, or SCHIP, is a federal and state matching program
designed to help states expand health insurance to children
whose families earn too much to qualify for traditional
Medicaid, yet not enough to afford private health insurance.
States have the option of administering SCHIP through their
existing Medicaid programs, creating separate programs or
combining both strategies. The SCHIP programs in Florida, New
York, Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana are administered by the
same agency that administers the states Medicaid program.
Currently, all 50 states, the District of Columbia and all
U.S. territories have approved SCHIP plans, and many states
continue to submit plan amendments to further expand coverage
under SCHIP.
In 1996, Congress enacted the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA. HIPAA is
intended to improve the portability and continuity of health
insurance coverage and simplify the administration of health
insurance claims. All health plans, including ours, are subject
to HIPAA. HIPAA generally requires health plans to:
We believe we have achieved substantial
compliance with HIPAA by the applicable deadlines. However,
given its complexity, the recent adoption of some final
regulations, the possibility that the regulations may change and
may be subject to changing, and perhaps conflicting,
interpretation, our ability to comply with all of the HIPAA
requirements is uncertain.
68
Federal and state governments have made a
priority of investigating and prosecuting healthcare fraud and
abuse. Fraud and abuse prohibitions encompass a wide range of
operating activities, including kickbacks for referral of
members, billing for unnecessary medical services, improper
marketing and violation of patient privacy rights. Companies
involved in public healthcare programs such as Medicaid are
often the subject of fraud and abuse investigations. The
regulations and contractual requirements applicable to
participants in these public-sector programs are complex and
subject to change. Although we believe that our compliance
efforts are adequate, ongoing vigorous law enforcement and the
highly technical regulatory scheme mean that our compliance
efforts in this area will continue to require significant
resources.
By law, regulation and government policy, our HMO
subsidiaries, which we refer to as our regulated subsidiaries,
are required to maintain minimum levels of statutory net worth.
The minimum statutory net worth requirements differ by state and
are generally based on a percentage of annualized premium
revenue, a percentage of annualized healthcare costs or
risk-based capital, or RBC, requirements. The RBC requirements
are based on guidelines established by the National Association
of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, and are administered by the
states. Currently, our Connecticut, Illinois and Indiana
operations are subject to RBC requirements. If adopted, the RBC
requirements may be modified as each state legislature deems
appropriate for that state. The RBC formula, based on asset
risk, underwriting risk, credit risk, business risk and other
factors, generates the authorized control level, or ACL, which
represents the amount of net worth believed to be required to
support the regulated entitys business. For states in
which the RBC requirements have been adopted, the regulated
entity typically must maintain a minimum of the greater of the
required ACL or the minimum statutory net worth requirement
calculated pursuant to pre-RBC guidelines. In addition to the
foregoing requirements, our regulated subsidiaries are subject
to restrictions on their ability to make dividend payments,
loans and other transfers of cash.
The statutory framework for our regulated
subsidiaries statutory net worth requirements may change
over time. For instance, RBC requirements may be adopted by the
states in which we operate. These subsidiaries are also subject
to their state regulators overall oversight powers. For
example, New York regulators have proposed a 150% increase in
reserve requirements over a six-year period, to which our New
York business would be subject. Those regulators could require
our subsidiaries to maintain minimum levels of statutory net
worth in excess of the amount required under the applicable
state laws if the regulators determine that maintaining such
additional statutory net worth is in the best interest of our
members.
The marketing activities of Medicare managed care
plans are strictly regulated by CMS. CMS must approve all
marketing materials before they can be used unless a plan uses
standard marketing materials that have already been approved by
CMS. The Federal Balanced Budget Act of 1997 precludes states
from imposing additional marketing restrictions on Medicare
managed care plans. However, states remain free to regulate, and
typically do regulate, the marketing activities of plans that
enroll Medicaid and commercial beneficiaries. Each of the states
in which we operate regulates Medicaid marketing efforts.
Technology
A foundation of our approach to managed care is
the accurate and timely capture, processing and analysis of
critical data. Focusing on data is essential to our being able
to operate our business in a cost effective manner. Data
processing and data-driven decision making are key components of
both administrative efficiency and medical cost management. We
have successfully developed a system that enables our management
team to better assess and control medical costs. Our system
gathers information from our centralized computer-based
information system, Perot Systems Diamond 950
software, an enterprise software solution designed to be
scalable to accommodate growth. In a study by the manufacturer,
the Diamond system demonstrated scalability to more than
6.5 million members and 2,800 concurrent users. This system
supports
69
We are in the process of implementing a
comprehensive disaster recovery and business continuity plan. We
have contracted with SunGard Recovery Services LP to provide
these services, and recently implemented the disaster recovery
and emergency mode operations systems. We expect that our
business continuity plan will be completed by the end of 2004.
Employees
As of June 3, 2004, we had approximately
1,480 full-time associates. Our associates are not
represented by any collective bargaining agreement, and we have
never experienced a work stoppage. We believe we have good
relations with our associates.
Facilities
Our principal administrative, sales and marketing
facilities are located at our headquarters in Tampa, Florida. We
currently occupy approximately 92,000 square feet of office
space in the Tampa facility. We have negotiated a termination of
our current lease, effective December 2004, and entered into a
lease for a new headquarters facility in Tampa, which we expect
to occupy during the second half of 2004. The new lease covers
approximately 140,000 square feet of office space for a
term that is scheduled to expire in 2011. We also lease office
space for our health plans in New York, New York, North Haven,
Connecticut, Chicago, Illinois and Gary, Indiana, as well as in
other locations within those states. We believe these facilities
are suitable and provide the appropriate level of capacity for
our current operations.
Legal Proceedings
In early 2001, an action was filed against one of
our HMO subsidiaries by a sales agency that had contracted to
market our predecessors commercial health plan. The
action, entitled
E.S. Thomas vs. Well Care HMO, Inc.
, was
brought in Circuit Court in Hillsborough County, Florida, Case
No. 01001408. The plaintiff alleges that its contract
requires our Well Care HMO subsidiary to allow the plaintiff to
serve as a sales agent for Well Care HMOs Medicare health
plans, and seeks monetary damages, including lost profits over
the alleged contract term. We intend to defend this matter
vigorously.
In addition, we are involved in legal actions in
the normal course of business, some of which seek monetary
damages, including claims for punitive damages, which are not
covered by insurance. These actions, including the
E.S. Thomas
litigation, when finally concluded and
determined, will not, in our opinion, have a material adverse
effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash
flows.
We believe that we have obtained adequate
insurance or rights to indemnification or, where appropriate,
have established adequate reserves in connection with these
legal proceedings.
70
MANAGEMENT
Our directors, executive officers and other
management associates and their respective ages and positions as
of June 1, 2004 are as follows.
Executive Officers
Todd S. Farha
has
served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a
member of our board of directors since May 2002. From 2000 to
2001, Mr. Farha served as Chief Executive Officer of Best
Doctors, Inc., a provider of information and referral services
for patients suffering from critical illnesses. Prior to that,
from 1998 to 2002, Mr. Farha served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of a company he founded, Medical Technology
Management LLC, a provider of shared medical equipment and
services for physicians and hospitals. From 1996 to 1998,
Mr. Farha served as Chief Executive Officer of Oxford
Specialty Management, a subsidiary of Oxford Health Plans
focusing on the management of acute clinical conditions in six
specialty areas. In 1995, Mr. Farha served in the Office of
the Chief Executive Officer of Oxford Health
71
Paul L. Behrens
has
served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
since September 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Behrens was a
partner in the healthcare practice of Ernst & Young LLP,
which he joined in 1983. Mr. Behrens received his
undergraduate degree from Dana College. Mr. Behrens is a
certified public accountant.
Thaddeus Bereday
has
served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since
November 2002. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. Bereday was a partner
at Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison, LLP, and from 2000 to 2001,
he was a partner at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius, LLP. From 1998
to 1999, Mr. Bereday served as Vice President and General
Counsel of SmarTalk TeleServices, Inc., a publicly-traded
telecommunications company, and as its President and Acting
General Counsel from 1999 to 2000, after the company filed for
Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection. Mr. Bereday received
his undergraduate degree from Brown University and a juris
doctor,
magna cum laude,
from Case Western Reserve
University School of Law.
Kate
Longworth-Gentry
has served as our
Senior Vice President, Operations & Technology since
May 2004. From July 1999 to May 2004, Ms. Longworth-Gentry
worked with HealthNet, Inc. in several capacities, including
Senior Vice President, Health Plan Operations. From November
1998 to July 1999, Ms. Longworth-Gentry served as Senior
Vice President, Commercial Call Center Operations of First
Union, N.A. Ms. Longworth-Gentry has over 25 years
experience in the financial services and insurance industries.
Ms. Longworth-Gentry attended Augustana College.
Heath Schiesser
has
served as our Senior Vice President, Marketing & Sales
since July 2002. Prior to that, from May 2002 to July 2002,
Mr. Schiesser was a consultant to us. For part of 2001,
Mr. Schiesser served as Vice President of the Emerging
Business Group at Enron Corporation. In 2000 and 2001,
Mr. Schiesser served as a Managing Director at Idealab, an
investment firm that developed and funded seed-stage businesses.
During 2000, he lead the turnaround and sale of an Idealab
portfolio company, iExchange, as President and Chief Executive
Officer. From 1998 to 1999, he co-founded and served as the
Vice-President of Business Development for YourPharmacy.com,
which was sold in October 1999. From 1993 to 1998,
Mr. Schiesser worked at McKinsey & Company, an
international management consulting firm. Mr. Schiesser
received his undergraduate degree from Trinity University and a
masters of business administration from Harvard Business School.
Rupesh Shah
has
served as our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion since July
2002. From 1994 to 2002, he served as the Chief Executive
Officer of Well Care HMO, Inc., one of our predecessor
companies, of which he was also a co-founder. Mr. Shah
received his bachelors degrees from St. Xaviers
College and Gujarat University in India and received his masters
of business administration from the University of South Florida.
Randall Zomermaand
has served as our Senior Vice
President, Health Services since May 2003. From October 1997 to
May 2003, Mr. Zomermaand served as President of Zomermaand
Management Services, Inc., a healthcare consulting company,
where he worked with numerous healthcare companies, including us
from September 2002 to May 2003. Mr. Zomermaand received
his undergraduate degree from Hope College and his masters of
business administration from Fordham University.
Imtiaz (MT)
Sattaur
has served as the President of
our Florida business since April 2004 and as Senior Vice
President, Medicare from January 2004 to April 2004. From
October 2002 to December 2003, Mr. Sattaur served as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Amerigroup Florida,
Inc. From April 1999 to September 2002, Mr. Sattaur served
as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Affinity Health
Plan in New York. Mr. Sattaur has over 20 years
experience in health and managed care. Mr. Sattaur received
his undergraduate degree from Florida International University.
72
Non-Employee Directors
Regina Herzlinger
has been a member of our board of
directors since August 2003. Dr. Herzlinger is the Nancy R.
McPherson Professor of Business Administration at the Harvard
Business School and has been teaching at Harvard since 1971. She
is a member of the boards of directors of C.R. Bard, Inc., Noven
Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Zimmer Holdings, Inc.
Dr. Herzlinger received her undergraduate degree from
Massachusetts Institute of Technology and her doctorate from the
Harvard Business School.
Kevin Hickey
has
been a member of our board of directors since November 2002.
Since 1999, Mr. Hickey has served as the Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of IntelliClaim, Inc., a privately-held
application service provider that provides insurance payors with
capabilities for enhancing claim processing efficiency and
productivity. From 1997 until 1998, Mr. Hickey was
Executive Vice President of Operations and Technology for Oxford
Health Plans. Mr. Hickey has also served as a director of the
American Association of Preferred Provider Organizations from
1999 until 2002; a director of First Health/ HealtheSolutions, a
privately-held company, since 1982; a director of Benefit
Management Group, a privately-held company, since 1997; a
director of Healthaxis Inc., a technology and business process
services firm for the health benefits industry, since 2001; and
a director of HealthMarket, Inc., a consumer directed health
plan, since 2002. Mr. Hickey received his undergraduate
degree from Harvard University, a masters in health services
administration from the University of Michigan and a juris
doctor from Loyola College of Law.
Alif Hourani
has
been a member of our board of directors since August 2003. Since
1997, Mr. Hourani has served as Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Pulse Systems, Inc. a practice management
and clinical records software company. From 1987 to 1997,
Mr. Hourani held various positions, including Chief
Executive Officer of Physician Corporation of America/ Data
Systems, Senior Vice President of Management Information Systems
of Physician Corporation of America, and Manager of Computer
Engineering at the Wolf Creek Nuclear Operating Corporation.
Mr. Hourani received his undergraduate degree from the
University of Lyon and his masters of science degree and
doctorate degrees from the University of Strasbourg.
Mr. Hourani is a cousin of Mr. Farha.
Glen R. Johnson, M.D.
has been a member of our board of
directors since February 2004. Since May 1998, Dr. Johnson
has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Community
Health Choice, Inc., a managed health care organization that
provides healthcare services to Medicaid members in the Houston,
Texas area. Since March 2003, Dr. Johnson has also served
as an expert consultant to the Texas State Board of Medical
Examiners, and since 1999 he has been a clinical associate
professor in the Department of Family Medicine at Baylor College
of Medicine in Houston. From 1990 to October 1997,
Dr. Johnson served as Senior Vice President for Medical
Affairs and as Corporate Chief Medical Officer of Physician
Corporation of America. Dr. Johnson is a delegate of the
American Academy of Family Physicians to the American Medical
Association and is the former Vice President of The American
Academy of Family Physicians. Dr. Johnson received his
undergraduate degree and his doctorate from Howard University,
and is a certified physician executive.
Ruben Jose King-Shaw, Jr.
has been a member of our board of
directors since August 2003. Mr. King-Shaw served as Senior
Advisor to the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury from
January 2003 to June 2003. From July 2001 to April 2003,
Mr. King-Shaw served as Chief Operating Officer and Deputy
Administrator of CMS. Prior to that, from January 1999 to July
2001, he served as Secretary of the Agency for Health Care
Administration of the State of Florida. Mr. King-Shaw
received his undergraduate degree from Cornell University and a
masters of business administration from Florida International
University.
Christian P. Michalik
has been a member of our Board of
Directors since May 2002. Mr. Michalik is currently a
private investor and was a partner in Soros Private Equity
Partners LLC, the private equity investment business of Soros
Fund Management LLC, from 1999 through 2003. From 1997 to 1999,
Mr. Michalik was an investment manager with Capital
Resource Partners, a private equity investment firm. From 1995
to 1996, Mr. Michalik was an associate at Colony Capital, a
real estate investment firm. Mr. Michalik currently serves
as a director of DISA, Inc., a third party administrator of
employee screening services; Oculan Corporation, a provider of
network, system and security management solutions for small and
medium-sized businesses; and RLX Technologies, Inc., a provider
of modular computing solutions.
73
Neal Moszkowski
has
been the Chairman of our board of directors since May 2002.
Mr. Moszkowski is a Managing Director and Co-Head of Soros
Private Equity, the private equity investment business of Soros
Fund Management LLC, where he has served since August 1998. From
August 1993 to August 1998, Mr. Moszkowski worked for
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and affiliates, where he served as a
Vice President and an Executive Director in the Principal
Investment Area. Mr. Moszkowski currently serves as a
director of Bluefly, Inc., an online discount apparel retailer,
Day International Group, Inc., a producer and distributor of
precision-engineered products, Integra LifeSciences Holdings
Corporation, a developer and marketer of medical products
primarily for surgical and neurosurgical applications, and
JetBlue Airways Corporation, a passenger airline.
Mr. Moszkowski received his undergraduate degree from
Amherst College and his masters of business administration from
the Graduate School of Business of Stanford University.
Key Associates
Gretchen Demartini
has served as our Vice President,
Human Resources since February 2003. From 2001 to 2003,
Ms. Demartini was a consultant and did volunteer work,
including serving on the boards of directors of local agencies.
From 1995 to 2001, Ms. Demartini served as Vice President
of Human Resources for First American Real Estate Information
Services, a division of First American Corporation.
Ms. Demartini received her undergraduate degree from
Montclair State College and a masters degree from Stevens
Institute of Technology.
Kevin P. Enterlein
has served as our Vice President,
Network Development since April 2004, and prior to that
served as our Vice President, Provider Contracting beginning in
December 2003. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Enterlein worked with
Aetna, Inc. in several capacities, including as Regional Vice
President, Network Management. Mr. Enterlein received a
degree from Westchester Community College.
John J. Esslinger, M.D.
has served as one of our Medical
Directors since January 2004. From 2001 to 2003,
Dr. Esslinger served as Medical Director of Aetna
Healthcare, Inc. Prior to that, from 1999 to 2001,
Dr. Esslinger served as Medical Director of Paidos Health
Management Services, Inc., a neonatal disease management
company. Dr. Esslinger received his undergraduate degree
and an M.D. from the University of Minnesota and a masters
degree from Tulane University.
Enrique Diaz-Granados
has served as our Vice President,
Corporate Sales since December 2003. From February 2003 through
December 2003, Mr. Granados served as President of
Diversified Consultant Services, a business that conducted sales
efforts on behalf of Medicare plans (including ours) and sold
other insurance products. From 1992 to 2003, Mr. Granados
worked with Humana Health Care Plans in several capacities,
including as Regional Vice President, Sales Public Programs.
Mr. Granados received his undergraduate degree from the
University of Tennessee.
Douglas Hayward
has
served as the Chief Operating Officer of our Connecticut
business since April 2004, and prior to that served as the Vice
President of that business beginning in July 2003. From 1998
until June 2003, Mr. Hayward served as Chief Executive
Officer of InvestCare, an independent consulting firm that
provided consulting services to our Connecticut operations. From
1996 to 1998, Mr. Hayward served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of WellCare of Connecticut. Mr. Hayward
received his undergraduate and masters degrees from the
University of Michigan and completed a fellowship in HMO
management at Georgetown University.
William L. Kale
has
served as our Vice President, Behavioral Health since November
2002 and was our Director of Behavioral Health from 1999 until
November 2002. From 1985 to 1996, Dr. Kale was President of
Professional Psychological Services, a behavioral health
management company, which was sold to Horizon Health
Corporation, where he continued as President until 1998. Dr.
Kale received his undergraduate degree from Ohio State
University and his masters and doctorate degrees from the
University of South Florida.
Vince P. Kunz, M.D.
has served as one of our Medical Directors since February 2003.
From 2000 to 2003, Dr. Kunz served as Market and Network
Medical Director of CIGNA HealthCare of Florida. Prior to that,
74
Stephen W. Ogilvie
has served as our Vice President, Operations since October 2003.
In 2003, Mr. Ogilvie served as Senior Account Manager,
Healthcare Group of Perot Systems Corporation, a provider of
information technology services and business solutions. From
1998 to 2002, Mr. Ogilvie was Director Government
Business Practice and Director Healthplan Practice of
First Consulting Group, a provider of consulting, technology,
applied research and outsourcing services to healthcare
providers, health plan insurers, government healthcare and life
sciences companies.
Daniel Parietti
has
served as Chief Operating Officer of our New York business since
April 2004, and prior to that served as the Vice President
of that business beginning in September 2002. From 2001 to
2002, Mr. Parietti served as Chief Operating Officer of La
Cruz Azul de Puerto Rico, a large health plan in Puerto Rico.
Prior to that, from 2000 to 2001, Mr. Parietti served as
Vice President, Network and Delivery Systems Management with
Health Net, Inc. From 1993 to 2000, Mr. Parietti worked
with Humana, Inc. in several capacities, including as Associate
Executive Director, Humana Puerto Rico. Mr. Parietti
received his undergraduate degree from the United States
Military Academy at West Point, and a masters of business
administration from George Mason University.
Jeffrey Potter
has
served as our Vice President, Corporate Development since April
2004, and prior to that served as Director, Business Analysis
beginning in May 2002. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Potter was
Manager, Business Development at Best Doctors, Inc., a provider
of information and referral services for patients suffering from
critical illnesses. Prior to that, from 1998 to 1999,
Mr. Potter was a financial consultant with
A.G. Edwards & Sons, a brokerage firm.
Mr. Potter received his undergraduate degree from Princeton
University.
John L. Sirera
has
served as our Vice President, Pharmacy since September 2002.
From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Sirera served as Regional Account
Manager for Managed Markets Organization for Pharmacia
Corporation. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Sirera was a consultant
to AMD Specialty Pharmacy, where he acted as Vice President of
Managed Care Services and a consultant to Florida Health Choice,
where he acted as Pharmacy Director. From 1998 to 1999,
Mr. Sirera served as Operations Director, Eastern Region
for Integrated Pharmaceutical Services. Mr. Sirera received
his undergraduate degree from the University of Pittsburgh.
Brendan R. Shanahan
has served as our Vice President,
Financial Planning and Analysis since August 2003. From 2002 to
August 2003, Mr. Shanahan was the Chief Financial Officer
of Destiny Health, a consumer-focused health insurer. From 1998
to 2002, Mr. Shanahan served as the Chief Financial Officer
of IntelliClaim, Inc., a privately-held application service
provider that provides insurance payors with capabilities for
enhancing claim processing efficiency and productivity.
Mr. Shanahan received his undergraduate degree from The
Citadel and a masters in business administration from Hofstra
University. Mr. Shanahan is a certified public accountant.
Robert Slepin
has
served as our Chief Information Officer since May 2003. From
January 2001 to May 2003, Mr. Slepin served as Vice
President, Computer Operations of Deltnanet, Inc., an
information technology company focused on the healthcare
industry. From March 1998 to December 2000, he served as Vice
President, Information Systems/Chief Information Officer for
Sutter Health Central, a not-for-profit network of
community-based health care providers. Mr. Slepin received
his undergraduate degree from Duke University.
Alan R. Smith, M.D.
has served as one of our Medical
Directors since February 2003. From 1996 to 2003, Dr. Smith
served as Senior Regional Quality Management Medical Director
for Aetna U.S. Healthcare, Southeast Region. Since 1998,
Dr. Smith has served as a surveyor and advisor for the
Patient Advisory Group of the National Committee for Quality
Assurance. Dr. Smith received his undergraduate degree and
M.D. from the University of Chicago.
75
David K. Smith
has
served as our Vice President, Finance since August 2002. From
2000 to July 2002, Mr. Smith was President of David Kelsey
Smith & Associates, an independent healthcare consultancy.
Prior to that, from 1998 to 2000, Mr. Smith served as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Pioneer Eye Care, a
specialty physician practice management and managed care
company. Mr. Smith received his undergraduate degree from
Suffolk University and a masters degree from Cambridge College.
William S. White
has
served as our Corporate Controller since March 2003. From 1997
to 2002, Mr. White held several positions, including
Corporate Controller, at Blue Cross and Blue Shield of North
Carolina. Prior to that, Mr. White was a senior manager in
the financial services practice of Price Waterhouse, LLP.
Mr. White received his undergraduate degree from
North Carolina Wesleyan College. Mr. White is a
certified public accountant.
Diane Wilkosz
has
served as our Vice President, Provider Operations since
April 2004, and prior to that served as our Vice President,
Provider Relations beginning in February 2003. From 1981 to
2002, Ms. Wilkosz worked with CIGNA HealthCare of Florida
in several capacities, including as Vice President, Executive
Director, Practice Management. Ms. Wilkosz received her
undergraduate degree from the University of Buffalo and a
masters of business administration from the University of Tampa.
Terms of Office
At present, all directors are elected and serve
until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or
her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our executive
officers are elected by, and serve until dismissed by, the board
of directors.
Upon the completion of this offering, our board
will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as
possible, with each director serving a three-year term and one
class being elected at each years annual meeting of
stockholders. Messrs. Farha and Hickey and
Dr. Herzlinger will be in the class of directors whose term
expires at the 2005 annual meeting of our stockholders.
Messrs. King-Shaw and Michalik and Dr. Johnson will be
in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2006 annual
meeting of our stockholders. Messrs. Hourani and Moszkowski will
be in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2007
annual meeting of our stockholders. At each annual meeting of
our stockholders, successors to the class of directors whose
term expires at such meeting will be elected to serve for
three-year terms or until their respective successors are
elected and qualified.
Board Committees
The audit committee of the board of directors
makes recommendations concerning the engagement of independent
public accountants. The audit committee charter mandates that
the audit committee approve all audit, audit-related, tax and
other services conducted by our independent accountants. In
addition, the committee reviews the plans, results and fees of
the audit engagement with our independent public accountants,
and any independence issues with our independent public
accountants. The audit committee also reviews the adequacy of
our internal accounting controls. The current members of the
audit committee are Messrs. Hickey and Michalik and
Dr. Herzlinger.
The compensation committee of the board of
directors determines compensation for our executive officers and
administers our equity plans. The compensation committee
currently consists of Messrs. Hickey, Hourani and
Moszkowski.
The nominating and corporate governance committee
of the board of directors nominates candidates for election to
the board of directors and oversees corporate governance
processes. The nominating and corporate governance committee
currently consists of Messrs. Hourani, Michalik and
Moszkowski.
Employment Contracts, Termination of
Employment and Change-in-Control Arrangements
Todd S. Farha serves as our Chief Executive
Officer, President and a member of our board of directors
pursuant to an amended and restated employment agreement dated
June , 2004. The agreement
has an initial term of three years, commencing on July 31,
2002, and will automatically renew for an additional three-
76
Paul Behrens serves as our Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer, Thaddeus Bereday serves as our
Senior Vice President and General Counsel, and Heath Schiesser
serves as our Senior Vice President, Marketing & Sales,
pursuant to employment agreements with us. Each agreement has an
initial term of three years, and will automatically renew for
successive additional one-year periods thereafter unless either
party notifies the other that the term will not be extended.
Under the agreements, Mr. Behrens is entitled to an annual
salary of $275,000, Mr. Bereday is entitled to an annual
salary of $250,000, and Mr. Schiesser is entitled to an
annual salary of $250,000, in each case subject to annual review
and potential increase by our board of directors. In addition,
each is eligible to receive an annual bonus, payable in the form
of cash or equity, based upon the satisfaction of performance
criteria to be established annually by our compensation
committee. If the employment of any of these executives is
terminated by us without cause, or by the executive for good
reason, the executive will be entitled to continue to receive
his base salary and benefits for 12 months following the
date of termination. In addition, in the case of
Mr. Schiesser, if the termination occurs within six months
after a change of control has occurred or a definitive agreement
providing for a change of control has been signed, or if a
definitive agreement providing for a change of control is signed
within six months after the date of termination, he would also
be entitled to receive an amount equal to his expected potential
bonus payable for the 12-month period following the termination.
Each of the executives has agreed not to compete with us during
the term of his employment and for one year thereafter.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation
No member of the compensation committee serves as
a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of
any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving
as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
Director Compensation
We reimburse each member of our board of
directors for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with
attending board meetings. We pay each member of our board who is
not an associate an annual directors fee of $25,000 for
attending meetings of the board of directors and committee
meetings. Effective upon the closing of this offering, we intend
to grant to each member of our board who is not an associate,
other than Mr. Moszkowski, an option to
purchase 5,000 shares (or, in the case of
Ms. Herzlinger, 10,000 shares) of our common stock,
vesting over a four-year period, at an exercise price equal to
the offering price of our common stock in this offering. We may,
in our discretion, grant additional stock options and other
equity awards to our directors from time to time.
77
During 2003, certain of our directors were given
the opportunity to purchase a specified number of Class A
Common Units. As a result of those purchases, those directors
were granted, for no additional consideration, a specified
number of Class C Common Units, subject to vesting over a
four-year period from the date of grant. Upon the completion of
our reorganization, all of these units will convert into shares
of our common stock, and the vesting restrictions will remain in
place. In May 2003, Mr. Hickey purchased
12,929 shares, and was granted 38,786 shares, under
this program, and in September 2003, Dr. Herzlinger and
Messrs. King-Shaw and Hourani each purchased
12,929 shares, and was granted 38,786 shares, under
this program. In addition, in December 2003, Mr. Michalik
purchased 7,374 shares of our common stock, and was granted
options to purchase an additional 38,786 shares at an
exercise price of $6.78 per share, subject to vesting over
a four-year period commencing in June 2003. The aggregate price
paid by each director for the shares purchased by him or her in
2003 was $50,000.
Executive Compensation
The table below summarizes information concerning
the compensation earned during 2003 for services rendered to us
in all capacities by our chief executive officer and each of the
executive officers listed below. The compensation table excludes
other compensation in the form of perquisites and other personal
benefits to a named executive officer where that compensation
constituted less than the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of his total
annual salary and bonus for such fiscal year. We have prepared
this table as if our reorganization as a corporation had already
occurred at the time that the restricted stock awards were made.
Summary Compensation Table
78
Option Grant in Last Fiscal Year
The following table sets forth information
concerning the stock option grant made to Mr. Shah, who was
the only named executive officer to receive an option grant in
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003. The exercise price
per share for the options was equal to the fair market value of
the common stock as of the grant date as determined by our board
of directors. The options granted to Mr. Shah in 2003 were
vested as to 46,667 shares on the date on which they were
granted, and vest as to an additional 2.0833% of the shares
subject to the option upon the end of each full calendar month
after the grant date as long as he continues to serve as one of
our employees. Potential realizable value is calculated net of
exercise prices and before taxes based on the assumption that
our common stock appreciates at the annual rate shown,
compounded annually, from the date of grant until the expiration
of the option term. The potential realizable value is calculated
based on the requirements of the SEC and does not reflect our
estimate of future stock price growth. Actual gains, if any, on
stock option exercises will depend on the future performance of
our common stock and the date on
79
Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal
Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values
The following table sets forth information
regarding exercisable and unexercisable stock options held as of
December 31, 2003 by Mr. Shah, who was the only named
executive officer who held options as of that date. The value of
unexercised in-the-money option represents the total gain which
would be realized if all in-the-money options held at
December 31, 2003 were exercised, determined by multiplying
the number of shares underlying the options by the difference
between the per share fair market value of our shares as of
December 31, 2003, as determined by our board, and the per
share option exercise price. An option is in-the-money if the
fair market value of the underlying shares exceeds the exercise
price of the option. We have prepared this table as if our
reorganization as a C corporation had already
occurred at the time that the option grants were made.
Employee Benefit Plans
In connection with our reorganization as a
corporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering,
our board of directors plans to adopt and submit to our
stockholders for approval our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, which
will be effective immediately prior to the closing of our
reorganization. The Equity Incentive Plan is designed to enable
us to attract, retain and motivate our directors, officers,
associates and consultants, and to further align their interests
with those of our stockholders, by providing for or increasing
their ownership interests in our company.
Administration.
The
Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation
committee of our board of directors. Our board may, however, at
any time resolve to administer the Equity Incentive Plan.
Subject to the specific provisions of the Equity Incentive Plan,
the compensation committee is authorized to select persons to
participate in the Equity Incentive Plan, determine the form and
substance of grants made under the Equity Incentive Plan to each
participant, and otherwise make all determinations for the
administration of the Equity Incentive Plan.
Participation.
Individuals who will be eligible to participate in the Equity
Incentive Plan will be directors (including non-employee
directors), officers (including non-employee officers) and
employees of, and other individuals performing services for, or
to whom an offer of employment has been extended by, us or our
subsidiaries.
80
Type of Awards.
The
Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the issuance of stock
options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock,
deferred stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards
and performance awards. Performance awards may be based on the
achievement of certain business or personal criteria or goals,
as determined by the compensation committee.
Available Shares.
An
aggregate of 4,573,693 shares of our common stock will
initially be reserved for issuance under the Equity Incentive
Plan, subject to certain adjustments reflecting changes in our
capitalization. The number of shares reserved for issuance will
be subject to an annual increase to be added on January 1 of
each year, commencing on January 1, 2005 and ending on
January 1, 2013. The annual increase will be equal to the
lesser of 3% of the number of shares outstanding on each such
date, 1,200,000 shares, or such lesser amount determined by our
board. If any grant under the Equity Incentive Plan expires or
terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable or is forfeited as
to any shares, or is tendered or withheld as to any shares in
payment of the exercise price of the grant or the taxes payable
with respect to the exercise, then such unpurchased, forfeited,
tendered or withheld shares will thereafter be available for
further grants under the Equity Incentive Plan unless, in the
case of options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan, related
SARs are exercised. The Equity Incentive Plan will provide that
the compensation committee shall not grant, in any one calendar
year, to any one participant awards to purchase or acquire a
number of shares of common stock in excess of 15% of the total
number of shares authorized for issuance under the Equity
Incentive Plan.
Option Grants.
Options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan may be either
incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422
of the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified stock options, as
the compensation committee may determine. The exercise price per
share for each option will be established by the compensation
committee, except that in the case of the grant of any incentive
stock option, the exercise price may not be less than 100% of
the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the date
of grant of the option. In the case of the grant of any
incentive stock option to an employee who, at the time of the
grant, owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of
all of our classes of stock, the exercise price may not be less
than 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock as
of the date of grant of the option.
Terms of Options.
The term during which each option may be exercised will be
determined by the compensation committee, but if required by the
Internal Revenue Code and except as otherwise provided in the
Equity Incentive Plan, no option will be exercisable in whole or
in part more than ten years from the date it is granted, and no
incentive stock option granted to an employee who at the time of
the grant owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power
of all of our classes of stock will be exercisable more than
five years from the date it is granted. All rights to purchase
shares pursuant to an option will, unless sooner terminated,
expire at the date designated by the compensation committee. The
compensation committee will determine the date on which each
option will become exercisable and may provide that an option
will become exercisable in installments. The shares constituting
each installment may be purchased in whole or in part at any
time after such installment becomes exercisable, subject to such
minimum exercise requirements as may be designated by the
compensation committee. Prior to the exercise of an option and
delivery of the shares represented thereby, the optionee will
have no rights as a stockholder, including any dividend or
voting rights, with respect to any shares covered by such
outstanding option. If required by the Internal Revenue Code,
the aggregate fair market value, determined as of the grant
date, of shares for which an incentive stock option is
exercisable for the first time during any calendar year under
all of our equity incentive plans may not exceed $100,000.
Stock Appreciation
Rights.
SARs entitle a participant to
receive the amount by which the fair market value of a share of
our common stock on the date of exercise exceeds the grant price
of the SAR. The grant price and the term of an SAR will be
determined by the compensation committee. However, no SAR may
have a term exceeding ten years.
Termination of Options and
SARs.
Unless otherwise determined by
the compensation committee, and subject to certain exemptions
and conditions, if a participant ceases to be a director,
officer or employee of, or to otherwise perform services for us
for any reason other than death, disability, retirement or
termination for cause, all of the participants options and
SARs that were exercisable on the date of such cessation will
remain exercisable for, and will otherwise terminate at the end
of, a period of 30 days after the date of such cessation.
81
Restricted Stock and Deferred
Shares.
Restricted stock is a grant of
shares of our common stock that may not be sold or disposed of,
and that may be forfeited in the event of certain terminations
of employment, prior to the end of a restricted period set by
the compensation committee. A participant granted restricted
stock generally has all of the rights of a stockholder, unless
the compensation committee determines otherwise. An award of
deferred shares confers upon a participant the right to receive
shares of our common stock at the end of a deferral period set
by the compensation committee, subject to possible forfeiture of
the award in the event of certain terminations of employment
prior to the end of deferral period. Prior to settlement, an
award of deferred shares carries no voting or dividend rights or
other rights associated with share ownership, although dividend
equivalents may be granted in connection with restricted stock
or deferred shares.
Dividend
Equivalents.
Dividend equivalents
confer the right to receive, currently or on a deferred basis,
cash, shares of our common stock, other awards or other property
equal in value to dividends paid on a specific number of shares
of our common stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted alone
or in connection with another award, and may be paid currently
or on a deferred basis. If deferred, dividend equivalents may be
deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of our
common stock.
Other Stock-Based
Awards.
The compensation committee is
authorized to grant other awards that are denominated or payable
in, valued by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to
shares of our common stock, under the Equity Incentive Plan.
These awards may include convertible or exchangeable debt
securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares
of common stock, purchase rights for shares of common stock,
awards with value and payment contingent upon our performance as
a company or any other factors designated by the compensation
committee. The compensation committee will determine the terms
and conditions of these awards.
Performance Awards.
The compensation committee may subject a participants
right to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of an award,
and the timing of the grant or settlement, to performance
conditions specified by the compensation committee. Performance
awards may be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan in a
manner that results in their qualifying as performance-based
compensation exempt from the limitation on tax deductibility
under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code for
compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid to our chief executive
officer and our four highest compensated officers. The
compensation committee will determine performance award terms,
including the required levels of performance with respect to
particular business criteria, the corresponding amounts payable
upon achievement of those levels of performance, termination and
forfeiture provisions and the form of settlement. In granting
performance awards, the compensation committee may establish
unfunded award pools, the amounts of which will be
based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based
on one or more business criteria. Business criteria might
include, for example, total stockholder return, net income,
pretax earnings, EBITDA, earnings per share, or return on
investment.
Amendment of Outstanding Awards and Amendment/
Termination of Plan.
The board of
directors or the compensation committee generally will have the
power and authority to amend or terminate the Equity Incentive
Plan at any time without approval from our stockholders. The
compensation committee generally will have the authority to
amend the terms of any outstanding award under the plan,
including, without limitation, the ability to reduce the
exercise price of any options or SARs or to accelerate the dates
on which they become exercisable or vest, at any time without
approval from our stockholders. No amendment will become
effective without the prior approval of our stockholders if
stockholder approval would be required by
82
Our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan and our
2002 Employee Option Plan were both adopted by the board of
directors and became effective in September 2002. A maximum of
3,438,522 shares of common stock in the aggregate were
reserved for issuances to associates under the plans. Both plans
are administered by our board of directors and the compensation
committee.
Under the Senior Executive Equity Plan, each
participant was given the opportunity to purchase a specified
number of what were, prior to our reorganization as a
corporation, Class A Common Units. As a result of that
purchase, each participant was granted, for no consideration, a
specified number of what were Class C Common Units. Under
the Employee Option Plan, each participant was granted an option
to purchase a specified number of what were Class A Common
Units. The securities that were granted under both plans are
subject to the terms, including vesting, set forth in each
subscription agreement or option agreement, as applicable. All
securities granted pursuant to the plans are subject to
repurchase by us at fair market value if the participant ceases
to be employed by us.
Upon the closing of our reorganization as a
corporation, the Class C Common Units granted under the
Senior Executive Equity Plan will be converted automatically
into shares of our common stock, and the options granted under
the Employee Option Plan will be converted automatically into
equivalent options to purchase our common stock. Each granted
share and option will be subject to the same vesting terms as in
each holders original subscription or option agreement, as
applicable. The number of shares subject to each option and
their exercise price will be adjusted to reflect any stock split
effected in connection with the restructuring. Following our
restructuring transactions, 19 of our employees will hold a
total of 2,042,586 shares under our Senior Executive Equity
Plan, of which 560,315 will be vested. In addition, 144 of our
employees will hold options under our Employee Option Plan
exercisable for approximately 1,363,519 shares of our
common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.31, of
which 96,330 will be vested. We do not intend to issue any
additional securities under either of these plans.
2004 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan.
Our board of directors plans to
adopt and submit to our stockholders for approval our 2004
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective
immediately prior to the closing of our reorganization. The
purpose of the plan is to provide an incentive for our employees
(and employees of our subsidiaries designated by our board of
directors) to purchase our common stock and acquire a
proprietary interest in us.
Administration.
A
committee designated by our board will administer the plan. The
plan vests the committee with the authority to interpret the
plan, to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations
relating to the plan, and to make all other determinations
necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan,
although our board of directors may exercise any such authority
in lieu of the committee. In all cases, the plan will be
required to be administered in such a manner as to comply with
applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 423 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Eligibility and
Participation.
As of the date of this
offering, each person who is employed either by us or by one of
our designated subsidiaries and is expected on a
regularly-scheduled basis to work more than 20 hours per
week for more than five months per calendar year, automatically
will be enrolled in the plan.
83
Options to Purchase/ Purchase of
Shares.
Each participant will be
granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock at the
beginning of each offering period under the plan
which generally will be 24 months, on each exercise
date, during the offering period. Exercise dates generally
will occur on each June 30 and December 31.
Participants will purchase the shares of our common stock
through after-tax payroll deductions, not to exceed 10% of the
participants total base salary. No participant may
purchase more than 750 shares of common stock on any one
exercise date, or more than $10,000 of common stock in any one
calendar year. The purchase price for each share will generally
be the lower of 85% of the fair market value of a share on the
first day of the offering period, or 85% of the fair market
value on the exercise date. If the fair market value on any
exercise date during an offering period is lower than it was on
the first day of the offering period, that offering period will
automatically terminate and a new 24-month offering period will
commence on the next July 1 or January 1, as
applicable. If a participants employment with us or one of
our designated subsidiaries terminates, any outstanding option
of that participant also will terminate.
Share Reserve.
381,141 shares of our common stock will be reserved for
issuance over the term of the plan. That amount will be
increased each year by the lowest of 400,000 shares, 1% of
all shares outstanding at the end of the previous year, or a
lower amount determined by our board. If any option to purchase
reserved shares is not exercised by a participant for any
reason, or if the option terminates, the shares that were not
purchased shall again become available under the plan. The
number of shares available under the plan also will be subject
to periodic adjustment for changes in the outstanding common
stock occasioned by stock splits, stock dividends,
recapitalizations or other similar changes affecting our
outstanding common stock.
Amendment and
Termination.
Our board or the
committee generally will have the power and authority to amend
the plan from time to time in any respect without the approval
of our stockholders. However, no amendment will become effective
without the prior approval of our stockholders if stockholder
approval would be required by applicable law or regulation,
including Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any
listing requirement of the principal stock exchange on which our
common stock is then listed. Additionally, except as otherwise
specified in the plan, no amendment may make any change to an
option already granted that adversely affects the rights of any
participant. The plan will terminate at the earliest of the
tenth anniversary of its implementation, the time when there are
no remaining reserved shares available for purchase under the
plan, or an earlier time that our board may determine.
401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan.
We have adopted a tax-qualified employee savings
and retirement plan, the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, for
eligible associates. Eligible associates may elect to defer a
portion of their eligible compensation, subject to the
statutorily prescribed annual limit. We may make matching
contributions on behalf of all participants who have elected to
make deferrals to the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan in an amount
determined annually by us. Any contributions to the plan by us
or the participants are paid to a trustee. The contributions
made by us, if any, are subject to a vesting schedule; all other
contributions are fully vested at all times. The 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan, and the accompanying trust, is intended to qualify
under Sections 401(k) and 501 of the Internal Revenue Code,
so that contributions by us or by associates and income earned
(if any) on plan contributions are not taxable to associates
until withdrawn and contributions by us, if any, will be
deductible by the company when made. At the direction of each
participant, the trustee invests the contributions made to the
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan in any number of investment options.
Limitations on Liability of Directors and
Officers and Indemnification
Our certificate of incorporation which will take
effect upon completion of this offering will provide that our
officers and directors will not be personally liable to us or
our stockholders for monetary damages resulting from a breach of
fiduciary duty, to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law.
Under Delaware law,
84
This limitation of liability does not apply to
non-monetary remedies that may be available, such as injunctive
relief or rescission, nor does it relieve our officers and
directors from complying with federal or state securities laws.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will
provide that we shall indemnify our directors and executive
officers, and may indemnify our other corporate agents, to the
fullest extent permitted by law. An officer or director shall
not be entitled to indemnification if:
We have entered into agreements to indemnify our
directors and certain executive officers in addition to the
indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation
and our bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide
for indemnification of our directors and officers for expenses
specified in the agreements, including attorneys fees,
judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these
persons in any action or proceeding arising out of these
persons services as a director or officer for us, any of
our subsidiaries or any other entity to which the person
provides services at our request. We believe that these
provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain
qualified persons as directors and officers.
85
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
The summaries of the agreements described below
are not complete and you should read the agreements in their
entirety. These agreements have been filed as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Other than the transactions described below, for
the last three full fiscal years there has not been, nor is
there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar
transactions to which we are or will be a party in which the
amount involved exceeded or will exceed $60,000, and in which
any director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our
common stock on an as-converted basis or any member of their
immediate family has or will have a direct or indirect material
interest.
Although we do not have a separate conflicts
policy, we comply with Delaware law with respect to transactions
involving potential conflicts. Delaware law requires that all
transactions between us and any director or executive officer
are subject to full disclosure and approval of the majority of
the disinterested members of our board of directors, approval of
the majority of our stockholders or the determination that the
contract or transaction is intrinsically fair to us.
Acquisition Agreements
We were formed in May 2002 for the purpose of
acquiring the WellCare group of companies. That acquisition was
completed in July 2002, through two transactions. In the first,
we acquired our Florida operations, including our Well Care HMO
and HealthEase subsidiaries, in a stock purchase from Rupesh
Shah, our Senior Vice President, Market Expansion, his spouse,
and certain other stockholders, pursuant to a purchase
agreement. The purchase price for this transaction consisted of:
The purchase price was subject to adjustment,
based upon a number of earn-outs and other calculations. In
February 2004, the remaining principal amount of the note was
fixed at $119.7 million pursuant to the terms of a
settlement agreement with the selling stockholders. See
Amendment and Settlement Agreement.
In the second transaction, we acquired The
WellCare Management Group, Inc., a publicly-traded holding
company and the parent company of our New York and Connecticut
operations, by means of a merger of that company into a
wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, pursuant to an agreement and
plan of merger. The purchase price for this transaction
consisted of approximately $7.72 million in cash.
Mr. Shah was also a stockholder of The WellCare Management
Group prior to the acquisition.
Other Agreements with Selling
Stockholders
In connection with our acquisition of our Florida
business pursuant to the purchase agreement, we entered into the
following agreements with Mr. Shah and the other selling
stockholders:
Seller Note.
As part
of the consideration for the acquisition, we issued a senior
subordinated promissory note in the original principal amount of
$53 million to the stockholder representative on behalf of
the stockholders of the Florida business, including
Mr. Shah and his spouse. In February 2004, the remaining
principal amount of the note was fixed at $119.7 million
pursuant to the terms of a settlement agreement with the selling
stockholders. See Amendment and Settlement
Agreement. Based on the Shahs aggregate percentage
ownership interest in the Florida business prior to the
acquisition, we estimate their interest in the current principal
amount of the note to be approximately $5.4 million.
Warrants.
As further
consideration for the acquisition, we entered into an equity and
warrant agreement with Mr. Shah and two other selling
stockholders. Under the equity and warrant agreement, the
stockholders were issued warrants to purchase Class B
Common Units which will be converted into an aggregate of
86
Investor Rights
Agreement.
We entered into an investor
rights agreement with Mr. Shah and the two other selling
stockholders who received warrants under the equity and warrant
agreement. Under the investor rights agreement, after this
offering the stockholders will have piggyback
registration rights to include their shares in any registration
statement we file on our own behalf (other than for employee
benefit plans and other exceptions) or on behalf of other
stockholders, subject to other stockholders priority
rights of registration. The stockholders also have the right to
require us to register their shares on Form S-3, if
available for such an offering and if the aggregate price of the
shares to be sold would be at least $1.0 million, not more
than once during any 12-month period. The stockholders would be
responsible for the expenses of any such registration on
Form S-3. The stockholders also received information rights
and a right to participate in some types of sales by us of our
equity securities. Those rights will terminate upon the closing
of this offering.
Pledge and Escrow
Agreements.
As security for our
obligations under the seller note, we entered into a pledge
agreement with the stockholder representative on behalf of the
stockholders of the Florida business, including Mr. Shah
and his spouse, pursuant to which we pledged a portion of the
shares of capital stock of WellCare Health Plans, Inc. held by
us. Currently, 51% of the shares remain subject to the pledge.
Upon the payment in full of the note, all of the shares will be
released.
Amendment and Settlement
Agreement.
In February 2004, we
entered into a settlement agreement with Mr. Shah, his
spouse and the other selling stockholders that fixed the
remaining amount of the seller note at $119.7 million.
Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the aggregate
indemnification obligations of the selling stockholders under
the purchase agreement were reduced, subject to certain
exceptions.
Prepayment
Agreement.
In May 2004, we entered
into a prepayment and amendment agreement with Mr. Shah,
his spouse and the other selling stockholders. Under the terms
of the prepayment agreement, upon the closing of our new credit
facilities we prepaid $85.0 million of the outstanding
principal amount of the seller note, and an additional
$3.0 million of the outstanding principal amount was
forgiven in consideration for the prepayment. The remaining
outstanding principal balance of $28.2 million is due on
September 15, 2006. A portion of the $85.0 million
prepayment was deposited into an escrow account to secure
certain indemnification obligations of the stockholders arising
under the purchase agreement.
Agreements with SPEI
Initial Capitalization and Contribution
Agreement.
We were formed in
May 2002 by our equity sponsor, Soros Private Equity
Investors LP. At that time, SPEI contributed $1,000 in cash to
us in exchange for one Class A Common Unit. In
July 2002, in connection with the consummation of the
acquisition of the WellCare businesses, SPEI contributed an
additional $70.0 million in cash to us, in exchange for
additional Class A Common Units, pursuant to a contribution
agreement. Under that agreement, we also granted SPEI certain
information rights. Those rights will terminate upon the closing
of this offering.
Registration Rights
Agreement.
We are party to a
registration rights agreement with SPEI, Todd Farha and some of
our other stockholders, pursuant to which we granted
registration rights to those stockholders. Under the agreement,
holders of a majority of shares held by SPEI or any of its
affiliates may require us to effect the registration of their
shares from time to time. In addition, the stockholders party to
the agreement have piggyback registration rights to
include their shares in any registration statement we file on
our own behalf (other than for employee benefit plans and other
exceptions) or on behalf of other stockholders. We are required
to pay all registration expenses in connection with any demand
or piggyback registrations. Notwithstanding the other provisions
of the agreement, we are not obligated to effect any demand
registration within 180 days after the effective date of
either:
87
Reorganization
In February 2004, upon our incorporation, we
issued 100 shares of common stock to WellCare Holdings, LLC in
exchange for $1,000.
In February 2004, the Board of Directors of
WellCare Holdings, LLC authorized a plan to reorganize WellCare
Holdings, LLC as a corporation, by means of a merger of WellCare
Holdings, LLC with and into WellCare Group, Inc. Upon the
consummation of the reorganization, which will take place
immediately prior to the closing of this offering:
Equity Sales and Grants
The executive officers and directors listed below
purchased what were, prior to our reorganization as a
corporation, our Class A Common Units. As a result of those
purchases, those officers and directors were granted, for no
additional consideration, a specified number of what were
Class C Common Units, subject to vesting restrictions. Upon
the completion of our reorganization, all of these units will
convert into shares of our common stock, and the vesting
restrictions will remain in place. The information below is
presented as if our reorganization as a corporation had already
occurred at the time the grants were made.
On September 6, 2002, Todd Farha purchased
12,929 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000,
and was granted 1,559,337 restricted shares.
On May 30, 2003, Kevin Hickey purchased
12,929 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000,
and was granted 38,786 restricted shares.
On May 30, 2003, Heath Schiesser purchased
2,586 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000,
and was granted 437,463 restricted shares, pursuant to our 2002
Senior Executive Equity Plan.
On May 30, 2003, Randall Zomermaand
purchased 1,293 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of
$5,000, and was granted 77,572 restricted shares, pursuant to
our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.
On May 31, 2003, Thaddeus Bereday purchased
2,586 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000,
and was granted 312,474 restricted shares, pursuant to our 2002
Senior Executive Equity Plan.
On September 30, 2003, Paul L. Behrens
purchased 12,929 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of
$50,000, and was granted 437,463 restricted shares, pursuant to
our 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan.
On September 30, 2003, Regina Herzlinger
purchased 12,929 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of
$50,000, and was granted 38,786 restricted shares.
On September 30, 2003, Ruben King-Shaw
purchased 12,929 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of
$50,000, and was granted 38,786 restricted shares.
On September 30, 2003, Alif Hourani
purchased 12,929 shares, for an aggregate purchase price of
$50,000, and was granted 38,786 restricted shares.
Option Grants
The executive officers and directors listed below
were granted options to purchase what were, prior to our
reorganization as a corporation, Class A Common Units,
subject to vesting over a four-year period. Upon the completion
of our reorganization, these options will become exercisable to
purchase shares of our common stock, and the vesting
restrictions will remain in place. The information below is
presented as if our reorganization as a corporation had already
occurred at the time the grants were made.
88
On September 30, 2003, Rupesh Shah was
granted options to purchase 124,115 shares, at a per share
exercise price of $3.87.
On December 31, 2003, Christian Michalik was
granted options to purchase 38,786 shares, at a per share
exercise price of $6.78.
On February 6, 2004, Todd Farha was granted
options to purchase 77,572 shares, at a per share exercise
price of $8.73, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option Plan.
On February 6, 2004, Paul Behrens was
granted options to purchase 7,757 shares, at a per share
exercise price of $8.73, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option
Plan.
On February 6, 2004, Thaddeus Bereday was
granted options to purchase 15,514 shares, at a per share
exercise price of $8.73, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option
Plan.
On February 6, 2004, Heath Schiesser was
granted options to purchase 7,757 shares, at a per share
exercise price of $8.73, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option
Plan.
On February 6, 2004, Randall Zomermaand was
granted options to purchase 15,514 shares, at a per share
exercise price of $8.73, pursuant to our 2002 Employee Option
Plan.
On February 6, 2004, Glen Johnson was
granted options to purchase 38,786 shares, at a per share
exercise price of $8.73.
Other Agreements
IntelliClaim.
In
March 2003, we entered into an agreement with IntelliClaim,
Inc., pursuant to which we license software, and obtain
maintenance, support and related services, from IntelliClaim.
Kevin Hickey, a member of our board of directors, is the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of IntelliClaim. In 2003,
we paid $225,000 in the aggregate to IntelliClaim under this
agreement.
Ruben King-Shaw, Jr.
In November 2003, we entered into a consulting agreement with
Ruben King-Shaw, Jr., one of our directors, pursuant to which
Mr. King-Shaw oversees governmental and regulatory issues
for us, including current and proposed federal and state
legislation and federal and state government affairs activities.
In 2003, we paid $6,000 to Mr. King-Shaw under this
agreement.
Randall Zomermaand.
In September 2002, we entered into a consulting agreement with
Randall Zomermaand, our Senior Vice President, Health Services.
Under the agreement, Mr. Zomermaand provided healthcare
consulting services to us relating to our health services area,
including quality improvement, utilization management and
pharmacy and behavioral health services. In 2003, we paid
$66,256 to Mr. Zomermaand under this agreement.
Employment
Agreements.
We have entered into
employment agreements with some of our executive officers, as
described in Management Employment Contracts,
Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control
Arrangements.
Indemnification
Agreements.
We have entered into
indemnification agreements with our directors and some of our
executive officers, as described in Management
Limitations on Liability of Directors and Officers and
Indemnification.
89
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information
regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of
June 1, 2004, after giving effect to our reorganization as
a corporation and the resultant conversion of all outstanding
limited liability company units for shares of our common stock
by:
In addition, up to 1,100,000 shares of the common
stock owned by SPEI may be sold if the underwriters exercise
their over-allotment option. No other stockholder is selling
common stock as part of this offering.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance
with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In
computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person
and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common
stock subject to options held by that person that are currently
exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after
June 1, 2004, are deemed outstanding, while the shares are
not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage
ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated in the
footnotes below, the persons and entities named in the table
have sole voting or investment power with respect to all shares
beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where
applicable.
The number and percentage of shares beneficially
owned are based on the aggregate of
(i) 29,227,981 shares of common stock outstanding as
of June 1, 2004, after giving effect to our reorganization
as a corporation and the resultant conversion of all outstanding
limited liability company units for shares of our common stock
and (ii) 7,333,333 shares of common stock issued in
this offering.
Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address
of each of the stockholders below is c/o WellCare Health
Plans, Inc., 6800 North Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 268,
Tampa, Florida 33614.
90
* Denotes less than 1%.
91
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following description of our common stock and
preferred stock and the relevant provisions of our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated
bylaws as will be in effect upon the closing of this offering
are summaries and are qualified by reference to these documents.
Forms have been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission as exhibits to our registration statement, of which
this prospectus forms a part.
Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized
capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common
stock, par value $.01 per share and 20,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, par value $.01 per share.
Common Stock
Immediately following our reorganization as a
corporation, there will be 29,227,981 shares of common
stock outstanding held of record by 36 stockholders. Based
upon the number of shares outstanding as of that date and giving
effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering,
assuming no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment
option and no exercise of outstanding options after June 1,
2004, there will be approximately 36,561,314 shares of
common stock outstanding at the closing of this offering.
Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote
per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.
Holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights.
Holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends as may
be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of
funds legally available for the payment of dividends, subject to
the preferences that apply to any outstanding preferred stock.
See Dividend Policy. Upon our liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are
entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment
of liabilities and after giving effect to the liquidation
preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The common stock
has no preemptive or conversion rights and no additional
subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund
provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding
shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The
shares issued in this offering will be fully paid and
nonassessable.
Preferred Stock
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the
board of directors, without stockholder action, to designate and
issue from time to time shares of preferred stock in one or more
series. The board of directors may designate the price, rights,
preferences and privileges of the shares of each series of
preferred stock, which may be greater than the rights of the
common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of
the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of
holders of common stock until the board of directors determines
the specific rights of the preferred stock. However, possible
effects of issuing preferred stock with voting and conversion
rights include:
Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of
our preferred stock will be outstanding. We have no present
plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Registration Rights
The holders of 25,168,618 shares of common
stock, including SPEI, are entitled to demand registration
rights requiring us to register the sale of their shares under
the Securities Act of 1933, under the terms of an agreement
between us and the holders of these shares. The holders of a
majority of the shares held by SPEI or its affiliates are
entitled to demand that we register their shares under the
Securities Act, subject to various
92
In addition, the holders of an additional
1,774,096 shares of common stock will be entitled to
piggyback registration rights, subject to various limitations.
Further, at any time after we become eligible to file a
registration statement on Form S-3, these holders may
require us to file registration statements on Form S-3
under the Securities Act with respect to their shares of common
stock. These registration rights are subject to certain
conditions and limitations, among them the right of the
underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares of
common stock held by these holders with registration rights to
be included in a registration. We are generally required to bear
all of the expenses of all of these registrations, except
underwriting discounts and selling commissions. Registration of
any of the shares of common stock held by these holders with
registration rights would result in shares becoming freely
tradable without restriction under the Securities Act
immediately upon effectiveness of such registration.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Provisions in
Our Charter and Bylaws
Delaware Anti-Takeover
Statute.
We are subject to
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In
general, these provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from
engaging in any business combination with any interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date that
the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless the
transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder
is approved in a manner presented in Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law. Generally, a business
combination is defined to include mergers, asset sales and
other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a
stockholder. In general, an interested stockholder
is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns,
or within three years, did own, 15% or more of a
corporations voting stock.
Certificate of
Incorporation.
Upon the closing of
this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide
that:
Bylaws.
Our bylaws
will provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before
an annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for
election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must
provide timely notice to use in writing. To be timely, a
stockholders notice must be received at our principal
executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than
120 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately
preceding annual meeting of stockholders. In the event that the
annual meeting is called for a date that is not within
30 days before or 60 days after the anniversary date,
in order to be timely notice from the stockholder must be
received:
93
In the case of a special meeting of stockholders
called for the purpose of electing directors, notice by the
stockholder, in order to be timely, must be received:
Our bylaws will also specify requirements as to
the form and content of a stockholders notice. These
provisions may preclude stockholders from bringing matters
before an annual or special meeting of stockholders or from
making nominations for directors at an annual or special meeting
of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an
annual or special meeting of stockholders. In addition, our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits our
board of directors to amend or repeal our amended and restated
bylaws by majority vote, but requires a two-thirds supermajority
vote of stockholders to amend or repeal our amended and restated
bylaws.
The provisions in our certificate of
incorporation and our bylaws are intended to enhance the
likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the
board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board
of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions
that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of
WellCare. These provisions also are designed to reduce our
vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for a takeover of
WellCare that does not contemplate the acquisition of all of its
outstanding shares or an unsolicited proposal for the
restructuring or sale of all or part of WellCare. These
provisions, however, could discourage potential acquisition
proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control of
WellCare. They may also have the effect of preventing changes in
our management.
Transfer Agent
The transfer agent and registrar for our common
stock is EquiServe Trust Company, Inc.
Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on the
New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WCG.
94
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there was no market for
our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that the
sale of our common stock or the availability of shares of common
stock for sale will have on the market price prevailing from
time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of
common stock in the public market following the offering could
adversely affect the market price of the common stock and
adversely affect our ability to raise capital at a time and on
terms favorable to us.
Sale of Restricted Shares
Upon completion of this offering, we will have
36,561,314 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no
exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option. Of
these shares of common stock, the 7,333,333 shares of
common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold
upon exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option,
will be freely tradeable without restriction under the
Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or
acquired by an affiliate of ours, as that term is
defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which shares
will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions
of Rule 144 described below. The remaining shares of common
stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of the
offering will be restricted securities, as that
phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may not be resold in the
absence of registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to
an exemption from such registration, including among others, the
exemptions provided by Rule 144, 144(k) or 701 under the
Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Taking into
account the lock-up agreements described below and the
provisions of Rule 144 additional shares will be available
for sale in the public market as follows:
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in
effect, a person who has beneficially owned shares for at least
one year, including an affiliate, as that term is
defined in the Securities Act, is entitled to sell, within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of:
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to
certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the
availability of current public information about us. A
stockholder who is deemed not to have been an
affiliate of ours at any time during the
90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned
restricted shares for at least two years, would be entitled to
sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the
volume, limitations, manner of sale provisions or public
information requirements.
Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701
are also restricted and may be sold by stockholders other than
affiliates of ours subject only to the manner of sale provisions
of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without
compliance with its one-year holding period requirement.
All of our affiliates have agreed to further
restrict their shares by entering into lock-up arrangements
discussed below.
We have granted options to purchase shares of our
common stock under our equity plans. As of June 1, 2004,
after giving effect to our reorganization, options to purchase
an aggregate of 1,552,794 shares of our
95
Lock-up Arrangements
Our officers, directors and certain other
stockholders have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the
date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, on behalf of the
underwriters. Upon the expiration of these lock-up agreements,
additional shares will be available for sale in the public
market.
Registration Rights
After completion of this offering, the holders of
approximately 26,942,714 shares of our common stock will be
entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of
such shares under the Securities Act. See Description of
Capital Stock Registration Rights. All holders
with registration rights have agreed not to exercise their
rights until 180 days following the date of this prospectus
without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated, on behalf of the underwriters.
96
CERTAIN UNITED STATES TAX
CONSEQUENCES
The following is a general discussion of the
material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of
the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S.
holder. As used in this discussion, the term non-U.S.
holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that
is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
If an entity classified as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock,
the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the
status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If
you are a partnership holding our common stock, or a partner in
such a partnership, you should consult your tax advisers.
An individual may be treated as a resident of the
United States in any calendar year for U.S. federal income
tax purposes, instead of a nonresident, by, among other ways,
being present in the United States on at least 31 days in
that calendar year and for an aggregate of at least
183 days during the current calendar year and the two
immediately preceding calendar years. For purposes of this
calculation, you would count all of the days present in the
current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately
preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second
preceding year. Residents are taxed for U.S. federal income
purposes as if they were U.S. citizens.
This discussion does not consider:
The following discussion is based on provisions
of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
applicable U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative and
judicial interpretations, all as in effect on the date of this
prospectus, and all of which are subject to change,
retroactively or prospectively. The following discussion also
assumes that a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock as a
capital asset.
EACH NON-U.S. HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS TAX
ADVISER REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND
NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING
AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK.
97
Dividends
The gross amount of dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder of our common stock ordinarily will be
subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30%
rate, or at a lower rate if an applicable income tax treaty so
provides and we have received proper certification of the
application of that treaty.
Dividends that are effectively connected with a
non-U.S. holders conduct of trade or business in the
United States and, if provided in an applicable income tax
treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base
in the United States, are not subject to the U.S. federal
withholding tax but instead are taxed in the manner applicable
to United States persons. In that case, we will not have to
withhold U.S. federal withholding tax provided the non-U.S.
holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure
requirements. In addition, dividends received by a foreign
corporation that are effectively connected with the conduct of
trade or business in the United States may be subject to a
branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate if provided
by an applicable income tax treaty.
Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax
advisers regarding their entitlement to benefits under an
applicable income tax treaty and the manner of claiming the
benefits of the treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible
for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an
income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess
amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a
refund with the IRS.
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
A non-U.S. holder generally will not be
taxed on gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock
unless:
We have determined that we are not, and we
believe we will not become, a United States real property
holding corporation.
An individual non-U.S. holder described in
the first bullet point immediately above is taxed on his gains
(including gain from the sale of our common stock, net of
applicable U.S. losses incurred on sales or exchanges of other
capital assets during the year) at a flat rate of 30%. Other
non-U.S. holders who may be subject to U.S. federal
income tax on the disposition of our common stock will be taxed
on the disposition in the same manner in which citizens or
residents of the United States would be taxed.
Federal Estate Tax
Common stock owned or treated as owned by an
individual who is not a U.S. citizen will be included in
the individuals gross estate for U.S. federal estate
tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax
unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
U.S. federal legislation enacted in the spring of 2001
provides for reductions in the U.S. federal estate tax
through 2009 and the elimination of the tax entirely in 2010.
Under the legislation, the U.S. federal estate tax would be
fully reinstated, as in effect prior to the reductions,
in 2011.
98
Information Reporting and Backup
Withholding
U.S. information reporting requirements and
backup withholding tax will not apply to dividends paid on our
common stock to a non-U.S. holder, provided that the non-U.S.
holder provides a Form W-8BEN (or satisfies certain
documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is
not a United States person) or otherwise establishes an
exemption.
Information reporting and backup withholding also
generally will not apply to a payment of the proceeds of a sale
of common stock effected outside the United States by a foreign
office of a foreign broker. However, information reporting
requirements (but not backup withholding) will apply to a
payment of the proceeds of a sale of common stock effected
outside the United States by a foreign office of a broker
if the broker (i) is a United States person,
(ii) derives 50% or more of its gross income for certain
periods from the conduct of trade or business in the United
States, (iii) is a controlled foreign
corporation as to the United States or (iv) is a
foreign partnership that, at any time during its taxable year,
is more than 50% (by income or capital interest) owned by United
States persons or is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or
business, unless in any such case the broker has documentary
evidence in its records that the holder is a non-U.S. holder and
certain conditions are met, or the holder otherwise establishes
an exemption. Payment by a U.S. office of a broker of the
proceeds of a sale of common stock will be subject to both
backup withholding and information reporting unless the holder
certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a United
States person or otherwise establishes an exemption.
NON-U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX
ADVISERS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE INFORMATION REPORTING
AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING RULES TO THEM.
99
UNDERWRITERS
Under the terms and subject to the conditions
contained in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this
prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated, SG Cowen & Co., LLC, UBS
Securities LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC are acting as
representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have
agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of
common stock indicated below:
The underwriters and the representatives are
collectively referred to as the underwriters and the
representatives, respectively. The underwriters are
offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance
of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The
underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the
shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus are
subject to the approval of legal matters by their counsel and to
certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take
and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this
prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the
underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares
covered by the underwriters over-allotment option
described below.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part
of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the
public offering price listed on the cover page of this
prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that
represents a concession not in excess of
$ a
share under the public offering price. Any underwriter may
allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess
of
$ a
share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the
initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering
price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by
the representatives.
We have granted to the underwriters an option,
exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus,
to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,100,000 additional
shares of our common stock at the public offering price listed
on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting
discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this
option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if
any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of our
common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the
option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated,
subject to limited conditions, to purchase approximately the
same percentage of the additional shares of our common stock as
the number listed next to the underwriters name in the
preceding table bears to the total number of shares of our
common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the
preceding table. If the underwriters over-allotment option
is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be
$ ,
the total underwriters discounts and commissions would be
$ ,
and the total proceeds to us would be
$ .
We estimate that the total expenses of this
offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will
be approximately $1,930,200.
The underwriters have informed us that they do
not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed
five percent of the total number of shares of our common
stock offered by them.
We have applied for listing of our common stock
on the NYSE under the symbol WCG. In connection with
the listing of the common stock, the underwriters will undertake
to sell and distribute the common stock in compliance with the
standards of the NYSE.
100
Each of us, our directors, executive officers and
certain other stockholders has agreed that, without the prior
written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on
behalf of the underwriters, each of us will not, during the
period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:
whether any transaction described above is to be
settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in
cash or otherwise.
The restrictions described in the preceding
paragraph do not apply to:
In order to facilitate the offering of our common
stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common
stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than
they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement,
creating a short position in our common stock for their own
account. A short sale is covered if the short position is no
greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the
underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters
can close out a covered short sale by exercising the
over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market.
In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short
sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the
open market price of shares compared to the price available
under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell
shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked
short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short
position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short
position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are
concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of
our common stock in the open market after pricing that could
adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. In
addition, in order to cover any over-allotments or to stabilize
the price of our common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and
purchase, shares of our common stock in the open market.
Finally, the underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling
concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for
distributing our common stock in the offering, if the syndicate
repurchases previously distributed shares of our common stock to
cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the
common stock. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain
the market price of our common stock above independent market
levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these
activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
101
We and the underwriters have each agreed to
indemnify each other against specified liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., an
affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, is one
of the financial institutions that provided our new term loan
and revolving credit facilities. Wachovia Bank, National
Association, an affiliate of Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, is
one of the financial institutions that provided our revolving
credit facility. UBS Loan Finance LLC, an affiliate of UBS
Securities LLC, and Société Generale, an affiliate of
SG Cowen & Co., LLC, are among the financial
institutions that provided our term loan.
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved
for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to
approximately 366,667 shares of common stock to our
directors, officers, associates, customers and other business
associates. The number of shares of common stock available for
sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these
parties purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares that
are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the
general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by
this prospectus.
Pricing of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for the shares of our common stock. The initial public
offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and
the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be
considered in determining the initial public offering price will
be:
VALIDITY
Greenberg Traurig, LLP, Washington, D.C., will
provide WellCare an opinion relating to the validity of the
common stock issued in this offering. Attorneys with Greenberg
Traurig, LLP hold an aggregate of 1,512 shares and an
option for 11,636 shares of our common stock. Cleary, Gottlieb,
Steen & Hamilton, New York, New York will provide the
underwriters an opinion relating to the validity of the common
stock issued in this offering.
EXPERTS
The financial statements included in this
prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included
elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein and
elsewhere in the registration statement, and are included in
reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1 with respect to the common stock
offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the
registration statement, does not contain all of the information
set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and
schedules which are part of the
102
103
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC
WELLCARE GROUP, INC.
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of
Directors and Members of
We have audited the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets of WellCare Holdings, LLC (the Company) as of
December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated
statements of income, of changes in members equity, and of
cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the
five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and the combined
statements of income, of changes in stockholders equity,
and of cash flows for the seven-month period ended July 31,
2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001 of The WellCare
Management Group, Inc and subsidiaries, Well Care HMO, Inc.,
HealthEase of Florida, Inc., Comprehensive Health Management,
Inc. and Comprehensive Health Management of Florida, L.C.; these
companies are under common ownership and common management (the
Predecessor). Our audits also included the financial statement
schedule listed in the Index at Item 16. These financial
statements and financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial
statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated and combined
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects,
the consolidated financial position of WellCare Holdings, LLC as
of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the year ended
December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended
December 31, 2002, and the Predecessor combined results of
operations and cash flows for the seven-month period ended
July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial
statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
consolidated and combined financial statements taken as a whole,
present fairly in all material respects the information set
forth therein.
/S/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Tampa, Florida
F-2
WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC
(Dollars in thousands, except unit
data)
See notes to consolidated and combined
financial statements.
F-3
WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC
(Dollars in thousands, except per unit
data)
See notes to consolidated and combined
financial statements.
F-4
WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC
(Dollars in thousands, except unit and share
data)
See notes to consolidated and combined
financial statements.
F-5
WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC
(Dollars in thousands)
See notes to consolidated and combined
financial statements.
F-6
WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except unit and per
unit data)
Wellcare Holdings, LLC (the Company)
is a Delaware limited liability corporation formed on
May 8, 2002 (date of inception) for the purpose of
acquiring various subsidiaries that operate health plans focused
on government programs in various states. The Company began
operating on August 1, 2002 in conjunction with the
acquisition of its indirect operating subsidiaries and did not
have any activity from May 8, 2002 (date of inception)
through July 31, 2002. The Companys direct and
indirect subsidiaries are WellCare Health Plans, Inc.
(WHP); Well Care HMO, Inc. (WC) and
HealthEase of Florida, Inc. (HE), both
Florida-licensed health maintenance organizations
(HMOs); WellCare of New York, Inc.
(WCNY), a New York-licensed HMO; FirstChoice
HealthPlans of Connecticut, Inc. (FC), a
Connecticut-licensed HMO; The WellCare Management Group, Inc.
(WCMG), a New York-domiciled holding company;
Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. (CHMI), a
Florida-domiciled third-party administrator (TPA);
Comprehensive Health Management of Florida, L.C.
(LLC), a Florida-domiciled limited liability
company; WellCare of Louisiana, Inc. (LA); WellCare
Behavioral Health, Inc. (BH); and WellCare Group,
Inc. (WCG) (collectively, the
Subsidiaries). WC, HE, WCNY, FC, WCMG, CHMI and LLC are
referred to collectively as the Acquired
Subsidiaries.
Through its operating subsidiaries, the Company
provides managed care programs and related benefits to over
581,000 individuals under Medicaid, Medicare and other state
sponsored children and family health insurance programs. Through
its indirect subsidiaries, the Company operates HMOs in the
states of Florida, New York and Connecticut. LA has applied for
a HMO license in Louisiana and plans to begin its start-up
operations in that state during late 2004.
Basis of
Presentation
The Acquired Subsidiaries, as they existed under
common control prior to their July 31, 2002 acquisition by
WHP, are referred to collectively as Predecessor.
The Company, as it existed on and after July 31, 2002, is
referred to as the Company or Successor.
The consolidated balance sheets, statements of
income, changes in members equity and comprehensive income
and cash flows include the accounts of the Successor and all of
its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated.
The combined balance sheets, statements of
income, changes in stockholders equity and comprehensive
income and cash flows include all of the accounts of the
Predecessor prior to the July 31, 2002 acquisition of the
Acquired Subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated.
The accompanying Predecessors historical
combined financial statements for the periods ended
July 31, 2002 and prior represent the financial position
and corporate structure as of the dates indicated. The
Predecessors historical combined financial statements do
not reflect the effects of the Companys new capital
structure (debt and equity), C Corporation tax structure
(previously an S Corporation), purchase accounting as a result
of the acquisition of the Acquired Subsidiaries, and accounting
for the acquired intangible assets and goodwill.
F-7
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table describes the periods
presented in these consolidated and combined financial
statements and related notes thereto:
Use of
Estimates
The consolidated and combined financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States
(GAAP). The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated
and combined financial statements and accompanying notes. These
estimates are based on knowledge of current events and
anticipated future events and accordingly, actual results may
differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and
short-term investments with original maturities of three months
or less. These amounts are recorded at cost, which approximates
fair value.
Investments
The Companys investments are classified as
available-for-sale securities and are reported at fair value
based on quoted market prices. Unrealized gains and losses on
available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and are
reported as a separate component of members and
stockholders equity as accumulated other comprehensive
income, net of income tax effects. The Company evaluates
securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a periodic
basis and principally considers the type of security, the
severity of the decline in fair value and the duration of the
decline in fair value in determining whether a securitys
decline in fair value is other-than-temporary. Realized gains
and losses from the sale or write-down for other-than-temporary
impairments of available-for-sale debt and equity securities are
calculated using the specific identification method.
F-8
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Restricted
Assets
Restricted assets consist of cash, cash
equivalents, and investments required by various state statutes
to be deposited or pledged to state agencies. At March 31,
2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, all restricted assets
consisted of cash and cash equivalents. Restricted assets are
classified as long-term, regardless of the contractual maturity
date due to the nature of the states requirements.
Premiums and
Other Receivables, Net
Premiums and other receivables consist of
premiums due from federal and state agencies. Additionally,
premiums and other receivables consist of amounts advanced to
hospitals that are under contract with the Company to provide
medical services to members. Such advances provided funding to
these providers for medical benefits payable. The Companys
allowance for uncollectible premiums and other receivables was
approximately $6,243 (unaudited), $4,827 and $580 at
March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002,
respectively.
Property and
Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost, less
accumulated depreciation. Depreciation for financial reporting
purposes is computed using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the related assets, which is five
years for computer equipment and software and five years for
furniture and other equipment. Maintenance and repairs are
charged to operating expense when incurred. Major improvements
that extend the lives of the assets are capitalized. On an
on-going basis, the Company reviews events or changes in
circumstances that may indicate that the carrying value of an
asset may not be recoverable. If the carrying value of an asset
exceeds the sum of estimated undiscounted future cash flows,
then an impairment loss is recognized in the current period for
the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value.
Goodwill and
Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over
the fair market value of net assets acquired. The Companys
intangible assets were obtained as a result of its acquisitions
of the Acquired Subsidiaries and include provider networks,
membership contracts, trademark, noncompete agreements, state
contracts, licenses and permits. The Companys intangible
assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging
from one to 26 years.
The Company reviews goodwill and intangible
assets for impairment at least annually or sooner if events or
changes in circumstances occur that may affect the estimated
useful life or the recoverability of the remaining balance of
goodwill. The Companys management has selected the third
quarter for its annual impairment test, which generally
coincides with the finalization of state and federal
negotiations and our initial budgeting process. During the third
quarter ended September 30, 2003, management assessed the
earnings forecast for its two reporting units and concluded that
the fair value of the individual reporting units, based upon the
expected present value of future cash flows and other
qualitative factors, was in excess of net assets of each
reporting unit. As of March 31, 2004, management believes
that there are no indicators of impairment to the value of
goodwill or intangible assets.
The purchase of the Acquired Subsidiaries was
partially financed through a contingent note (Seller
Note) due to the former stockholders of WC, HE, CHMI and
LLC (collectively the Florida Companies). As more
fully described in Note 6, the principal amount of the Seller
Note was subject to adjustment for various contingencies
including the capital of various subsidiaries, the actual
medical benefits payable of certain subsidiaries and the
earnings (or losses) of certain subsidiaries and other potential
indemnification claims under the purchase agreement. Adjustments
to the Seller Note resulted in changes in the purchase price and
the amount of goodwill acquired. The Company entered into a
settlement agreement in February
F-9
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
2004, which fixed the amount of the Seller Note
and finalized the settlement of all purchase price adjustments.
The aggregate amount of goodwill acquired in 2002
was $117,064 and was increased in 2003 by $41,630 to account for
the aforementioned purchase price adjustment. Goodwill was
assigned to its two reporting units, which are also its
reporting segments. At December 31, 2003, goodwill of
$78,339 was assigned to the Medicare reporting unit and $80,386
was assigned to the Medicaid reporting unit. The purchase price
adjustment during 2003 was assigned to each unit based upon the
corresponding impact of the Seller Note adjustments. The Company
had no impairment losses or any write-offs of goodwill related
to dispositions during 2004, 2003 or 2002.
Medical
Benefits
The Company contracts with various healthcare
providers for the provision of certain medical care services to
its members and generally compensates those providers on a
fee-for-service basis or pursuant to certain risk-sharing
arrangements. Medical benefits expense consists of capitation
expenses and health benefit claims. Capitation represents fixed
payments on a per member per month basis to participating
physicians and other medical specialists, as compensation for
providing comprehensive health services. Participating physician
capitation payments for the year ended December 31, 2003,
five-month period ended December 31, 2002, seven-month
period ended July 31, 2002, year ended December 31,
2001 were 11%, 10%, 10% and 10%, respectively, of total medical
benefits expense.
Medical benefits payables consist primarily of
liabilities established for reported and unreported claims and
accrued capitation fees and adjustments, which are unpaid as of
the balance sheet date, and contractual liabilities under risk
sharing arrangements established through an estimation process
utilizing company-specific, industry-wide, and general economic
information and data. The estimation process also involves
continuous monitoring and evaluation of the submission,
adjudication, and payment cycles of claims. The Companys
year-end medical benefits payable is substantially satisfied
through claims payment in the subsequent year. The Company
estimates ultimate claims based upon historical experience and
other available information as well as assumptions about
emerging trends, which vary by business segment. Significant
assumptions used in the estimation process include trends in
benefit costs, seasonality, changes in member demographics,
utilization, provider contract terms and reimbursement
strategies, frequency and severity of claims incurred, known and
adjudicated claims and changes in the timing of the reporting of
claims. Additionally, as part of the review, the Company
estimates and accrues for the costs necessary to process unpaid
claims.
The Company records reserves for estimated
referral claims related to medical groups under contract with
the Company who are financially troubled or insolvent and who
may not be able to honor their obligations for the costs of
medical services provided by other providers. In these
instances, the Company may be required to honor these
obligations for legal or business reasons. Based on the
Companys current assessment of providers under contract
with the Company, such losses are not expected to be significant.
Due to the numerous factors influencing this
liability, the Company develops a series of estimates based upon
generally accepted actuarial projection methodologies using
various scenarios with respect to claim submission and payment
patterns and cost trends. The Companys policy is to record
managements best estimate of medical and other benefits
payable that adequately provides for future payments of claims
incurred but not paid under moderately adverse conditions.
Deviations, whether positive or negative, between actual
experience and estimates used to establish the liability are
recorded in the period of claim payment on a consistent basis.
The Company continually monitors the reasonableness of the
assumptions and judgments used in prior estimates by comparison
with actual claim patterns and considers this information in
future estimates.
F-10
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Medical and other benefits paid can also be
significantly impacted by outcomes from court decisions,
interpretations by regulatory authorities, and legislative
changes involving healthcare matters. As a result, amounts
ultimately paid may differ from initial estimates that did not
consider such outcomes, interpretations and changes.
Premium
Deficiency Reserves
Premium deficiency reserves are recognized when
it is probable that the future costs associated with a group of
existing contracts will exceed the anticipated future premiums,
investment income and stop-loss reinsurance recoveries on those
contracts. For purposes of determining whether a premium
deficiency exists, contracts are grouped in a manner consistent
with the Companys method of acquiring, servicing and
measuring profitability of such contracts. At March 31,
2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company recorded
premium deficiency reserves of $500 (unaudited), $500 and
$1,875, respectively.
Income
Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized for the estimated future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in
the years in which those temporary differences are expected to
be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is recognized
when, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not
that the deferred tax assets may not be realized.
Revenue
Recognition
The Company generally receives premiums in
advance of providing services, and recognizes premium revenue
during the period in which the Company is obligated to provide
services to its members. Premiums are billed monthly for
coverage in the following month and are recognized as revenue in
the month for which insurance coverage is provided. Premiums
collected in advance are deferred and reported as unearned
premiums in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. Any
amounts that have not been received by the end of the period
remain on the balance sheet classified as premium receivables.
Reinsurance
Certain premiums and medical benefits are ceded
to other insurance companies under various reinsurance
agreements. The ceded reinsurance agreements provide the Company
with increased capacity to write larger risks and maintain its
exposure to loss within its capital resources. The Company is
contingently liable in the event that the reinsurers do not meet
their contractual obligations.
Reinsurance premiums and medical benefits are
accounted for consistently with the accounting for the original
policies issued and other terms of the reinsurance contracts.
The Company had payments of $2,724, $1,071, $1,616 and $3,337,
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2003, the
five-month period ended December 31, 2002, the Predecessor
seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the Predecessor
year ended December 31, 2001. The Company had recoveries of
$715, $985, $1,751 and $1,700, respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 2003, the five-month period ended December 31,
2002, the Predecessor seven-month period ended July 31,
2002 and the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2001.
Member
Acquisition Costs
Member acquisition costs consist of both internal
and external agent commissions, policy issuance and other
administrative costs that the Company incurs to acquire new
members. The Company does not defer member acquisition costs.
Member acquisition costs are expensed in the period in which
they are incurred.
F-11
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Recapitalization
In February 2004, the Companys Board of
Directors authorized a plan to reorganize the Company as a
corporation by means of a merger of the Company with and into
WCG, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, in connection
with a planned initial public offering of the reorganized
Companys common stock.
Unit-Based
Compensation
The Company has two equity-based employee
compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 8.
The Company accounts for these plans under the recognition and
measurement principles (the intrinsic-value method) prescribed
in Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, and related interpretations. Compensation cost
for unit options is reflected in net income and is measured as
the excess of the market price of the Companys unit at the
date of grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire
the unit.
In December 2002, SFAS No. 148,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
Transition and Disclosure was issued. SFAS No. 148
provides alternative methods of transition to the fair value
method of accounting for equity-based employee compensation. It
also amends and expands the disclosure provisions of SFAS
No. 123 and APB Opinion No. 28, Interim
Financial Reporting, to require disclosure in the summary
of significant accounting policies of the effects of an
entitys accounting policy with respect to equity-based
employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per
stock in annual and interim financial statements. While SFAS
No. 148 does not require companies to account for employee
equity options using the fair-value method, the disclosure
provisions of SFAS No. 148 are applicable to all companies
with equity-based employee compensation, regardless of whether
they account for that compensation using the fair-value method
of SFAS No. 123 or the intrinsic-value method of APB
Opinion No. 25. The Company has adopted the disclosure
requirements of SFAS No. 148.
F-12
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table illustrates the effect on net
income and net income attributable to common units if the
Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions to
equity-based employee compensation.
The Predecessor seven-month period ended
July 31, 2002 and the Predecessor year ended
December 31, 2001 did not have any equity-based employee
compensation and as a result, those periods are not displayed in
the table above.
Net Income
Attributable Per Unit and Unaudited Pro Forma Per
Share
Basic net income attributable per unit is
computed by dividing the net income less the Class A common
unit yield for the period by the weighted average number of
units outstanding during the period, less units outstanding that
are unvested and subject to provisions that allow the Company to
repurchase units at its sole discretion. Diluted net income
attributable per unit is computed by dividing the net income for
the period less the Class A common unit yield by the
weighted average number of units outstanding during the period,
including the unvested units that are subject to provisions that
allow the Company to repurchase units at its sole discretion.
Unaudited pro forma net income per share is
computed using the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding, including the pro forma effects of automatic
conversion of all outstanding common units into shares of the
Companys common stock effective upon the assumed closing
of the Companys proposed initial public offering. The
Companys historical capital structure is not indicative of
its prospective structure due to the automatic conversion of all
units into common stock concurrent with the closing of the
Companys anticipated initial public offering. Accordingly,
historical basic and diluted net income attributable per
F-13
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
common unit should not be used as an indicator of
the future earnings per common share. The unaudited pro forma
information in the balance sheet assumes conversion of all
outstanding units of the Company into shares of WellCare Group,
Inc. common stock resulting from the completion of the proposed
initial public offering as if it had occurred at March 31,
2004.
The following table presents the calculation of
net income attributable per common units basic and diluted:
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income
Accumulated other comprehensive income consists
of gains and losses that are not recorded in the statements of
income but instead are recorded directly to members and
stockholders equity. The Companys components of
accumulated other comprehensive income include net unrealized
gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax.
F-14
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Concentrations
The operations of the Companys subsidiaries
in Florida represent a significant concentration of the
Companys revenues. The following table illustrates the
Companys Florida subsidiaries revenue as a
percentage of the revenue for each segment and in total.
The Company expects that the Florida
Subsidiaries Medicare and Medicaid contracts, which expire
on various dates between June 2004 and September 2005, will be
renewed. The Companys operating results could be
significantly constrained in the event that the compensation
provided under its Florida Subsidiaries Medicare and
Medicaid contracts is inadequate to fund medical benefits
expense or in the event that these contracts are not renewed.
Fair Value
Information
The Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets
include the following financial instruments: cash and cash
equivalents, receivables, investments, accounts payable, medical
benefits payable, and notes payable. The carrying amounts of
current assets and liabilities approximate their fair value
because of the relatively short period of time between the
origination of these instruments and their expected realization.
The carrying value of the notes payable to related party is
estimated by management to approximate fair value based upon the
term, nature of the obligation and the arms-length negotiations
conducted during the purchase transaction. The carrying value of
other long-term debt obligations approximates their fair value
based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for
instruments with similar terms and remaining maturities.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities, which addresses accounting for restructuring
and similar costs. SFAS No. 146 supersedes previous
accounting guidance, principally Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF) Issue No. 94-3 Liability
Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other
Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a
Restructuring). SFAS No. 146 requires recognition of
the liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal
activity when a company exits a facility, whereas under EITF
Issue No. 94-3, a liability for an exit cost is recognized
at the date a company commits to an exit plan. In addition, SFAS
No. 146 establishes that the liability should initially be
measured and recorded at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS
No. 146 may affect the timing of recognizing future
restructuring costs, as well as the amounts recognized.
Application of SFAS No. 146 was required for restructuring
activities initiated after December 31, 2002. Adoption of
this standard did not impact the Companys financial
statements.
In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation
No. 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure
Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of
Indebtedness of Others an Interpretation of FASB
Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and Rescission of FASB
Interpretation No. 34. The interpretation elaborates
on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and
annual financial statements about its obligations under certain
guarantees that it has issued. It also requires a guarantor to
recognize, at the
F-15
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
inception of a guarantee, a liability for the
fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the
guarantee. In general, the interpretation applies to contracts
or indemnification agreements that contingently require the
guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on
changes in an underlying obligation that is related to an asset,
liability or an equity security of the guaranteed party. The
initial recognition and measurement provisions of the
interpretation apply to guarantees issued or modified after
December 31, 2002. The adoption of this interpretation in
fiscal 2003 did not have an impact on the Companys
financial statements.
In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation
No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest
Entities. This interpretation of Accounting Research
Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial
Statements, addresses consolidation by business
enterprises of variable interest entities (VIEs)
when the VIEs either: (1) do not have sufficient equity
investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its
activities without additional subordinated financial support, or
(2) the equity investors lack an essential characteristic
of a controlling financial interest. As of March 31, 2004,
the Company does not have any entities that require disclosure
or new consolidation as a result of adopting the provisions of
FASB Interpretation No. 46 (unaudited).
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS
No. 150 requires that certain financial instruments,
including mandatorily redeemable financial instruments, be
classified as liabilities. For existing financial instruments,
the standard is applicable for the first quarter beginning after
June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 has not
impacted the Companys financial statements.
Interim
Financial Statements
The financial statements of the Company for the
interim periods presented are unaudited, but, in the opinion of
the Companys management, reflect adjustments (consisting
only of normal recurring adjustments), which the Company
considers necessary for the fair presentation of the financial
position and results of operations and cash flows for the
interim periods presented. The interim financial statements
included herein have been prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles and the instructions to
Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, certain
information and footnote disclosures normally included in
financial statements prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted.
Results for the interim periods presented are not necessarily
indicative of results that may be expected for the entire year
or any other interim period.
Reclassifications
Certain 2003, 2002, and 2001 amounts have been
reclassified to conform to their 2004 financial statement
presentation.
2. BUSINESS
ACQUISITION
On July 31, 2002, the Company acquired
(directly or indirectly) 100 percent of the outstanding
stock or other ownership interests of the Acquired Subsidiaries.
The results of the Acquired Subsidiaries operations have
been included in the consolidated financial statements since
that date.
The aggregate purchase price was estimated to be
$170,060, including cash compensation of $57,719, the Seller
Note, which had an initial principal amount of $53,000 and
managements anticipated contingent consideration of
$54,343, for an aggregate principal amount of $107,343 (see
Note 6), transaction expenses of $4,748, and a warrant to
purchase 2,287,037 Class B Common Units at an adjusted
purchase price of $3.00 per unit (see Note 8) with an
estimated value of $250. The valuation of the warrants was made
utilizing Black-Scholes valuation model. Significant assumptions
utilized were: dividend yield of 0%; expected term of one year;
risk-free interest rate of 1.8%; and an expected volatility of
50.2%.
F-16
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table summarizes the estimated fair
values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the
date of acquisition, July 31, 2002. Because the value of
the Seller Note was contingent upon various factors, the amount
of goodwill was subject to future adjustment.
The premium paid for the assets and liabilities
of the Acquired Subsidiaries was largely due to
managements expectation that (i) the purchase of the
Acquired Subsidiaries would provide the Company with an
immediate competitive position in Florida, New York and
Connecticut, (ii) the Company would be able to realize
savings related to the opportunity costs and lost profits that
would have to be incurred to obtain an HMO license in each state
and to enter into Medicaid and Medicare contracts, and
(iii) the Company would obtain synergies not attributable
to a specific asset, such as administrative cost savings
realizable as a result of having a fully operational,
experienced third party administrator.
The acquisition was accounted for under the
provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 338(h)10, thus
management believes the entire goodwill balance of $117,064 is
expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
The Seller Note contained the following
contingencies and adjustments that were to be established at or
around September 15, 2003 and 2004, in each case in
accordance with the definitions and procedures set forth in the
purchase agreement for the acquisition of the Florida Companies
(purchase agreement):
In addition, the Seller Note is subject to
adjustment based on the Companys claims for
indemnification arising under the purchase agreement.
F-17
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following is a summary of the acquired
intangible assets resulting from the business acquisition as of
December 31, 2003 and 2002:
Amortization expense for the three months ended
March 31, 2004, the year ended December 31, 2003, and
the five-month period ended December 31, 2002 was $905
(unaudited), $4,537 and $3,030, respectively. The Company did
not have any amortization expense for the predecessor
seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 or for the
predecessor year ended December 31, 2001. Amortization
expense expected to be recognized during fiscal years subsequent
to March 31, 2004 is as follows:
The weighted-average amortization periods of the
acquired intangible assets resulting from the business
acquisition are as follows:
The following unaudited pro forma financial
information is presented for illustrative purposes only, to give
effect to the acquisition of the Acquired Subsidiaries as if it
had been completed on January 1, 2001, and is not
F-18
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
necessarily indicative of the operating results
that would have actually occurred had the acquisition been
completed on that date, nor are they indicative of future
operating results.
3. INVESTMENTS
The amortized cost and estimated fair values of
investments are as follows:
All of the Companys investments at
March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002 are due
within one year.
F-19
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
4. PROPERTY AND
EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment is summarized as follows:
The Company recognized depreciation expense on
property and equipment of $738 (unaudited), $2,547, $703, $1,239
and $2,192 for the three-month period ended March 31, 2004,
the year ended December 31, 2003, the five-month period
ended December 31, 2002, the predecessor seven-month period
ended July 31, 2002 and the predecessor year ended
December 31, 2001, respectively.
The Company committed to a plan to exit its
current corporate office in November 2003. All leasehold
improvements, which will remain with the lessor, were assigned a
remaining useful of eight months to coincide with the planned
exit date. This change in estimate resulted in an increase to
depreciation expense of approximately $1,019 for the year ended
December 31, 2003.
5. MEDICAL
BENEFITS PAYABLE
The following table provides a reconciliation of
the beginning and ending balance of medical benefits payable for
the following periods:
Medical benefits payable recorded at December 31,
2002 developed favorably by approximately $23,650. This
favorable development was primarily due to realized medical
benefits expense trends that were less than initially assumed
trends. The Company initially assumed a medical benefits expense
trend increase of 7.8%
F-20
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
and a decrease of 4.1% for the Medicaid and
Medicare segments, respectively, at December 31, 2002. Based
upon payments made subsequent to December 31, 2002, for dates of
service prior to December 31, 2002, the realized trends were an
increase of 4.5% for the Medicaid segment and a decrease of 5.4%
for the Medicare segment. The difference between the assumed and
the realized trends account for approximately $15,000 and $3,500
of favorable development for the Medicaid and Medicare segments,
respectively. Medical benefits payable at July 31, 2002 and
December 31, 2001 developed favorably by $6,316 and $1,500,
respectively, due primarily to lower utilization of medical
services than anticipated. Medical benefits payable at
December 31, 2000 developed unfavorably in the subsequent
period by $2,800, due primarily to higher than expected
utilization of services and unit costs.
6. DEBT
The Companys outstanding debt at
March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002 consists of
the following:
Line of Credit
The Company obtained a $15,000 senior credit
facility with an unaffiliated bank in March 2003. The facility
has a floating interest rate based on the one month Eurodollar
rate and requires payment of any borrowings on the facility at
its maturity date in March 2005. During the three months ended
March 31, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003,
no draws on the line of credit occurred. Additionally, the line
of credit has certain financial and non-financial covenants
which the Company was in compliance with at March 31, 2004
(unaudited) and December 31, 2003.
Note Payable
In March 2003, a Subsidiary of the Company also
issued senior discount notes with a principal amount at maturity
of $21,615. These notes bear interest at 8% and mature in March
2009. The Company received approximately $15,000 from the
issuance (prior to the transaction expenses). The notes require
semi-annual payments of interest. Principal payments are due in
two equal installments in March 2008 and 2009. The discount on
the note was approximately $6,600 and is being amortized over
the term of the notes. During the three-month period ended
March 31, 2004 and the year ended December 31, 2003,
respectively, approximately $276 (unaudited) and $903 was
amortized and is included as a component of interest expense in
the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.
F-21
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note Payable to Related
Party
In conjunction with the business combination
described in Note 2, the Company issued the Seller Note payable
to the former stockholders of the Florida Companies. The Seller
Note is secured by a portion of WHPs common stock, had an
initial principal amount of $53,000, bears interest at the rate
of 5.25% per annum and is payable from September 15, 2003
through September 15, 2006. The principal amount of the
Seller Note was subject to adjustment in both 2003 and 2004
based upon a number of earnouts and other contingencies set
forth in the purchase agreement, including the capital adequacy
of certain of the Florida Companies as of the closing date and
the earnings of the Florida Medicare business during fiscal
2002, as described in Note 2. The Company entered into a
settlement agreement in February 2004 that fixed the amount of
the purchase price and the Seller Note. This settlement and the
principal payments made during 2003 resulted in a balance due
under the Seller Note of $119,738 at December 31, 2003. The
seller continues to be obligated to provide the Company with
indemnification for potential pre-acquisition claims.
Short-Term Margin
Payable
The short-term margin payable consisted of
agreements with unaffiliated financial institutions whereby the
Company borrowed $50,000 under two separate margin agreements.
One of the $25,000 agreements bore interest at the financial
institutions base rate plus an applicable margin and the other
agreement had fixed rates within the range of 1.5% to 2.82%.
Both of these margin payable agreements were closed in 2003.
Scheduled maturities of the Companys debt,
including the accreted amount of the senior discount notes,
during fiscal years subsequent to December 31, 2003 are as
follows:
7. COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
Litigation
In early 2001, an action was filed against one of
the Companys HMO subsidiaries by a sales agency that had
contracted to market the Predecessors commercial health
plan. The plaintiff alleges that its contract requires WC to
allow the plaintiff to serve as a sales agent for its Medicare
health plans and seeks monetary damages, including lost profits
over the alleged contract term. The Company intends to defend
this matter vigorously.
The Company is involved in legal actions in the
normal course of business, some of which seek monetary damages,
including claims for punitive damages, which are not covered by
insurance or indemnifications from the sellers. These actions,
including the action described in the preceding paragraph, when
finally concluded and determined, will not, in the opinion of
management, have a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Operating
Leases
The Company has operating leases for office
space, electronic data processing equipment, automobiles,
software and terminal lines. Rental expense for the three months
ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 was $508 and $729,
respectively (unaudited). Rental expense totaled $2,273, $773,
$993 and $1,701 for the year ended
F-22
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2003, the five-month period ended
December 31, 2002, the predecessor seven-month period ended
July 31, 2002 and the predecessor year ended
December 31, 2001, respectively. Future minimum lease
payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or
remaining lease terms in excess of one year at December 31,
2003 were:
8. MEMBERS
EQUITY
Under the Companys Second Amended and
Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the LLC
Agreement), membership interests in the Company are
represented by issued and outstanding Units. Units may be
divided into one or more types, classes or series, with each
type, class or series having the rights and privileges as may be
set forth in the LLC Agreement. The Company is currently
authorized to issue Preferred Units, Class A Common Units,
Class B Common Units, Class C Common Units and other
Common Units under the LLC Agreement.
Upon the execution of the LLC Agreement as of
September 5, 2002, the Company effected a unit split,
pursuant to which each common unit then issued and outstanding
was automatically converted into 333 1/3 of the same class
of common unit.
Each Class A Common Unit issued accrues, on
a quarterly basis, an amount, referred to as the
Class A Common Yield, equal to 8% per annum on
the sum of (i) the Class A Common Capital Value of
$3.00 per Class A Common Unit, less any portion of such
amount previously distributed to the holder thereof pursuant to
the terms of the LLC Agreement, and (ii) the accrued but
unpaid portion of the Class A Common Yield for all prior
quarterly periods.
Class A Common Units and Class C Common
Units are voting units, and entitle the holders thereof to one
vote for each such Common Unit on all matters voted upon by
members of the Company. Class B Common Units and any
Preferred Units are non-voting units.
Pursuant to the terms of the LLC Agreement, any
distribution of cash or assets of the Company is to be made in
the following order and priority:
First, to the holders of Class A Common
Units, in proportion to and to the extent of the accrued but
unpaid Class A Common Yield on all outstanding Class A
Common Units at the time of the distribution, until the entire
amount of the accrued but unpaid Class A Common Yield on
all outstanding Class A Common Units has been paid in full;
Second, to the holders of Class A Common
Units, in proportion to and to the extent of the Class A
Common Capital Value of $3.00 per Class A Common Unit not
distributed to the holders prior to the time of the
distribution, until the entire amount of the Class A Common
Capital Value on all outstanding Class A Common Units has
been paid in full;
Third, to the holders of Class B Common
Units, in proportion to and to the extent of the Class B
Common Capital Value per Class B Common Unit not
distributed to the holders prior to the time of the
F-23
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
distribution, until the entire amount of the
Class B Common Capital Value on all outstanding
Class B Common Units has been paid in full; and
Fourth, pro rata, based on the total number of
common units of all classes outstanding, to the holders of all
common units of all classes.
The Company did not make any distributions during
the periods ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
The aggregate amount of cumulative distribution preference,
Class A Common Yield, in arrears at March 31, 2004,
December 31, 2003 and 2002 is $9,924 (unaudited), $8,353
and $2,356, respectively.
The Company has entered into agreements with
certain members of management and others providing for the sale
and issuance of Class A Common Units and Class C
Common Units. The Class C Common Units issued or to be
issued to management are subject to certain vesting
restrictions, as set forth in the applicable agreements. A
receivable has been recorded as a reduction of units outstanding
and paid in capital for the amount of units issued to one of the
Companys board members.
In September 2002, the Company adopted two equity
plans, the 2002 Senior Executive Equity Plan (the
Executive Plan) and the 2002 Employee Option Plan
(the Employee Plan). Both plans permit senior
executives and other key employees selected to participate to
acquire ownership interests in the Company. The Board of
Directors reserved an aggregate of 4,432,693 Common Units (which
may consist of any combination of Class A Common Units and
Class C Common Units) for issuance under the Executive Plan
and the Employee Plan.
Under the Executive Plan, participants are given
the opportunity to purchase a specified number of Class A
Common Units. As a result of such purchase, participants are
granted a specified number of Class C Common Units, which
may be subject to vesting over time or based upon the
fulfillment of specified conditions. During the three months
ended March 31, 2004, the year ended December 31, 2003
and the five-month period ending December 31, 2002, the
Company sold 7,386 (unaudited), 98,333 and 0 Class A Common
Units, respectively, pursuant to the plan, for net proceeds of
$50 (unaudited), $295 and $0, respectively.
Under the Employee Plan, participants are granted
options to purchase Class A Common Units, at an exercise
price to be specified in each individual option grant agreement.
No options were exercised during 2003 or 2002.
In general, Class A Common Units sold and
Class C Common Units granted under the Executive Plan, and
all Class A Common Units issued upon exercise of options
granted under the Employee Plan, are subject to the
Companys right of repurchase upon the termination of the
participants employment with the Company or any of its
subsidiaries. During the year ended December 31, 2003,
3,333 Class A Common Units and 36,925 Class C Common
Units were repurchased at the then fair market value at date of
repurchase.
The Board of Directors or any committee
designated by the Board has the authority to select executives
and other employees to participate in the Executive Plan and the
Employee Plan, to determine the number of Class A Common
Units to be sold and the number of Class C Common Units to
be granted to participants in the Executive Plan, to determine
the number of Class A Common Units subject to options
granted under the Employee Plan, to determine the vesting
schedule, if any, applicable to Class C Common Units issued
under the Executive Plan and options granted under the Employee
Plan, to determine the exercise price of option grants under the
Employee Plan, and to otherwise administer the plans.
Warrants
On July 31, 2002, in conjunction with the
purchase transaction, the Company issued to WHP warrants to
purchase 2,287,037 Class B Common Units at an exercise
price of $3.00 per Class B Common Unit. On the same date,
in connection with WHPs acquisition of the Florida
Companies, WHP transferred the warrants to
F-24
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
certain of the former stockholders of the Florida
Companies as part of the purchase price paid by WHP for the
Florida Companies. The warrants have a 10-year term and are
nontransferable during a restricted period from the date of
issuance until the closing of a public offering registered with
the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act
of 1933. Management believes the warrants were issued at the
then fair market value. The warrants were exercised in December
2003 by the former stockholders. The former stockholders issued
a non-recourse note for the aggregate purchase price of $6,861
for the units; accordingly, the note has been shown as an offset
to the number of units issued and outstanding and paid in
capital.
Restricted
Unit Activity
The following table summarizes information with
respect to restricted unit activity:
Unit Option
Activity
The following table summarizes equity option
activity:
No unit options were issued or outstanding during
the three months ended March 31, 2003.
F-25
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Most outstanding options under the various unit
agreements vest over a four year period. Remaining
non-exercisable options as of December 31, 2003 become
exercisable as follows:
The following table summarizes information
regarding options outstanding and exercisable:
The minimum fair value of each option grant is
estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model with the following assumptions used for the grants
during the period:
9. STATUTORY CAPITAL AND DIVIDEND
RESTRICTIONS
State insurance laws and regulations prescribe
accounting practices for determining statutory net income and
surplus for HMOs and require, among other matters, the filing of
financial statements prepared in accordance with statutory
accounting practices prescribed or permitted for HMOs. State
insurance regulations also require the maintenance of a minimum
compulsory surplus based on various factors. At March 31,
2004 (unaudited) and December 31, 2003, the Companys
HMO subsidiaries were in compliance with these minimum
compulsory surplus requirements. The combined statutory capital
and surplus of the Companys HMO subsidiaries was $59,679
(unaudited), $59,534 and $37,629 at March 31, 2004,
December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, compared to the
required surplus of $32,661 (unaudited), $34,544 and $23,881 at
March 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and 2002,
respectively.
F-26
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Dividends paid by the Companys HMO
subsidiaries are limited by state insurance regulations. The
insurance regulator in each state of domicile may disapprove any
dividend that, together with other dividends paid by a
subsidiary in the prior twelve months, exceeds the regulatory
maximum as computed for the HMO based on its statutory surplus
and net income.
10. INCOME TAXES
The Company is considered a partnership for
federal income tax purposes and is not part of the consolidated
filing with its subsidiaries. The Companies subsidiaries
file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company and
the subsidiaries file separate state franchise, income and
premium tax returns as applicable.
The following table provides components of income
tax expense for the following periods:
A reconciliation of income tax at the effective
rate to income tax at the statutory federal rate is as follows:
F-27
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The significant components of the Companys
deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
11. RELATED-PARTY
TRANSACTIONS
Transaction
Expenses
The Company reimbursed expenses and paid
transaction fees of $83 and $3,668, for the year ended
December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended
December 31, 2002, respectively, to the majority
stockholder of the Company. The transaction fees reimbursed of
$3,668 included outside parties direct fees for consulting
and legal services, and were capitalized as part of the
aggregate purchase price of the acquisition of the Acquired
Subsidiaries. Other reimbursed expenses have been included
within selling, general and administrative expenses.
Seller
Note
The Seller Note described in Notes 2 and 6
related to the acquisition of the Subsidiaries is due to a
former stockholder of the Florida Companies, who also serves as
a director for WC and HE.
Note Payable
to Related Party
In conjunction with the business combination
described in Note 2, the Company issued the Seller Note
payable to the former stockholders of the Florida Companies. The
Seller Note is secured by a portion of WHPs common stock,
had an initial principal amount of $53,000 plus earnouts and
other purchase price adjustments that are subject to certain
balance sheet amounts and operating results during 2002, as
determined in accordance with the purchase agreement, bears
interest at the rate of 5.25% per annum, and is payable from
September 15, 2003 through September 15, 2005. The
Company entered into a settlement agreement on February 12,
2004 that fixed the amount of the purchase price and Seller
Note. This settlement and the principal payments made during
2003 resulted in a balance due under the Seller Note of $119,738
at December 31 2003. The seller continues to be obligated
to provide the Company with indemnification for potential
pre-acquisition claims.
F-28
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Consulting
Fees
For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the
five-month period ended December 31, 2002, the Company
incurred consulting fees of $35 and $190, respectively, to
former stockholders of the Acquired Subsidiaries.
Empire
Solutions
Until June 2003, the Company retained Empire
Solutions to provide services such as claims data entry and
information technology-related services, pursuant to an
agreement between Empire Solutions and CHMI. The Companys
former majority stockholder, who also serves as a director of WC
and HE, is the Chief Executive Officer and sole owner of Empire
Solutions. From the date of the Companys acquisition of
the Acquired Subsidiaries through the date of the Companys
termination of the agreement, the Company purchased $584 in the
aggregate from Empire Solutions.
IntelliClaim
In March 2003, the Company entered into an
agreement with IntelliClaim, Inc. pursuant to which the Company
licenses software and purchases maintenance, support and related
services, from IntelliClaim. A member of the Companys
board of directors is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of IntelliClaim. In 2003, the Company purchased $263 of services
in the aggregate from IntelliClaim.
Bay Area
Primary Care and Bay Area Multi Specialty Group
The Company conducts business with Bay Area
Primary Care and Bay Multi Specialty Group, which provide
medical and professional services to a portion of the
Companys membership base. These entities are owned and
controlled by a former stockholder of the Florida Companies, who
also serves as a director for WC and HE. In 2003 and 2002, the
Company purchased $1,131 and $2,280, respectively, in the
aggregate from Bay Area Primary Care and Bay Multi Specialty
Group.
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
The Company, through its subsidiary, CHMI, began
offering a defined contribution 401(k) in December 2002.
The amount of matching contribution expense incurred in the year
ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended
December 31, 2002 was $241 and $14, respectively. The
Predecessor had a separate defined contribution 401(k) plan and
made matching contributions of $127 and $200 for the Predecessor
seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the Predecessor
year ended December 31, 2001.
13. SEGMENT REPORTING:
The Company has two reportable
segments: Medicaid and Medicare. The segments were
determined based upon the type of governmental administration
and funding of the health plans. Segment performance is
evaluated based upon earnings from operations without corporate
allocations. Accounting policies of the segments are the same as
those described in Note 1.
The Medicaid segment includes operations to
provide healthcare services to recipients that are eligible for
state supported programs including Medicaid and childrens
health programs. The Medicare segment includes operations to
provide healthcare services to recipients who are eligible for
the federally supported Medicare program. The corporate and
other segment includes revenue and claims associated with
commercial members, investment and other income and selling,
general and administrative expenses not allocated.
Assets and equity details by segment have not
been disclosed, as they are not reported internally by the
Company.
F-29
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
14. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(unaudited)
Selected unaudited quarterly financial data in
2003 and 2002 are as follows:
F-30
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The sum of the quarterly earnings per unit
amounts do not equal the amount reported since per unit amounts
are computed independently for each quarter and for the full
year based on respective weighted-average units outstanding and
other dilutive potential units.
15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In March 2004, WHP entered into a new lease
to relocate its corporate headquarters, which it expects to
occupy during the second half of 2004. The new lease is for
approximately 140,000 square feet of office space and is
scheduled to expire in 2011.
In June 2004, WHP acquired Harmony Health
Systems, Inc., (Harmony), a provider of Medicaid
managed care plans in Illinois and Indiana. Harmony provides
services to over 84,000 members. For the three months ended
March 31, 2004 (unaudited) and the year ended
December 31, 2003, Harmonys revenues were $31,685 and
$112,601, respectively, and medical expenses were $24,027 and
$82,488, respectively.
In May 2004, the Company, WHP and certain
subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement and obtained two
new credit facilities, consisting of a senior secured term loan
facility in the amount of $160 million and a revolving
credit facility in the amount of $50 million, of which
$10 million is available for short-term borrowings on a
swingline basis. The term loan facility will mature in
May 2009, and the revolving credit facility will mature in
May 2008. The Company is a party to this facility for the
purpose of guaranteeing the indebtedness of WHP and certain of
its subsidiaries.
Concurrently, the Company entered into an
agreement with the former stockholders to prepay
$85.0 million of the principal balance of the Seller Note
using the proceeds of the new senior secured term loan facility.
In addition, $3.0 million of the principal balance of the
note was forgiven in consideration of that prepayment. The
remaining balance of the note, $28.2 million, is due on
September 15, 2006, and would be due immediately upon the
sale of the Company. The Company also used the proceeds of the
new senior secured term loan facility to prepay (for
$18.3 million) the $16.2 million senior discount note
and terminated the line of credit.
F-31
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
WellCare Group, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of
WellCare Group, Inc. (the Company) as of February 9, 2004.
This financial statement is the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet. An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our
audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, such balance sheet presents
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Company as of February 9, 2004 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
F-32
WELLCARE GROUP, INC.
See notes to financial statements.
F-33
WELLCARE GROUP, INC.
March 31, 2004 (unaudited) and
February 9, 2004
WellCare Group, Inc. (the Company) is
a Delaware corporation incorporated on February 5, 2004
(date of inception) for the purpose of merging with WellCare
Holdings, LLC (Holdings) and its subsidiaries.
Holdings, through its subsidiaries, provides managed care
programs and related benefits to individuals under Medicaid,
Medicare, and other state-sponsored children and family health
insurance programs. Holdings operates in the states of Florida,
New York and Connecticut.
The Company did not have any operating activity
during the period February 5, 2004 (date of inception) to
February 9, 2004.
Basis of
Presentation
The financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States.
Cash
The Company holds cash in a demand deposit
account.
In February 2004, the Board of Directors of
Holdings authorized a plan to reorganize Holdings as a
corporation, by means of a merger of Holdings with and into the
Company, in anticipation of a planned initial public offering of
the reorganized companys common stock.
F-34
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN
PROSPECTUS
Item 13.
Other
Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The expenses (other than underwriting discounts
and commissions and the underwriters non-accountable
expense allowance) payable in connection with the sale of the
common stock offered in this Registration Statement are as
follows:
All expenses are estimated except for the SEC fee
and the NASD fee.
Item 14.
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers
Section 145 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law (the DGCL) provides, in effect, that
any person made a party to any action by reason of the fact that
he is or was a director, officer, associate or agent of WellCare
may and, in certain cases, must be indemnified by WellCare
against, in the case of a non-derivative action, judgments,
fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses
(including attorneys fees) incurred by him as a result of
such action, and in the case of a derivative action, against
expenses (including attorneys fees), if in either type of
action he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
WellCare. This indemnification does not apply, in a derivative
action, to matters as to which it is adjudged that the director,
officer, associate or agent is liable to WellCare, unless upon
court order it is determined that, despite such adjudication of
liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, he
is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses,
and, in a non-derivative action, to any criminal proceeding in
which such person had reasonable cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful.
Article 6 of WellCares certificate of
incorporation provides that no director of WellCare shall be
liable to WellCare or its stockholders for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent
permitted by the DGCL.
Article 7 of WellCares certificate of
incorporation also provides that WellCare shall indemnify to the
fullest extent permitted by Delaware law any and all of its
directors and officers, or former directors and officers, or any
person who may have served at WellCares request as a
director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise.
Reference is made to Section 9 of the
underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto,
pursuant to which the underwriters have agreed to indemnify
officers and directors of WellCare against certain liabilities
under the Securities Act.
WellCare has entered into indemnification
agreements with each director and certain officers of WellCare,
a form of which is to be filed as Exhibit 10.24 to this
registration statement. Pursuant to such agreements, WellCare
will be obligated, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to
indemnify such directors
II-1
Except as set forth below, in the three years
preceding the filing of this registration statement, the
registrant has not issued any securities that were not
registered under the Securities Act.
In February 2004, upon the incorporation of the
registrant, the registrant issued 100 shares of common stock to
WellCare Holdings, LLC (Holdings) in exchange for
$1,000.
In February 2004, the Board of Directors of
Holdings authorized a plan to reorganize Holdings as a
corporation, by means of a merger of Holdings with and into the
registrant. Upon the consummation of the reorganization, which
will take place immediately prior to the closing of the offering
contemplated by this registration statement:
The foregoing sales of securities were made, or
will be made, in reliance upon the exemption from the
registration provisions of the Securities Act provided for by
Section 4(2) thereof for transactions not involving a
public offering. All of the foregoing securities are deemed
restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
Item 16.
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)
Exhibits
II-2
II-3
(b)
Financial Statement Schedules
The following financial statement schedule is
filed as part of this Registration Statement:
Item 17.
Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities
arising under the Act may be permitted to directors, officers
and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to provisions
described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of
expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director,
officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being
II-4
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes
(1) to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified
in the standby underwriting agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the
underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser;
(2) that for purposes of determining any liability under
the Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus
filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon
Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by
the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective;
and (3) that for the purpose of determining any liability
under the Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to
supplement the prospectus, after the expiration of the
subscription period, to set forth the results of the
subscription offer, the transactions by the underwriters during
the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed securities
to be purchased by the underwriters, and the terms of any
subsequent reoffering thereof. If any public offering by the
underwriters is to be made on terms differing from those set
forth on the cover page of the prospectus, a post-effective
amendment will be filed to set forth the terms of such offering.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment
No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Tampa,
Florida, on June 8, 2004.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the date indicated.
II-6
Schedule II Valuation and
Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
S-1
EXHIBIT INDEX
Table of Contents
expand our Medicaid business within existing
markets;
leverage our established Medicaid businesses to
develop Medicare plans; and
enter new markets through internal growth and
acquisitions.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1,552,794 shares of common stock issuable
upon the exercise of outstanding options, of which
96,330 shares are exercisable as of June 1,
2004;
4,573,693 shares of common stock reserved for
future issuances under our equity incentive plan; and
381,141 shares of common stock reserved
for future issuances under our employee stock purchase
plan.
the underwriters do not exercise their
over-allotment option; and
the conversion of WellCare Holdings, LLC into
a corporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering,
with all limited liability company units being converted into
shares of common stock using a conversion ratio based upon an
assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share,
which is the mid-point of the anticipated range.
Table of Contents
Predecessor
Successor
Seven-Month
Five-Month
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31,
Period Ended
Period Ended
Year Ended
March 31,
July 31,
December 31,
December 31,
1999
2000
2001
2002
2002
2003
2003
2004
(in thousands, except per unit/share data)
(unaudited)
$
152,543
$
272,497
$
451,210
$
329,164
$
267,911
$
740,078
$
174,882
$
216,120
27,212
72,992
233,626
170,073
120,814
288,330
70,334
84,560
84,299
80,430
55,027
17,976
9,928
14,444
5,410
570
264,054
425,919
739,863
517,213
398,653
1,042,852
250,626
301,250
10,592
4,141
8,949
2,460
3,038
2,561
775
451
1,407
1,472
359
114
569
156
135
274,646
431,467
750,284
520,032
401,805
1,045,982
251,557
301,836
115,046
202,876
364,293
274,672
222,007
609,233
151,778
183,062
25,727
78,542
219,505
145,768
107,384
238,933
57,606
67,969
90,138
86,818
53,708
14,484
12,372
12,887
4,633
404
230,911
368,236
637,506
434,924
341,763
861,053
214,017
251,435
35,201
70,050
86,279
54,492
45,384
126,106
27,319
36,791
2,171
1,913
2,234
1,239
3,734
8,159
2,732
1,659
6,126
1,785
2,860
1,446
1,462
10,172
1,579
2,265
274,409
441,984
728,879
492,101
392,343
1,005,490
245,647
292,150
237
(10,517
)
21,405
27,931
9,462
40,492
5,910
9,686
4,805
16,955
2,482
3,864
$
237
$
(10,517
)
$
21,405
$
27,931
$
4,657
$
23,537
$
3,428
$
5,822
$
0.09
$
0.66
$
0.07
$
0.15
$
0.08
$
0.60
$
0.07
$
0.13
$
0.84
$
0.20
$
0.77
$
0.17
Table of Contents
Predecessor
Successor
Seven-Month
Five-Month
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31,
Period Ended
Period Ended
Year Ended
March 31,
July 31,
December 31,
December 31,
1999
2000
2001
2002
2002
2003
2003
2004
(in thousands, except per unit/share data)
(unaudited)
20,855,914
21,460,625
22,832,795
24,994,106
As of December 31,
As of March 31,
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2003
2004
87.4%
86.5%
86.2%
84.8%
82.6%
85.4%
83.5%
75.4%
74.5%
80.7%
83.2%
82.3%
86.8%
84.7%
94.5%
107.6%
94.0%
87.0%
82.9%
81.9%
80.4%
106.9%
107.9%
97.6%
96.2%
89.2%
85.6%
70.9%
12.8%
16.2%
11.5%
10.8%
12.1%
10.9%
12.2%
157,000
317,000
374,000
470,000
555,000
482,000
581,000
106,000
256,000
323,000
420,000
512,000
435,000
537,500
5,000
20,000
35,000
42,000
42,000
41,000
43,000
46,000
41,000
16,000
8,000
1,000
6,000
500
As of
March 31, 2004
As
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
Actual
Adjusted
(6)
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
$
35,658
$
107,730
$
129,791
$
146,784
$
237,321
$
198,799
$
298,799
75,765
173,007
221,456
409,504
497,107
472,340
572,340
6,370
1,174
154
156,295
135,755
132,442
132,442
82,449
180,186
199,411
334,587
397,530
366,681
366,681
(6,684
)
(7,179
)
22,045
74,917
99,577
105,659
205,659
(1)
Other premium revenue relates to our commercial
business, which is no longer marketed.
(2)
Other medical benefits relates to our commercial
business, which is no longer marketed.
(3)
Income tax expense was not recorded by the
Predecessor because its tax structure included entities that had
elected subchapter S status under the Internal Revenue Code, the
income of which was taxed at the stockholder level, as well as
entities that were subject to tax, but did not generate tax
liabilities or benefits due to operating losses. Pro forma tax
expense for each of the years 1999, 2000, 2001, and the seven
months ended July 31, 2002 at an estimated tax rate of 42%
(our effective tax rate as the Successor) is $100, $0, $8,990,
and $11,731, respectively.
(4)
Medical benefits ratio represents medical
benefits expense as a percentage of premium revenue.
(5)
Selling, general and administrative expense ratio
represents selling, general and administrative expense as a
percentage of total revenue and excludes depreciation and
amortization expense for purposes of determining the ratio.
(6)
The as adjusted balance sheet data does not give
effect to either the incurrence of additional debt under our new
credit facilities and the application of the net proceeds
therefrom, as described in Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital
Resources Debt and Credit Facilities, or our
acquisition in June 2004 of Harmony Health Systems, Inc.
(7)
Total stockholders equity reflects
stockholders equity for Predecessor and on an as adjusted
basis for 2003 and reflects limited liability company membership
interests during 2002 and on an actual basis for 2003.
Table of Contents
an increase in the cost of healthcare services
and supplies, including pharmaceuticals, whether as a result of
inflation or otherwise;
Table of Contents
higher than expected utilization of healthcare
services;
periodic renegotiation of hospital, physician and
other provider contracts;
the occurrence of catastrophes, major epidemics,
terrorism or bio-terrorism;
changes in the demographics of our members and
medical trends affecting them; and
new mandated benefits or other changes in
healthcare laws, regulations and/or practices.
Table of Contents
forfeiture of amounts we have been paid pursuant
to our government contracts;
imposition of civil or criminal penalties, fines
or other sanctions on us;
loss of our right to participate in
government-sponsored programs, including Medicaid and Medicare;
damage to our reputation in various markets;
increased difficulty in marketing our products
and services; and
loss of one or more of our licenses to act as an
insurer or health maintenance organization or to otherwise
provide a service.
Table of Contents
additional employees, whom we refer to as
associates, who are not familiar with our operations;
new provider networks, which may operate on terms
different from our existing networks;
additional members, who may decide to transfer to
other healthcare providers or health plans;
disparate information, claims processing and
record keeping systems; and
accounting policies, including those which
require a high degree of judgment or complex estimation
processes, such as estimates of medical claims incurred but not
reported, accounting for goodwill, intangible assets,
stock-based compensation and income tax matters.
the time and costs associated with obtaining a
health maintenance organization license to operate in the new
area or the expansion of our licensed service area, if necessary;
our inability to develop a network of physicians,
hospitals and other healthcare providers that meets our
requirements and those of government regulators;
competition, which increases the costs of
recruiting members;
the cost of providing healthcare services in
those areas; and
demographics and population density.
Table of Contents
The Act increases reimbursement for
Medicare+Choice plans, which will be renamed Medicare
Advantage in 2006. Higher reimbursement rates may increase
the number of plans that participate in the program, creating
new competition that could adversely affect our profitability.
Beginning in 2006, a new regional Medicare
Preferred Provider Organization, or Medicare PPO, program will
be implemented pursuant to the Act. Medicare PPOs would allow
their members more flexibility to select physicians than the
current plans, which are HMOs that require members to coordinate
with a primary care physician. The Act requires the Secretary of
the Department of Health and Human Services to create between 10
and 50 regions for the Medicare PPO program, with each
region covering at least one state and some possibly crossing
state lines. The regional Medicare PPO program will compete with
local Medicare Advantage HMO programs and may affect our
Medicare Advantage HMO business. We do not know whether the
regions will be constructed in a way that will create obstacles
or opportunities for us to participate in the program. We also
do not know how the creation of the regional Medicare PPO
program, which is intended to provide further choice to
beneficiaries, will affect our Medicare Advantage HMO business.
In order to participate in the regional Medicare
Advantage PPO program under the Act, a plan must meet certain
requirements, including having an adequate provider network
throughout the region. The Act provides some incentives for
certain hospitals to join the network. However, we do not know
whether we will be able to contract with a sufficient number of
providers throughout our regions to satisfy the network adequacy
requirements under the Act that would enable us to participate
in the regional product.
Table of Contents
Beginning in 2006, the payments for the local
Medicare Advantage HMO and regional Medicare Advantage PPO
programs will be based on a competitive bidding process that may
decrease the amount of premiums paid to us or cause us to
increase the benefits we offer.
Beginning in 2006, organizations that offer
Medicare Advantage plans of the type we currently offer will be
required to offer prescription drug benefits. It is not known at
this time whether the governmental payments will be adequate to
cover the costs for this benefit. In addition, Medicare
Advantage enrollees will be required to obtain their drug
benefit from their Medicare Advantage plan. Enrollees may prefer
a stand-alone drug plan and may disenroll from the Medicare
Advantage plan altogether in order to participate in another
drug plan. Accordingly, the new prescription drug benefit could
reduce our profitability and membership enrollment following its
implementation in 2006.
Some enrollees may have chosen our
Medicare+Choice plan in the past rather than a Medicare
fee-for-service program because of the added drug benefit that
we offer with our Medicare+Choice plan. Following the
implementation of the new prescription drug benefit, Medicare
beneficiaries will have the opportunity to obtain a drug benefit
without joining a managed care plan. As a result, our membership
enrollment may decline.
Beginning in 2006, individuals eligible for both
Medicare and Medicaid, or dual-eligibles, will generally receive
their drug coverage from Medicare rather than from Medicaid.
Because Medicaid will no longer be directly responsible for most
drug coverage for dual-eligibles, Medicaid payments to plans
will be reduced. We cannot predict whether this change in
Medicaid payments will have an adverse effect on our operating
results.
Table of Contents
imposing additional capital requirements;
increasing our administrative and other costs;
increasing mandated benefits;
forcing us to restructure our relationships with
providers; or
requiring us to implement additional or different
programs and systems.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic,
regulatory and industry conditions, and placing us at a
disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged;
limiting our ability to compete and our
flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our
business and the industry in which we operate;
limiting our ability to borrow additional funds
for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and
general corporate or other purposes; and
exposing us to greater interest rate risk since
the interest rate on borrowings under our senior credit
facilities is variable.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
state and federal budget decreases;
adverse publicity regarding health maintenance
organizations and other managed care organizations;
government action regarding eligibility;
changes in government payment levels;
changes in state mandatory programs;
changes in expectations of our future financial
performance or changes in financial estimates, if any, of public
market analysts;
announcements relating to our business or the
business of our competitors;
conditions generally affecting the managed care
industry or our provider networks;
the success of our operating or acquisition
strategy;
the operating and stock price performance of
other comparable companies;
the termination of any of our contracts;
regulatory or legislative changes; and
general economic conditions, including inflation
and unemployment rates.
you will pay a price per share that exceeds by
$13.45 the per share net tangible book value of our assets
immediately following the offering; and
the investors in the offering will have
contributed 60.9% of the total equity capital to fund us (before
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and offering expenses) but will own only 19.2% of our
outstanding shares of our common stock.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
On an actual basis;
On a pro forma basis, to reflect our
reorganization as a corporation and the resultant conversion of
all outstanding limited liability company units into shares of
common stock, immediately prior to the closing of this offering;
and
On a pro forma, as adjusted basis to give effect
to our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of
7,333,333 shares of common stock offered in the offering at
an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per
share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses and the application of the net
proceeds as described under Use of Proceeds.
March 31, 2004
Pro Forma,
Actual
Pro Forma
As Adjusted
(1)
(in thousands,
except per unit/share data)
$
198,799
$
198,799
$
298,799
$
132,442
$
132,442
$
132,442
292
365
71,642
71,350
171,277
34,016
34,016
34,016
1
1
1
105,659
105,659
205,659
$
238,101
$
238,101
$
338,101
(1)
The pro forma, as adjusted balance sheet data
does not give effect to either the incurrence of additional debt
under our new credit facilities and the application of the net
proceeds therefrom, as described in Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital
Resources Debt and Credit Facilities, or our
acquisition in June 2004 of Harmony Health Systems, Inc.
1,552,794 shares of common stock available for
issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, of which
96,330 shares are exercisable as of June 1, 2004;
4,573,693 shares of common stock reserved
for issuance under our equity incentive plan; and
381,141 shares of common stock reserved for
future issuances under our employee stock purchase plan.
Table of Contents
$
15.00
$
(2.94
)
$
4.49
$
1.55
$
13.45
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average Price
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Per Share
29,227,981
80%
$
70,640,000
39%
$
2.42
7,333,333
20%
110,000,000
61%
$
15.00
36,561,314
100%
$
180,640,000
100%
$
4.94
1,552,794 shares of common stock available
for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, of which
96,330 shares are exercisable as of June 1, 2004;
4,573,693 shares of common stock reserved
for issuance under our equity incentive plan; and
381,141 shares of common stock reserved for
future issuances under our employee stock purchase plan.
Table of Contents
Predecessor
Successor
Seven-Month
Five-Month
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31,
Period Ended
Period Ended
Year Ended
March 31,
July 31,
December 31,
December 31,
1999
2000
2001
2002
2002
2003
2003
2004
(in thousands, except per unit/share data)
(unaudited)
$
152,543
$
272,497
$
451,210
$
329,164
$
267,911
$
740,078
$
174,882
$
216,120
27,212
72,992
233,626
170,073
120,814
288,330
70,334
84,560
84,299
80,430
55,027
17,976
9,928
14,444
5,410
570
264,054
425,919
739,863
517,213
398,653
1,042,852
250,626
301,250
10,592
4,141
8,949
2,460
3,038
2,561
775
451
1,407
1,472
359
114
569
156
135
274,646
431,467
750,284
520,032
401,805
1,045,982
251,557
301,836
115,046
202,876
364,293
274,672
222,007
609,233
151,778
183,062
25,727
78,542
219,505
145,768
107,384
238,933
57,606
67,969
90,138
86,818
53,708
14,484
12,372
12,887
4,633
404
230,911
368,236
637,506
434,924
341,763
861,053
214,017
251,435
35,201
70,050
86,279
54,492
45,384
126,106
27,319
36,791
2,171
1,913
2,234
1,239
3,734
8,159
2,732
1,659
6,126
1,785
2,860
1,446
1,462
10,172
1,579
2,265
274,409
441,984
728,879
492,101
392,343
1,005,490
245,647
292,150
237
(10,517
)
21,405
27,931
9,462
40,492
5,910
9,686
4,805
16,955
2,482
3,864
$
237
$
(10,517
)
$
21,405
$
27,931
$
4,657
$
23,537
$
3,428
$
5,822
$
0.09
$
0.66
$
0.07
$
0.15
$
0.08
$
0.60
$
0.07
$
0.13
Table of Contents
Predecessor
Successor
Seven-Month
Five-Month
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31,
Period Ended
Period Ended
Year Ended
March 31,
July 31,
December 31,
December 31,
1999
2000
2001
2002
2002
2003
2003
2004
(in thousands, except per unit/share data)
(unaudited)
$0.84
$0.20
$0.77
$0.17
20,855,914
21,460,625
22,832,795
24,994,106
As of December 31,
As of March 31,
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2003
2004
87.4%
86.5%
86.2%
84.8%
82.6%
85.4%
83.5%
75.4%
74.5%
80.7%
83.2%
82.3%
86.8%
84.7%
94.5%
107.6%
94.0%
87.0%
82.9%
81.9%
80.4%
106.9%
107.9%
97.6%
96.2%
89.2%
85.6%
70.9%
12.8%
16.2%
11.5%
10.8%
12.1%
10.9%
12.2%
157,000
317,000
374,000
470,000
555,000
482,000
581,000
106,000
256,000
323,000
420,000
512,000
435,000
537,500
5,000
20,000
35,000
42,000
42,000
41,000
43,000
46,000
41,000
16,000
8,000
1,000
6,000
500
As of December 31,
As of March 31,
As
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
Actual
Adjusted
(6)
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
$
35,658
$
107,730
$
129,791
$
146,784
$
237,321
$
198,799
$
298,799
75,765
173,007
221,456
409,504
497,107
472,340
572,340
6,370
1,174
154
156,295
135,755
132,442
132,442
82,449
180,186
199,411
334,587
397,530
366,681
366,681
(6,684
)
(7,179
)
22,045
74,917
99,577
105,659
205,659
(1)
Other premium revenue relates to our commercial
business, which is no longer marketed.
(2)
Other medical benefits relates to our commercial
business, which is no longer marketed.
(3)
Income tax expense was not recorded by the
Predecessor because its tax structure included entities that had
elected subchapter S status under the Internal Revenue Code the
income of which was taxed at the stockholder level, as well as
entities that were subject to tax, but did not generate tax
liabilities or benefits due to operating losses. Pro forma tax
expense for each of the years 1999, 2000, 2001, and the seven
months ended July 31, 2002 at an estimated tax rate of 42%
(our effective tax rate as the Successor) is $100, $0, $8,990,
and $11,731, respectively.
(4)
Medical benefits ratio represents medical
benefits expense as a percentage of premium revenue.
(5)
Selling, general and administrative expense ratio
represents selling, general and administrative expense as a
percentage of total revenue and excludes depreciation and
amortization expense for purposes of determining the ratio.
(6)
The as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect
to the sale of 7,333,333 shares of common stock at an
assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share,
less the estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us. The as adjusted
balance sheet data does not give effect to either the incurrence
of additional debt under our new credit facilities and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom, as described in
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources Debt and Credit Facilities,
or our acquisition in June 2004 of Harmony Health Systems, Inc.
(7)
Total stockholders equity reflects
stockholders equity for Predecessor and on an as adjusted
basis for 2003 and reflects limited liability company membership
interests during 2002 and on an actual basis for 2003.
Table of Contents
State
Total Members
495,000
60,000
26,000
54,000
30,000
Program
Total Members
621,500
43,000
500
Table of Contents
$50 million in cash;
the issuance of a senior subordinated promissory
note in the original principal amount of $53 million,
subject to adjustments for earnouts and other purchase price
adjustments; and
warrants to purchase Class B Common Units,
which will be converted into 1,774,096 shares of our common
stock in our reorganization.
Table of Contents
additional debt incurred by Successor management,
which results in increased interest expense;
a C corporation tax structure, which results in
taxes being incurred by us, whereas previously, because the
Predecessor had an S corporation tax structure, taxes were
incurred by the stockholders; and
accounting for amortization of the acquired
intangible assets, which resulted from the purchase of the
businesses.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Predecessor
Successor
Seven-Month
Five-Month
Year Ended
Period Ended
Period Ended
Year Ended
December 31,
July 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2001
2002
2002
2003
(in thousands)
$
86,714
$
98,314
$
109,054
$
113,670
634,726
436,444
348,079
884,703
2,780
(1,520
)
(6,316
)
(23,650
)
637,506
434,924
341,763
861,053
(538,505
)
(335,938
)
(249,076
)
(751,826
)
(87,401
)
(88,246
)
(88,071
)
(74,600
)
(625,906
)
(424,184
)
(337,147
)
(826,426
)
$
98,314
$
109,054
$
113,670
$
148,297
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Percentage of Revenues
Predecessor
Predecessor/Successor
Successor
Three Months
Combined
Pro Forma Combined
Consolidated
Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
March 31,
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2001
2002 (combined)
2003
2003
2004
98.6
%
99.4
%
99.7
%
99.6
%
99.8
%
1.2
%
0.6
%
0.2
%
0.3
%
0.1
%
0.2
%
0.1
%
0.1
%
0.1
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
85.0
%
84.3
%
82.3
%
85.1
%
83.3
%
11.5
%
10.8
%
12.1
%
10.9
%
12.2
%
0.3
%
0.5
%
0.8
%
1.1
%
0.5
%
0.4
%
0.3
%
1.0
%
0.6
%
0.8
%
97.2
%
95.9
%
96.2
%
97.7
%
96.8
%
2.8
%
4.1
%
3.8
%
2.3
%
3.2
%
(1)
0.5
%
(1)
1.6
%
1.0
%
1.3
%
2.8
%
3.6
%
2.2
%
1.3
%
1.9
%
(1)
Income tax expense was not recorded by the
Predecessor because its tax structure included entities that had
elected subchapter S status under the Internal Revenue Code, the
income of which was taxed at the stockholder level, as well as
entities that were subject to tax, but did not generate tax
liabilities or benefits due to operating losses.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
$14.3 million, or 6%, to $238.9 million from $253.2
million for the combined year ended December 31, 2002. The
decrease was principally a result of our withdrawal from certain
areas of Florida where financial performance was unfavorable
and, to a lesser extent, as a result of revised contracts with
providers containing improved contract terms. The decrease in
membership accounted for $8.5 million of the reduction in
expense, and the changes in contract terms accounted for the
remainder. The Medicare medical benefits ratio, as a percentage
of premium revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2003
was 82.9% compared to 87.0% in 2002.
Comparison of Combined Year Ended
December 31, 2002 to Combined Year Ended December 31,
2001
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Agency
Outlook
Credit Rating
Stable
B2
Stable
B
Table of Contents
Payments due by period
Contractual Obligations at
Less than
1-3
3-5
More than
December 31, 2003
Total
1 Year
Years
Years
5 Years
(in thousands)
$
141,353
$
48,170
$
71,568
$
$
21,615
4,858
1,641
1,303
1,033
881
1,782
1,782
$
147,993
$
51,593
$
72,871
$
1,033
$
22,496
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Successor
Five-Month
Three Months
Period Ended
Year Ended
Ended March 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2002
2003
2003
2004
(in thousands, except per unit data)
$
4,657
$
23,537
$
3,428
$
5,822
4
434
1
154
(4
)
(819
)
(1
)
(487
)
(385
)
(333
)
4,657
23,152
3,428
5,489
(2,356
)
(5,997
)
(1,448
)
(1,571
)
$
2,301
$
17,155
$
1,980
$
3,918
$
0.09
$
0.66
$
0.07
$
0.15
$
0.09
$
0.65
$
0.07
$
0.14
$
0.08
$
0.60
$
0.07
$
0.13
$
0.08
$
0.58
$
0.07
$
0.12
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
The Market for Government-Sponsored
Healthcare Programs
Florida.
Florida has
the fourth largest population of Medicaid enrollees,
2.1 million, and the second largest population of Medicare
enrollees, 2.9 million, according to CMS. In 2001, total
Medicaid spending in Florida was approximately
$8.6 billion, of which the state governments portion
totaled approximately $3.7 billion, according to CMS.
During the same period, according to CMS, total Medicare
spending in Florida totaled approximately $21.6 billion.
According to data from the Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, in
2002 approximately 63% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries in
Florida participated in managed care plans.
New York.
New York
has the second largest population of Medicaid enrollees,
3.4 million, and the third largest population of Medicare
enrollees, 2.8 million, according to CMS. In 2001, total
Medicaid spending in New York was approximately
$31.4 billion, of which the state and local
governments portion totaled approximately
$15.7 billion, according to CMS. According to CMS, Medicare
spending in New York for 2001 was approximately
$20.4 billion. According to data from the Henry J.
Table of Contents
Kaiser Family Foundation, in 2002 approximately
45% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries in New York participated
in managed care plans.
Connecticut.
Connecticut has approximately 385,000 Medicaid enrollees and
approximately 518,000 Medicare enrollees, according to CMS. In
2001, total Medicaid spending in Connecticut was
$3.2 billion, of which the state governments portion
totaled $1.6 billion, according to CMS. According to CMS,
Medicare spending in Connecticut was $3.1 billion in 2001.
According to data from the Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, in
2002 approximately 76% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries
participated in managed care plans.
Illinois.
Illinois
has approximately 1.7 million Medicaid enrollees and
approximately 1.6 million Medicare enrollees, according to
CMS. In 2001, total Medicaid spending in Illinois was
approximately $7.8 billion, of which the state
governments portion totaled approximately
$3.9 billion, according to CMS. According to CMS, Medicare
spending in Illinois was approximately $8.0 billion in
2001. According to data from the Henry J. Kaiser Family
Foundation, in 2002 approximately 7% of Medicaid-eligible
beneficiaries participated in managed care plans.
Indiana.
Indiana has
approximately 687,000 Medicaid enrollees and approximately
865,000 Medicare enrollees, according to CMS. In 2001, total
Medicaid spending in Indiana was approximately
$4.0 billion, of which the state governments portion
totaled approximately $1.5 billion, according to CMS.
According to CMS, Medicare spending in Indiana was approximately
$5.0 billion in 2001. According to data from the
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, in 2002 approximately
68% of Medicaid-eligible beneficiaries participated in managed
care plans.
Emergence of Managed Care
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
enhanced economies of scale;
extensive, high-quality provider networks in our
core markets;
strong relationships with our state and local
government agencies; and
the ability to provide a broad range of
government-sponsored healthcare programs.
Table of Contents
contracting with providers that we consider
well-suited, based on proximity, languages spoken in their
communities, culture and experience, to provide high-quality and
cost-effective services to our members;
consulting with our Medicare providers to design
benefit packages that the providers believe will deliver
quality, cost-effective services to our Medicare members;
sponsoring marketing events, which helps increase
our member base and, in turn, helps our providers build their
practices;
supplying our providers with risk management
data, allowing them to provide services to our members more
efficiently;
Table of Contents
providing high-quality service to our providers,
including paying claims on a timely basis, and promptly
responding to their operational inquiries;
reducing the number of procedures requiring
pre-approval; and
utilizing web-based functions to help reduce the
administrative burden on our providers.
A focus on preventative
care.
Our approach to contracting
allows us to align our interests with those of our providers by
providing financial incentives for preventative health services,
such as childhood immunizations, well-child check-ups, diabetes
monitoring and treatment and mammogram screening. We focus on
helping our members and providers to identify medical problems
at an early stage, which results in a higher quality of care for
members while reducing our medical costs. For example, on a
monthly basis, we communicate with our primary care providers
regarding preventative services that may be necessary for the
individual members they serve.
Network structure.
Our providers have been selected based on our specific benefit
design and their willingness to help us manage medical costs. We
encourage our providers to work closely with their patients and
proactively manage their healthcare, which we believe has
resulted in our members receiving the appropriate level of
healthcare at the appropriate time, rather than on an episodic
basis.
Careful management of outpatient, inpatient
and other services.
Our medical
management associates proactively communicate with our providers
to ensure that our members are receiving the necessary care in
the appropriate healthcare delivery setting. We also have
established pharmacy management programs and policies that allow
us to manage our pharmaceutical costs more effectively. In
addition, we utilize on site nurses to coordinate with
hospital-based physicians to promote effective care management.
Case and disease
management.
We have developed case and
disease management programs that address the particular
healthcare needs of our members. Our medical directors and
medical staff actively manage cases of members with specific
high-risk conditions, such as congestive heart failure and
diabetes, to help ensure that these members are receiving the
appropriate level of healthcare given the particular
circumstances of each case.
Table of Contents
maintaining and expanding our provider networks;
deepening relationships with our providers;
providing high-quality, affordable healthcare;
tailoring our localized marketing efforts to
reach individuals who are eligible for government healthcare
programs;
encouraging our government partners to increase
mandatory assignment;
focusing on the healthcare needs of the aged and
disabled populations; and
selectively pursuing acquisitions of Medicaid
membership within our existing markets.
a similar sales process, focused on individual,
community-based efforts;
member demographics similar to the Medicaid
population, particularly the SSI population, characterized by
lower income, elderly individuals;
a focus on strong provider relationships;
significant provider network overlap that results
from the many providers that meet the healthcare needs of both
Medicaid and Medicare beneficiaries;
a focus on cost-effective networks and operations;
the importance of disciplined medical management;
an ability to leverage our existing licenses and
investments in required statutory capital; and
an emphasis on mutually beneficial relationships
with regulatory agencies.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
State
Total Members
495,000
60,000
26,000
54,000
30,000
Program
Total Members
621,500
43,000
500
Florida
New York
Table of Contents
hiring an experienced, local senior management
team, including a Chief Operating Officer with more than
10 years of healthcare experience;
relocating our New York headquarters from
Newburgh to Manhattan to access a deeper talent pool of
associates;
improving our regulatory compliance program,
including through the implementation of a corporate-wide ethics
and compliance program, called the Trust Program, and by hiring
local compliance personnel; and
reorganizing our operations, including the
consolidation of certain functions in our Tampa corporate
headquarters.
Connecticut
Illinois
Indiana
Table of Contents
Benefit
Florida
New York
Connecticut
Illinois
Indiana
Adults receive unlimited eye exams and unlimited
eyeglasses with no co-payment.
No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
Adults receive x-rays, semi-annual cleanings,
extractions and fillings, all with no co-payment.
No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
Monthly over-the- counter benefit $10 worth
of products at no charge delivered directly to the members
home. Includes vitamins, cough and cold remedies, first aid
supplies and other products.
No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
Monthly over-the- counter benefit $10 worth
of products at no charge delivered directly to the members
home. Includes vitamins, cough and cold remedies, first aid
supplies and other products.
Quarterly over-the- counter benefit $10
worth of products at no charge delivered directly to the
members home. Includes vitamins, cough and cold remedies,
first aid supplies and other products.
No difference from standard Medicaid benefits.
Professionals work with chronically ill to
coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are
managed appropriately.
Professionals work with chronically ill to
coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are
managed appropriately.
Professionals work with chronically ill to
coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are
managed appropriately.
Professionals work with chronically ill to
coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are
managed appropriately.
Professionals work with chronically ill to
coordinate care and to help ensure that health issues are
managed appropriately.
24-hour nurse help line.
24-hour nurse help line.
24-hour nurse help line.
24-hour nurse help line.
24-hour nurse help line.
Transportation to and from provider offices (Dade
County).
No co-pay on prenatal and postpartum pregnancy and substance
abuse programs.
Access to participating PCPs, specialists and other providers
that do not accept standard Medicaid.
Access to participating PCPs, specialists and
other providers that do not accept standard Medicaid.
Bus pass for transportation to and from providers
for certain programs.
Access to participating PCPs, specialists and other providers
that do not accept standard Medicaid.
Member voicemail.
Member voicemail.
Table of Contents
Benefit
Standard Medicare Fee-For-Service
Our Medicare Benefits
Patient must pay out-of-pocket drug costs (or
obtain supplemental insurance) and 20% of hospital stay.
Predictable healthcare costs, no co- insurance or
deductibles.
One pair of glasses, only after cataract surgery.
Co-insurance costs associated with diseases and conditions of
eye. No routine eye exams.
Vision covered, generally a $10 co- payment for
glasses and exams. Routine eye exams generally at no charge.
Not covered. 100% out-of-pocket expense or
patient may obtain supplemental insurance.
Covered small co-payment for oral exams and
cleanings. One fluoride treatment per year at no charge. Annual
x-rays are covered, with small co-payment.
Not covered. 100% out-of-pocket expense for
routine exams and hearing aids.
No co-payment for one pair of hearing aids every
two years (includes exam with $10 co-payment).
Not covered.
One annual physical covered with no co-payment.
Generally, patient pays 20% of the cost of the
service.
100% covered, with no co-payment or co-insurance.
We proactively contact members and physicians and recommend
preventative services.
Under Medicare reform legislation, not fully
implemented until 2006. Currently, patients pay 100% or obtain
supplemental insurance.
Small co-payment for generic drugs. In some
areas, we also offer a brand name drug benefit for a larger co-
payment.
Not covered.
Monthly over-the-counter benefit $10 worth
of products at no charge delivered directly to the members
home. Includes vitamins, cough and cold remedies, first aid
supplies and many other products.
Table of Contents
Florida
New York
Connecticut
Total
2003
3,385
1,752
840
5,977
2002
3,415
1,718
684
5,817
2001
3,348
1,886
727
5,961
2003
6,680
3,396
2,383
12,459
2002
7,069
3,194
2,347
12,610
2001
6,894
3,812
3,189
13,895
2003
207
79
16
302
2002
216
79
12
307
2001
213
79
16
308
Table of Contents
paying claims promptly;
providing web-based access to eligibility
information;
delivering useful information to our providers,
including monthly reports to help providers evaluate their
performance and increase their efficiency;
reducing restrictions on network physicians in
ordering of medical tests and procedures; and
sponsoring marketing events designed to increase
awareness of our plans and the advantages of managed care,
sometimes with the participation of our providers.
Medicaid
Table of Contents
Percentage of Medicaid fee
schedule.
We pay providers a specified
percentage of the amount Medicaid would pay under the
fee-for-service program.
Per diem and case
rates.
Hospital facility costs are
generally reimbursed at negotiated per diem or case rates, which
vary depending upon the level of care. Lower intensity services
are generally paid at a lower rate than high intensity services.
For example, services provided on behalf of a newborn baby who
in order to gain weight stays in the hospital a few days longer
than the mother would typically be paid at a lower rate; whereas
a neo-natal intensive care unit stay for a baby born with severe
developmental disabilities would be paid at a higher rate.
Medicare
Out-of-Network Providers
Number of
Market
Associates
248
166
29
76
Table of Contents
evaluation of the effects of particular
preventative measures;
member satisfaction surveys;
grievance and appeals processes for members and
providers;
Table of Contents
orientation visits to, and site audits of, select
providers;
provider credentialing and recredentialing;
ongoing member education programs;
ongoing provider education programs;
regulatory compliance;
health plan accreditation; and
medical record audits.
a prenatal case management program to help women
with high-risk pregnancies deliver full-term, healthy infants;
a program to reduce the number of inappropriate
emergency room visits;
a disease management program to decrease the need
for emergency room visits and hospitalizations for asthma,
congestive heart failure and diabetes patients; and
a wound management program to redirect
specialized care to the home setting, resulting in improved
patient outcomes and reduced cost of care.
written standards of conduct;
designation of a corporate compliance officer and
compliance committee;
effective training and education;
effective lines for reporting and communication;
enforcement of standards through disciplinary
guidelines and actions;
internal monitoring and auditing; and
prompt response to detected offenses and
development of corrective action plans.
Table of Contents
Primary Care Case Management Programs.
Programs established by the states
through contracts with primary care providers to provide to the
Medicaid recipient primary care services, on a non-capitated,
non-risk basis, as well as to provide limited oversight over
other services.
Commercial HMOs.
National and regional commercial
managed care organizations that have Medicaid members in
addition to members in private commercial plans.
Medicaid HMOs.
Managed care organizations that focus
solely on providing healthcare services to Medicaid recipients,
typically on a capitated, full-risk basis. Many of these
competitors operate in a single or small number of geographic
locations. There are a few multi-state Medicaid-only
organizations that tend to be larger in size and therefore able
to leverage their infrastructure over a larger membership base.
Florida: Our Medicaid plans collectively have
approximately 50% market share in Florida, based on
membership. These plans face competition from approximately
10 competitors statewide, including Amerigroup Corporation,
with approximately 23% of the market, and Humana, Inc., with
approximately 8% of the market. Our Medicare plan in
Florida has an approximately 8% market share, the fourth
largest in the state. We compete with 15 other Medicare
managed care plans in Florida. These competitors include Humana,
Inc., UnitedHealthcare of Florida, Inc. and CarePlus Health
Plans, Inc., which collectively have an approximately
58% market share.
Table of Contents
New York: Our Medicaid plans have approximately
2.2% market share in New York. Our plans face competition from
over 30 competitors in New York, including HIP Health
Plan of New York and Fidelis Care New York, each with
approximately 10% of the market, and others such as
Healthfirst, Inc., Health Plus PHSP, Inc., MetroPlus Health
Plan, Inc., CarePlus Health Plan and Affinity Health Plan, each
with less than 10% of the market.
Connecticut: Our Medicaid plans have
approximately 8% market share in Connecticut, and face
competition from three main competitors: Anthem Blue Cross and
Blue Shield, with approximately 43% of the market, HealthNet,
Incorporated, with approximately 32% of the market, and
Community Health Network of Connecticut, with approximately 18%
of the market.
Illinois: Our Medicaid plans have approximately
31% market share in Illinois. These plans face competition from
three main competitors: Amerigroup, with approximately 25% of
the market, UnitedHealth Group Incorporated, with approximately
19% of the market, and Humana, with approximately 12% of the
market.
Indiana: Our Medicaid plans have approximately
11% market share in Indiana, and face competition from two main
competitors: Centene Corporation, with approximately 45% of the
market, and MDwise, Inc., with approximately 44% of the market.
Table of Contents
we have an adequate provider network;
our quality and utilization management processes
comply with state requirements;
we have procedures in place for responding to
member and provider complaints and grievances;
our systems are capable of processing
providers claims in a timely fashion and for collecting
and analyzing the information needed to manage our business; and
we have the financial resources necessary to pay
our anticipated medical care expenses and the infrastructure
needed to account for our costs.
Medicaid
establishes its own eligibility standards;
determines the type, amount, duration and scope
of services;
sets the rate of payment for services; and
administers its own program.
we must measure provider access and availability
in terms of the time needed to reach the doctors office
using public transportation;
our quality improvement programs must emphasize
member education and outreach and include measures designed to
promote utilization of preventative services;
we must have linkages with schools, city or
county health departments, and other community-based providers
of healthcare, in order to demonstrate our ability to coordinate
all of the sources from which our members may receive care;
we must have the capability to meet the needs of
the disabled and others with special needs;
Table of Contents
our providers and member service representatives
must be able to communicate with members who do not speak
English or who are deaf; and
our member handbook, newsletters and other
communications must be written at the prescribed reading level
and must be available in languages other than English.
subcontractors;
marketing;
safeguarding of member information;
fraud and abuse reporting; and
grievance procedures.
Medicare
Table of Contents
SCHIP Programs
HIPAA
protect the privacy of patient health information
through physical and electronic security measures; and
establish the capability to receive and transmit
electronically certain administrative healthcare transactions,
such as claims payments, in a standardized format.
Table of Contents
Fraud and Abuse Laws
Required Statutory Capital
Marketing
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Name
Age
Position
36
President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
42
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
39
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
47
Senior Vice President, Operations &
Technology
36
Senior Vice President, Marketing & Sales
43
Senior Vice President, Market Expansion
54
Senior Vice President, Health Services
41
President, Florida
60
Director
52
Director
51
Director
61
Director
42
Director
35
Director
38
Chairman of the Board of Directors
50
Vice President, Human Resources
39
Vice President, Network Development
51
Medical Director
44
Vice President, Corporate Sales
53
Chief Operating Officer, Connecticut
54
Vice President, Behavioral Health
57
Medical Director
55
Vice President, Operations
41
Chief Operating Officer, New York
30
Vice President, Corporate Development
52
Vice President, Pharmacy
42
Vice President, Financial Planning and Analysis
44
Chief Information Officer
54
Medical Director
50
Vice President, Finance
40
Corporate Controller
45
Vice President, Provider Operations
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Long-Term
Annual Compensation
Compensation
Other Annual
Securities
All Other
Compensation
Restricted Stock
Underlying
Compensation
Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary($)
Bonus($)
($)
Awards($)
Options(#)
($)
2003
$
300,000
$
600,000
$
65,427
(4)
$
(10)
$
554
(15)
President and Chief Executive Officer
2003
68,750
(1)
260,000
(3)
19,286
(5)
1,116,612
(11)
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
2003
250,000
210,000
83,141
(6)
4,028
(12)
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
2003
250,000
210,000
60,808
(7)
5,639
(13)
2,400
(15)
Senior Vice President, Marketing & Sales
2003
275,000
135,000
3,969
(8)
124,115
Senior Vice President, Market Expansion
2003
121,846
(2)
100,000
30,749
(9)
1,000
(14)
66,256
(16)
Senior Vice President, Health Services
(1)
Mr. Behrens commenced employment with us on
September 15, 2003. His annual salary is $275,000.
(2)
Mr. Zomermaand commenced employment with us
on May 1, 2003. His annual salary is $220,000.
(3)
Includes a signing bonus of $75,000.
(4)
Represents a housing allowance of $35,980, an
automobile allowance of $9,921 and a gross up payment for income
taxes relating to these allowances of $19,526.
(5)
Represents a reimbursement for relocation
expenses of $12,088 and a gross up payment for income taxes
relating to this reimbursement of $7,198.
(6)
Represents a reimbursement for relocation
expenses of $59,433 and a gross up payment for income taxes
relating to this reimbursement of $23,708.
Table of Contents
(7)
Represents a reimbursement for relocation
expenses of $42,138 and a gross up payment for income taxes
relating to this reimbursement of $18,670.
(8)
Represents an automobile allowance.
(9)
Represents a reimbursement for relocation
expenses of $27,978 and a gross up payment for income taxes
relating to the reimbursement of $2,771.
(10)
On September 6, 2002, Mr. Farha
received an award of 1,559,337 restricted shares of common
stock, of which 682,210 were unvested as of December 31,
2003. The value of the aggregate unvested restricted shares held
by Mr. Farha as of December 31, 2003 was $3,060,507,
based on the fair market value of our common stock on
December 31, 2003. The restricted stock award was 25%
vested on the date of grant, and the remainder vests over a
three-year period, at a rate of 2.0833% upon the end of each
full calendar month after the grant date. The grant would
immediately vest in full upon a change of control of WellCare.
Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted
shares.
(11)
On September 30, 2003, Mr. Behrens
received an award of 437,463 restricted shares of common
stock, all of which were unvested as of December 31, 2003.
The value of this award as reflected in the Summary Compensation
Table is based on the fair market value of our common stock on
the date of grant. The value of the aggregate unvested
restricted shares held by Mr. Behrens as of
December 31, 2003 was $1,962,531, based on the fair market
value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The
restricted stock award vests over a four-year period, at a rate
of 25% on September 15, 2004 and 2.0833% upon the end of
each full calendar month thereafter. The grant would immediately
vest in full upon the termination of Mr. Behrens
employment by WellCare without cause, or by Mr. Behrens for
good reason, following a change of control of WellCare.
Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted
shares.
(12)
On May 31, 2003, Mr. Bereday received a
grant of 312,474 restricted shares of common stock,
227,845 shares of which were unvested as of
December 31, 2003. The value of this award as reflected in
the Summary Compensation Table is based on the fair market value
of our common stock on the date of grant. The value of the
aggregate unvested restricted shares held by Mr. Bereday as
of December 31, 2003 was $1,022,151 based on the fair
market value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The
restricted stock award vests over a four-year period, at a rate
of 2.0833% upon the end of each full calendar month following
the date of grant. The grant would immediately vest in full upon
the termination of Mr. Beredays employment by
WellCare without cause, or by Mr. Bereday for good reason,
within 12 months following a change of control of WellCare.
Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted
shares.
(13)
On May 30, 2003, Mr. Schiesser received
a grant of 437,463 restricted shares of common stock,
291,642 shares of which were unvested as of
December 31, 2003. The value of this award as reflected in
the Summary Compensation Table is based on the fair market value
of our common stock on the date of grant. The value of the
aggregate unvested restricted shares held by Mr. Schiesser
as of December 31, 2003 was $1,308,353, based on the fair
market value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The
restricted stock award vests over a four-year period, at a rate
of 2.0833% upon the end of each full calendar month following
the date of grant. The grant would immediately vest in full upon
the termination of Mr. Schiessers employment by
WellCare without cause, or by Mr. Schiesser for good
reason, within six months of a change of control of WellCare.
Dividends, if any are declared, will be paid on the restricted
shares.
(14)
On May 30, 2003, Mr. Zomermaand
received a grant of 77,572 restricted shares of common
stock, all of which were unvested as of December 31, 2003.
The value of this award as reflected in the Summary Compensation
Table is based on the fair market value of our common stock on
the date of grant. The value of the aggregate unvested
restricted shares held by Mr. Zomermaand as of
December 31, 2003 was $348,000, based on the fair market
value of our common stock on December 31, 2003. The
restricted stock award vests over a four-year period, at a rate
of 25% on May 1, 2004 and 2.0833% upon the end of each full
calendar month thereafter. Dividends, if any are declared, will
be paid on the restricted shares.
(15)
Represents company matching of 401(k)
contributions.
(16)
Represents consulting fees paid prior to becoming
an associate.
Table of Contents
Potential Realizable
Value at Assumed
Annual Rate of Stock
Price Appreciation For
Individual Grants
Option Term
Percent of
Total Options
Number of Securities
Granted to
Exercise
Underlying Options
Employees in
Price per
Expiration
Name
Granted(#)
2003
Share
Date
5%($)
10%($)
124,115
14.6
%
$
3.87
9/30/2013
$
1,180,394
$
2,016,081
Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Value of Unexercised In-
Options as of
The-Money Options as of
Shares Acquired
Value
December 31, 2003(#)
December 31, 2003($)
Name
on Exercise(#)
Realized($)
Exercisable/Unexercisable
Exercisable/Unexercisable
43,957/80,158
$127,915/$233,259
2004 Equity Incentive Plan
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
2002 Equity Plans
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Table of Contents
Limitation of Liability
Table of Contents
any breach of the duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its stockholders;
acts or omissions not in good faith or which
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases or redemptions; or
any transaction from which the director derived
an improper personal benefit.
Indemnification
the officer or director did not act in good faith
and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to
our best interests; or
the officer or director is subject to criminal
action or proceedings and had reasonable cause to believe the
conduct was unlawful.
Table of Contents
$50 million in cash;
the issuance of a senior subordinated
non-negotiable promissory note in the original principal amount
of $53 million, subject to adjustments for earnouts and
other purchase price adjustments; and
warrants to purchase Class B Common Units,
which will be converted into 1,774,096 shares of our common
stock in our reorganization.
Table of Contents
any registration we effect on Form S-1, or
any similar long-form registration (including this
offering); or
any other offering in which stockholders party to
the agreement were given piggyback rights pursuant
to the agreement, if the offering includes at least 80% of the
number of shares requested by the stockholders to be included.
Table of Contents
assuming an initial public offering price of
$15.00 per share, we will issue an aggregate of
29,227,981 shares of common stock in exchange for
23,530,225 Class A Common Units,
2,287,037 Class B Common Units and 4,807,508
Class C Common Units of WellCare Holdings, LLC;
all outstanding options issued by WellCare
Holdings, LLC will automatically be converted into options to
acquire shares of our common stock; and
our name will be changed to WellCare Health
Plans, Inc.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
each person or entity who is known by us to own
beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;
each of our executive officers named in the
Summary Compensation Table;
each of our directors; and
all directors and executive officers as a group.
Percentage
Beneficially Owned
Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
Before
After
Name of Beneficial Owner
the Offering
Offering
Offering
1,576,111
5.4
%
4.3
%
55,248
*
*
55,321
*
*
55,248
*
*
9,109
*
*
55,248
*
*
21,366
*
*
23,172,285
79.3
%
63.4
%
453,925
1.6
%
1.2
%
315,785
1.1
%
0.9
%
440,774
1.5
%
1.2
%
402,684
1.4
%
1.1
%
79,228
0.3
%
0.2
%
26,692,332
91.3
%
73.0
%
23,172,285
79.3
%
63.4
%
Table of Contents
(1)
Includes 519,779 unvested shares and
198,584 shares held by Pinnacle Health Investors, L.L.C.,
of which Mr. Farha is a member and the sole member of the
board of managers. Except as to 2,554 shares with respect
to which Mr. Farha has a pecuniary interest, Mr. Farha
disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Pinnacle.
(2)
Includes 38,786 unvested shares.
(3)
Includes 24,241 unvested shares.
(4)
Includes 38,786 unvested shares.
(5)
Includes 38,786 unvested shares.
(6)
Includes 10,505 shares issuable upon
exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of
June 1, 2004.
(7)
Represents shares held by Soros Private Equity
Investors LP, as described in note (13).
Mr. Moszkowski disclaims beneficial ownership of these
shares. Mr. Moszkowskis principal business address is
c/o Soros Fund Management LLC, 888 7th Avenue, New York,
New York 10106.
(8)
Includes 437,463 unvested shares.
(9)
Includes 195,296 unvested shares.
(10)
Includes 246,073 unvested shares.
(11)
Includes 62,057 shares issuable upon
exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of
June 1, 2004.
(12)
Includes 58,179 unvested shares.
(13)
Includes 322,114 unvested shares and
72,562 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are
exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2004.
(14)
Soros Private Equity Investors LP
(SPEI) is a Delaware limited partnership. Its
general partner is SPEP General Partner LP, a Delaware limited
partnership (SPEP GP LP). An investment committee of
SPEP GP LP exercises exclusive decision-making authority with
regard to the acquisition and disposition of, and voting power
with respect to, investments by SPEI. SPEP GP LPs general
partner is SPEP General Partner LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, whose managing member is QIH Management
Investor, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose sole
general partner is QIH Management LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, whose sole managing member is Soros Fund
Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(SFM). George Soros is the Chairman of SFM and, in
such capacity, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive
power over securities held for the account of SPEI. Each has
their principal office at 888 Seventh Avenue,
33rd Floor, New York, New York 10106. If the
over-allotment option is exercised in full, SPEIs
ownership percentage will decrease to 60.4%.
Table of Contents
restricting dividends on common stock;
diluting the voting power of common stock;
impairing the liquidation rights of the common
stock;
delaying or preventing a change of control of us
without stockholder action; and
harming the market price of common stock.
Table of Contents
our board of directors may issue, without further
action by the stockholders, up to 20,000,000 shares of
undesignated preferred stock;
any action to be taken by our stockholders must
be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not
by a consent in writing;
our board of directors shall be divided into
three classes, with each class serving for a term of three years;
vacancies on the board, including newly created
directorships, can be filled by a majority of the directors then
in office; and
our directors may be removed only for cause.
not earlier than 120 days prior to the
annual meeting of stockholders; and
not later than 90 days prior to the annual
meeting of stockholders or the tenth day following the date on
which notice of the annual meeting was made public.
Table of Contents
not earlier than 120 days prior to the
special meeting; and
not later than 90 days prior to the special
meeting or the close of business on the tenth day following the
day on which public disclosure of the date of the special
meeting was made.
Table of Contents
353,901 shares will be available for
immediate sale on the date of this prospectus in the event
stockholders are entitled to tack their respective holding
periods of the limited liability company units;
27,390,396 shares will be available for sale
180 days after the date of this prospectus, the expiration
date for the lock-up agreements, pursuant to Rule 144 in
the event stockholders are entitled to tack their respective
holding periods of the limited liability company units; or
27,848,475 shares will be available for sale
on the first anniversary of the date of the prospectus pursuant
to Rule 144 in the event stockholders are not entitled to
tack their respective holding periods of the limited liability
company units.
one percent of the then outstanding shares of our
common stock (approximately 365,613 shares immediately
following the offering); or
the average weekly trading volume during the four
calendar weeks preceding filing of notice of such sale.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the
United States;
a corporation created or organized in or under
the laws of the United States or any political subdivision of
the United States;
an estate whose income is includible in gross
income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of
its source; or
a trust, in general, if (i) a U.S. court is
able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of
the trust, and one or more United States persons have the
authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or
(ii) the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996 and
properly elected to continue to be treated as a United States
person.
U.S. state and local or non-U.S. tax consequences;
specific facts and circumstances that may be
relevant to a particular non-U.S. holders tax position,
including, if the non-U.S. holder is a partnership, that the
U.S. tax consequences of holding and disposing of our
common stock may be affected by certain determinations made at
the partner level;
the tax consequences to the stockholders or
beneficiaries of a non-U.S. holder;
special tax rules that may apply to particular
non-U.S. holders, including financial institutions, insurance
companies, tax-exempt organizations, U.S. expatriates,
broker-dealers and traders in securities; or
special tax rules that may apply to a non-U.S.
holder that holds our common stock as part of a
straddle, hedge, conversion
transaction, synthetic security or other
integrated investment.
Table of Contents
the non-U.S. holder is an individual who
holds our common stock as a capital asset, is present in the
United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year
of the disposition and meets certain other conditions;
the gain is effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holders conduct of trade or business in the
United States and, in some instances if an income tax treaty
applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed
base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United
States; or
we are or have been a United States real
property holding corporation for U.S. federal income
tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year
period ending on the date of disposition and the period that the
non-U.S. holder held our common stock.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Name
Number of Shares
Table of Contents
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any
option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract
to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or
otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any
shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock; or
enter into any swap or other arrangement that
transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic
consequences of ownership of the common stock,
the sale of shares to the underwriters;
the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon
the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a
security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the
underwriters have been advised in writing;
the issuance by us of shares of common stock in
connection with our reorganization as a corporation;
the grant of options or the issuance of shares of
common stock by us to employees, officers, directors, advisors
or consultants pursuant to any employee benefit plan described
in this prospectus;
the filing of any registration statement on
Form S-8 in respect of any employee benefit plan described
in this prospectus;
transaction by any person other than us relating
to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open
market transactions after the completion of the offering of the
shares; or
certain gratuitous transfers by any person other
than us to family member, trusts and/or controlled entities of
such person in connection with estate planning or charitable
contributions, provided that each transferee also agrees to the
restrictions described above.
Table of Contents
future prospects of our company and our industry
in general;
our record of operations and our current
financial position;
the experience of our management;
sales, earnings and certain of our other
financial and operating information in recent periods; and
the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios,
market prices of securities and financial and operating
information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Page
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-32
F-33
F-34
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Pro Forma
Stockholders
Equity at
March 31,
December 31,
December 31,
March 31,
2004
2003
2002
2004
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
$
198,799
$
237,321
$
146,784
38,930
33,778
69,010
16,723
12,792
23,088
4,398
3,663
2,595
11,977
12,036
8,897
270,827
299,590
250,374
4,752
4,717
4,207
158,725
158,725
117,095
11,498
12,403
16,940
26,239
21,392
20,683
299
280
205
$
472,340
$
497,107
$
409,504
$
148,403
$
148,297
$
113,670
52,033
76,248
23,664
25,155
29,830
29,681
3,875
143
9,255
1,252
44,672
48,170
21,806
49,654
274,138
303,940
247,730
71,568
71,568
84,794
16,202
16,017
41
268
1,782
1,252
4,255
3,971
520
250
252
250
366,681
397,530
334,587
292
71,642
71,382
70,227
71,350
34,016
28,194
4,657
34,016
1
1
33
1
105,659
99,577
74,917
105,659
$
472,340
$
497,107
$
409,504
Table of Contents
Successor
Predecessor
Three Months
Three Months
Five-Month
Seven-Month
Ended
Ended
Year Ended
Period Ended
Period Ended
Year Ended
March 31,
March 31,
December 31,
December 31,
July 31,
December 31,
2004
2003
2003
2002
2002
2001
(unaudited)
$
301,250
$
250,626
$
1,042,852
$
398,653
$
517,213
$
739,863
451
775
2,561
3,038
2,460
8,949
135
156
569
114
359
1,472
301,836
251,557
1,045,982
401,805
520,032
750,284
251,435
214,017
861,053
341,763
434,924
637,506
38,450
30,051
134,265
49,118
55,731
88,513
2,265
1,579
10,172
1,462
1,446
2,860
292,150
245,647
1,005,490
392,343
492,101
728,879
9,686
5,910
40,492
9,462
27,931
21,405
3,864
2,482
16,955
4,805
5,822
3,428
23,537
4,657
$
27,931
$
21,405
(1,571
)
(1,448
)
(5,997
)
(2,356
)
$
4,251
$
1,980
$
17,540
$
2,301
$
0.15
$
0.07
$
0.66
$
0.09
$
0.13
$
0.07
$
0.60
$
0.08
$
0.20
$
0.84
$
0.17
$
0.77
21,420,625
20,855,914
24,994,106
22,832,795
Table of Contents
Accumulated
Other
Total
Common
Paid-in
Retained
Comprehensive
Stockholders
Stock
Capital
Earnings
Income
Equity
$
255
$
71,039
$
(80,688
)
$
2,215
$
(7,179
)
10,275
10,275
21,405
21,405
(2,456
)
(2,456
)
18,949
$
255
$
81,314
$
(59,283
)
$
(241
)
$
22,045
96
96
(9,209
)
(9,209
)
27,931
27,931
693
693
28,624
$
351
$
72,105
$
(31,352
)
$
452
$
41,556
Common
Units
Accumulated
Outstanding
Other
Total
Paid-in
Retained
Comprehensive
Members
Class A
Class B
Class C
Capital
Earnings
Income
Equity
Balance at May 8, 2002
(date of inception)
$
$
$
$
23,351,667
2,093,518
70,227
70,227
4,657
4,657
33
33
4,690
23,351,667
2,093,518
$
70,227
$
4,657
$
33
$
74,917
174,505
2,287,037
2,910,117
8,152
8,152
(15,000
)
(2,287,037
)
(6,906
)
(6,906
)
(3,333
)
(161,127
)
(91
)
(91
)
23,537
23,537
(32
)
(32
)
23,505
23,507,839
4,842,508
$
71,382
$
28,194
$
1
$
99,577
7,386
50
50
(7,386
)
(50
)
(50
)
(35,000
)
260
260
5,822
5,822
5,822
23,507,839
4,807,508
$
71,642
$
34,016
$
1
$
105,659
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1.
ORGANIZATION, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Table of Contents
Period
Referred to as:
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Three Months
Three Months
Five-Month
Ended
Ended
Year Ended
Period Ended
March 31,
March 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2004
2003
2003
2002
(unaudited)
$
5,822
$
3,428
$
23,537
$
4,657
154
1
434
4
(487
)
(1
)
(819
)
(4
)
(333
)
(385
)
5,489
3,428
23,152
4,657
(1,571
)
(1,448
)
(5,997
)
(2,356
)
$
3,918
$
1,980
$
17,155
$
2,301
$
0.15
$
0.07
$
0.66
$
0.09
$
0.14
$
0.07
$
0.65
$
0.09
$
0.13
$
0.07
$
0.60
$
0.08
$
0.12
$
0.07
$
0.58
$
0.08
Table of Contents
Successor
Three Months
Three Months
Five-Month
Ended
Ended
Year ended
Period ended
March 31,
March 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2004
2003
2003
2002
(unaudited)
$
5,822
$
3,428
$
23,537
$
4,657
(1,571
)
(1,448
)
(5,997
)
(2,356
)
$
4,251
$
1,980
$
17,540
$
2,301
27,613,922
26,476,520
26,398,962
25,752,459
4,606,674
1,255,702
3,039,250
1,486,778
32,220,596
27,732,222
29,438,212
27,239,237
21,420,625
19,296,836
20,855,914
20,267,078
24,994,106
20,176,204
22,832,795
21,129,975
$
0.15
$
0.07
$
0.66
$
0.09
$
0.13
$
0.07
$
0.60
$
0.08
$
0.20
$
0.10
$
0.84
$
0.11
$
0.17
$
0.10
$
0.77
$
0.11
Table of Contents
Successor
Predecessor
Five-Month
Seven-Month
Year Ended
Period Ended
Period Ended
Year Ended
December 31,
December 31,
July, 31
December 31,
2003
2002
2002
2001
27
%
29
%
31
%
29
%
59
%
57
%
54
%
51
%
86
%
86
%
85
%
80
%
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
$
167,313
15,548
16,023
11,921
19,970
117,064
347,839
(109,054
)
(68,725
)
(177,779
)
$
170,060
Florida HMO Capital
Adjustment
the Seller Note
was adjusted for the difference between aggregate actual and
required capital at HE and WC at July 31, 2002, as
determined in accordance with statutory accounting principles.
Medical Benefits
Payable
the Seller Note was
adjusted for any deficiency between aggregate estimated and
actual medical benefits payable at WCNY and FC at June 30,
2002.
CHMI Capital
Adjustment
the Seller Note
was adjusted for the difference between CHMIs actual net
worth and $1,000 at July 31, 2002.
Medicare
Adjustment
the Seller Note
was adjusted for 3.25 times Medicare earnings, as defined in the
purchase agreement, for the period January 1, 2002 through
December 31, 2002.
Commercial
Adjustment
the Seller Note
was adjusted for commercial earnings or losses, as defined in
the purchase agreement, for the period January 1, 2002
through December 31, 2002.
Table of Contents
December 31,
March 31, 2004
2003
2002
Gross
Gross
Gross
Carrying
Accumulated
Carrying
Accumulated
Carrying
Accumulated
Amount
Amortization
Amount
Amortization
Amount
Amortization
(unaudited)
$
3,800
($
1,718
)
$
3,800
($
1,274
)
$
3,800
($375
)
6,000
(5,080
)
6,000
(4,870
)
6,000
(2,237
)
6,500
(778
)
6,500
(661
)
6,500
(194
)
2,500
(767
)
2,500
(652
)
2,500
(192
)
985
(109
)
985
(93
)
985
(27
)
185
(20
)
185
(17
)
185
(5
)
$
19,970
($
8,472
)
$
19,970
($
7,567
)
$
19,970
($
3,030
)
$
1,544
1,486
1,195
1,004
735
5,534
$
11,498
Weighted-Average
Amortization
Period
(In Years)
8.94
3.42
15.00
5.00
15.00
15.00
10.74
Table of Contents
Pro forma Combined
Year ended December 31,
2002
2001
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
$
921,837
$
750,284
27,670
13,062
16,325
7,707
(6,246
)
(5,770
)
$
10,079
$
1,937
$
0.38
$
0.07
$
0.34
$
0.07
26,398,962
26,398,962
29,438,212
29,438,212
Gross
Gross
Amortized
Unrealized
Unrealized
Estimated
March 31, 2004
Cost
Gains
Losses
Fair Value
(unaudited)
$
38,929
$
1
$
38,930
$
33,777
$
1
$
33,778
$
25,384
$
34
$
25,418
9,972
19
9,991
33,601
33,601
$
68,957
$
53
$
69,010
Table of Contents
December 31,
March 31,
2004
2003
2002
(unaudited)
$
42
$
42
$
42
2,991
2,991
2,987
4,174
3,570
1,626
3,540
3,389
2,295
10,747
9,992
6,950
(5,995
)
(5,275
)
(2,743
)
$
4,752
$
4,717
$
4,207
Successor
Predecessor
Five-Month
Seven-Month
Year Ended
Period Ended
Period Ended
Year Ended
December 31,
December 31,
July 31,
December 31,
2003
2002
2002
2001
$
113,670
$
109,054
$
98,314
$
86,714
884,703
348,079
436,444
634,726
(23,650
)
(6,316
)
(1,520
)
2,780
861,053
341,763
434,924
637,506
(751,826
)
(249,076
)
(335,938
)
(538,505
)
(74,600
)
(88,071
)
(88,246
)
(87,401
)
(826,426
)
(337,147
)
(424,184
)
(625,906
)
$
148,297
$
113,670
$
109,054
$
98,314
Table of Contents
Related Party
Other
March 31,
December 31,
March 31,
December 31,
2004
2003
2002
2004
2003
2002
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
$
$
$
$
$
$
116,240
119,738
106,600
16,179
15,903
49,579
23
114
116
116,240
119,738
106,600
16,202
16,017
49,695
(44,672
)
(48,170
)
(21,806
)
(49,654
)
$
71,568
$
71,568
$
84,794
$
16,202
$
16,017
$
41
Table of Contents
$
48,170
30,784
40,784
21,615
$
141,353
Table of Contents
$
1,641
768
535
506
527
881
$
4,858
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
2,093,519
2,910,117
$
1
$
168
$
125
1,532,368
1,963,723
124,202
35,000
Three Months Ended
Year Ended
March 31, 2004
December 31, 2003
Weighted
Weighted
Average
Average
Exercise
Exercise
Units
Price
Units
Price
(unaudited)
1,099,500
$
3.69
514,500
6.77
1,099,500
$
3.69
(13,000
)
3.00
1,601,000
$
4.67
1,099,500
$
3.69
106,042
$
3.18
75,417
$
3.00
Table of Contents
325,646
271,125
254,458
172,854
1,024,083
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Weighted
Weighted
Range of
Contractual
Average
Average
Exercise
Number
Life
Exercise
Number
Exercise
Prices
Outstanding
(Years)
Price
Exercisable
Price
1,601,000
9.49
$
4.67
106,042
$
3.18
1,099,500
9.54
$
3.69
75,417
$
3.00
Three Months Ended
Year Ended
March 31, 2004
December 31, 2003
(unaudited)
4.12%
3.98%
4.05% 4.38%
3.37% 4.52%
6.75
6.75
0%
0%
50.2%
50.2%
$6.77
$3.69
Table of Contents
Successor
Three Months
Three Months
Five-Month
Ended
Ended
Year Ended
Period Ended
March 31,
March 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2004
2003
2003
2002
(unaudited)
$
4,052
$
1,971
$
13,465
$
8,705
721
279
1,906
1,820
4,773
2,250
15,371
10,525
(804
)
205
1,398
(4,980
)
(105
)
27
186
(740
)
(909
)
232
1,584
(5,720
)
$
3,864
$
2,482
$
16,955
$
4,805
Three Months
Three Months
Five-Month
Ended
Ended
Year Ended
Period Ended
March 31,
March 31,
December 31,
December 31,
2004
2003
2003
2002
(unaudited)
$
3,393
$
2,069
$
14,256
$
3,312
401
234
1,611
708
403
70
179
685
785
$
3,864
$
2,482
$
16,955
$
4,805
Table of Contents
December 31,
March 31,
2004
2003
2002
(unaudited)
$
5,288
$
2,178
$
1,890
4,053
5,968
1,809
2,636
3,890
5,198
11,977
12,036
8,897
4,255
4,155
99
1,068
421
4,255
5,223
520
$
7,722
$
6,813
$
8,377
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Successor
Predecessor
Three Months
Three Months
Five-Month
Seven-Month
Ended
Ended
Year Ended
Period Ended
Period Ended
Year Ended
March 31,
March 31,
December 31,
December 31,
July 31,
December 31,
2004
2003
2003
2002
2002
2001
(unaudited)
$
216,434
$
175,167
$
741,328
$
269,197
$
330,490
$
455,764
84,695
70,506
288,940
121,367
171,047
236,295
707
5,884
15,714
11,241
18,495
58,225
301,836
251,557
1,045,982
401,805
520,032
750,284
183,062
151,778
609,233
222,007
274,672
364,293
67,969
57,606
238,933
107,384
145,768
219,505
404
4,633
12,887
12,372
14,484
53,708
251,435
214,017
861,053
341,763
434,924
637,506
23,988
18,969
87,586
30,862
35,987
56,448
8,915
7,050
33,307
13,119
16,354
25,057
3,888
1,300
5,213
1,403
2,151
4,774
36,791
27,319
126,106
45,384
54,492
86,279
9,384
4,420
44,509
16,328
19,831
35,023
7,811
5,850
16,700
864
8,925
(8,267
)
(3,585
)
(49
)
(2,386
)
(2,534
)
1,860
(257
)
Successor
For the Three-Month Period Ended
March 31,
June 30,
September 30,
December 31,
2003
2003
2003
2003
$
251,557
$
254,157
$
260,548
$
279,720
5,910
11,221
15,713
7,648
3,428
6,508
7,687
5,914
(1,448
)
(1,478
)
(1,511
)
(1,560
)
$
1,980
$
5,030
$
6,176
$
4,354
0.07
0.19
0.23
0.16
0.07
0.17
0.20
0.14
482,000
489,000
497,000
555,000
Table of Contents
Pro Forma
Predecessor
Combined
Successor
For the Three-Month Period Ended
March 31,
June 30,
September 30,
December 31,
2002
2002
2002
2002
$
213,766
$
226,566
$
240,681
$
240,824
11,887
11,299
6,454
7,753
11,887
11,299
5,923
3,479
(936
)
(1,420
)
$
4,987
$
2,059
$
0.19
$
0.08
$
0.19
$
0.07
412,000
436,000
447,000
470,000
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
March 31,
February 9,
2004
2004
(unaudited)
$
1,000
$
1,000
$
1,000
$
1,000
1
1
999
999
$
1,000
$
1,000
Table of Contents
1.
ORGANIZATION, BASIS OF PRESENTATION, AND
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
2.
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING AND RELATED SUBSEQUENT
EVENTS
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
*
To be filed by amendment.
Table of Contents
Item 15.
Recent Sales of Unregistered
Securities
Certain Sales of Securities.
assuming an initial public offering price of
$15.00 per share, the registrant will issue an aggregate of
29,227,981 shares of common stock in exchange for
23,550,110 Class A Common Units,
2,287,037 Class B Common Units and
4,807,508 Class C Common Units of Holdings;
all outstanding options issued by Holdings will
automatically be converted into options to acquire shares of
common stock of the registrant.
1.1*
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of
February 12, 2004, between WellCare Holdings, LLC and
WellCare Group, Inc.
3.1**
Certificate of Incorporation.
3.2*
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation (to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State
immediately prior to the closing of the offering covered by this
Registration Statement).
3.3**
Bylaws.
3.4*
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be
adopted immediately prior to the closing of the offering covered
by this Registration Statement).
4.1*
Specimen common stock certificate.
5.1*
Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP.
10.1**
Form of AHCA 2002-2004 Medicaid Health
Maintenance Organization Contract, dated July 2002.
10.2**
Amendment Nos. 1 through 7 to AHCA 2002-2004
Medicaid Health Maintenance Organization Contract, dated July
2002, for Well Care HMO, Inc.
10.3**
Amendment Nos. 1 through 9 to AHCA 2002-2004
Medicaid Health Maintenance Organization Contract, dated July
2002, for HealthEase of Florida, Inc.
Table of Contents
10.4**
Contract, dated September 26, 2003, between
the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services and Well
Care HMO, Inc.
10.5**
Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 17,
2002, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC, WellCare Acquisition
Company, the stockholders listed on the signature page thereto,
Well Care HMO, Inc., HealthEase of Florida, Inc., Comprehensive
Health Management of Florida, Inc. and Comprehensive Health
Management, L.C.
10.6*
Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated
Non-Negotiable Promissory Note, dated February 12, 2004.
10.7*
Amendment and Settlement Agreement, dated
February 12, 2004, among WellCare Holdings, LLC, WellCare
Health Plans, Inc., Kiran C. Patel, Pallavi Patel, Pradip C.
Patel, Swati Patel, Rupesh Shah and Nita Shah.
10.8**
Equity and Warrant Agreement, dated as of
July 31, 2002, among WellCare Holdings, LLC, Kiran C.
Patel, M.D., Pradip C. Patel and Rupesh Shah.
10.9**
Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of
July 31, 2002, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC, Kiran
C. Patel, M.D., Pradip C. Patel and Rupesh Shah.
10.10**
Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002,
by and between WellCare Holdings, LLC and Kiran C. Patel, as
Stockholder Representative.
10.11**
Merger Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2002,
by and among WellCare Acquisition Company, WellCare Merger Sub,
Inc. and The WellCare Management Group, Inc.
10.12**
Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 31,
2002, by and between WellCare Holdings, LLC and Soros Private
Equity Investors LP.
10.13**
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
September 6, 2002, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC and
certain equityholders.
10.14**
WellCare Holdings, LLC 2002 Senior Executive
Equity Plan.
10.15**
Form of Subscription Agreement under 2002 Senior
Executive Equity Plan.
10.16**
WellCare Holdings, LLC 2002 Employee Option Plan.
10.17**
Form of Time Vesting Option Agreement under 2002
Employee Option Plan.
10.18*
2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.19*
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.20*
Employment Agreement, dated as of July 31,
2002, among WellCare Acquisition Company, Comprehensive Health
Management, Inc. and Todd S. Farha.
10.21*
Employment Agreement, dated as of
October 10, 2002, among WellCare Acquisition Company,
Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Heath Schiesser.
10.22*
Employment Agreement, dated as of
November 18, 2002, among WellCare Health Plans, Inc.,
Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Thaddeus Bereday.
10.23*
Employment Agreement, dated as of
September 15, 2003, among WellCare Health Plans, Inc.,
Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Paul Behrens.
10.24
Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.25**
Management Subscription Agreement, dated as of
September 6, 2002, between WellCare Holdings, LLC and Todd
S. Farha.
10.26**
Agreement, dated March 25, 2003, between
Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and IntelliClaim, Inc.
10.27**
Consulting Agreement, dated November 2003,
between Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Ruben
King-Shaw, Jr.
10.28**
Merger Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2004,
by and among WellCare Health Plans, Inc., Zephyr
Acquisition Sub, Inc., Harmony Health Systems, Inc.
and the stockholders and option holders listed on the signature
page thereto.
10.29
Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004,
by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC, WellCare Health
Plans, Inc., The WellCare Management Group, Inc.,
Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Credit Suisse
First Boston, as Administrative Agent.
Table of Contents
10.30*
Prepayment and Amendment Agreement, dated as of
May 11, 2004, among WellCare Holdings LLC, WellCare Health
Plans, Inc., Kiran C. Patel, Pallavi Patel, Pradip C. Patel,
Swati Patel, Rupesh Shah and Nita Shah.
16.1**
Letter regarding change in certifying accountant.
21.1*
List of subsidiaries.
23.1
Consents of Deloitte & Touche, LLP.
23.2*
Consent of Greenberg Traurig, LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1).
24.1**
Power of Attorney (previously included in the
signature page to this Registration Statement).
*
To be filed by amendment.
**
Previously filed.
S-1
(1) To file, during any period in which
offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to
this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by
Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts
or events arising after the effective date of the registration
statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof)
which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental
change in the information set forth in the registration
statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or
decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar
value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the
estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of
prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to
Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and
price represent no more than 20 percent change in the
maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the
Calculation of Registration Fee table in the
effective registration statement; and
(iii) To include any material information
with respect to the plan of distribution not previously
disclosed in the registration statement or any material change
to such information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any
liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such
post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of
a post-effective amendment any of the securities being
registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
WELLCARE GROUP, INC.
By:
/s/ TODD S. FARHA
Todd S. Farha
Chief Executive Officer
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ TODD S. FARHA
Todd S. Farha
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
June 8, 2004
/s/ PAUL BEHRENS
Paul Behrens
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
June 8, 2004
*
Regina Herzlinger
Director
June 8, 2004
*
Kevin Hickey
Director
June 8, 2004
*
Alif Hourani
Director
June 8, 2004
*
Glen R. Johnson
Director
June 8, 2004
*
Ruben Jose King-Shaw, Jr.
Director
June 8, 2004
*
Christian Michalik
Director
June 8, 2004
*
Neal Moszkowski
Director
June 8, 2004
*B
y: /s/ THADDEUS BEREDAY
Thaddeus Bereday
Attorney-in-fact
June 8, 2004
Table of Contents
Balance at
Beginning of
Charged to
Balance at
Period
Costs and Expenses
Deductions
End of Period
(in thousands)
$
580
$
4,479
$
232
$
4,827
580
580
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Description
1.1*
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of
February 12, 2004, between WellCare Holdings, LLC and
WellCare Group, Inc.
3.1**
Certificate of Incorporation.
3.2*
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation (to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State
immediately prior to the closing of the offering covered by this
Registration Statement).
3.3**
Bylaws.
3.4*
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be
adopted immediately prior to the closing of the offering covered
by this Registration Statement).
4.1*
Specimen common stock certificate.
5.1*
Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP.
10.1**
Form of AHCA 2002-2004 Medicaid Health
Maintenance Organization Contract, dated July 2002.
10.2**
Amendment Nos. 1 through 7 to AHCA 2002-2004
Medicaid Health Maintenance Organization Contract, dated July
2002, for Well Care HMO, Inc.
10.3**
Amendment Nos. 1 through 9 to AHCA 2002-2004
Medicaid Health Maintenance Organization Contract, dated July
2002, for HealthEase of Florida, Inc.
10.4**
Contract, dated September 26, 2003, between
the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services and Well Care
HMO, Inc.
10.5**
Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 17,
2002, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC, WellCare Acquisition
Company, the stockholders listed on the signature page thereto,
Well Care HMO, Inc., HealthEase of Florida, Inc., Comprehensive
Health Management of Florida, Inc. and Comprehensive Health
Management, L.C.
10.6*
Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated
Non-Negotiable Promissory Note, dated February 12, 2004.
10.7*
Amendment and Settlement Agreement, dated
February 12, 2004, among WellCare Holdings, LLC, WellCare
Health Plans, Inc., Kiran C. Patel, Pallavi Patel, Pradip C.
Patel, Swati Patel, Rupesh Shah and Nita Shah.
10.8**
Equity and Warrant Agreement, dated as of
July 31, 2002, among WellCare Holdings, LLC, Kiran C.
Patel, M.D., Pradip C. Patel and Rupesh Shah.
10.9**
Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of
July 31, 2002, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC, Kiran
C. Patel, M.D., Pradip C. Patel and Rupesh Shah.
10.10*
*
Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002,
by and between WellCare Holdings, LLC and Kiran C. Patel, as
Stockholder Representative.
10.11*
*
Merger Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2002,
by and among WellCare Acquisition Company, WellCare Merger Sub,
Inc. and The WellCare Management Group, Inc.
10.12*
*
Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 31,
2002, by and between WellCare Holdings, LLC and Soros Private
Equity Investors LP.
10.13*
*
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of
September 6, 2002, by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC and
certain equityholders.
10.14*
*
WellCare Holdings, LLC 2002 Senior Executive
Equity Plan.
10.15*
*
Form of Subscription Agreement under 2002 Senior
Executive Equity Plan.
10.16*
*
WellCare Holdings, LLC 2002 Employee Option Plan.
10.17*
*
Form of Time Vesting Option Agreement under 2002
Employee Option Plan.
10.18*
2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.19*
Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.20*
Employment Agreement, dated as of July 31,
2002, among WellCare Acquisition Company, Comprehensive Health
Management, Inc. and Todd S. Farha.
10.21*
Employment Agreement, dated as of
October 10, 2002, among WellCare Acquisition Company,
Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Heath Schiesser.
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Description
10.22*
Employment Agreement, dated as of
November 18, 2002, among WellCare Health Plans, Inc.,
Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Thaddeus Bereday.
10.23*
Employment Agreement, dated as of
September 15, 2003, among WellCare Health Plans, Inc.,
Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Paul Behrens.
10.24
Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.25*
*
Management Subscription Agreement, dated as of
September 6, 2002, between WellCare Holdings, LLC and Todd
S. Farha.
10.26*
*
Agreement, dated March 25, 2003, between
Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and IntelliClaim, Inc.
10.27*
*
Consulting Agreement, dated November 2003,
between Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Ruben
King-Shaw, Jr.
10.28*
*
Merger Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2004,
by and among WellCare Health Plans, Inc., Zephyr
Acquisition Sub, Inc., Harmony Health Systems, Inc.
and the stockholders and option holders listed on the signature
page thereto.
10.29
Credit Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004,
by and among WellCare Holdings, LLC, WellCare Health
Plans, Inc., The WellCare Management Group, Inc.,
Comprehensive Health Management, Inc. and Credit Suisse
First Boston, as Administrative Agent.
10.30*
Prepayment and Amendment Agreement, dated as at
May 11, 2004, among WellCare Holdings LLC, WellCare Health
Plans, Inc., Kiran C. Patel, Pallavi Patel, Pradip C. Patel,
Swati Patel, Rupesh Shah and Nita Shah.
16.1**
Letter regarding change in certifying accountant.
21.1*
List of subsidiaries.
23.1
Consents of Deloitte & Touche, LLP.
23.2*
Consent of Greenberg Traurig, LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1).
24.1**
Power of Attorney (previously included in the
signature page to this Registration Statement).
*
To be filed by amendment.
**
Previously filed.
Exhibit 2.1
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of February 12, 2004, by and between WellCare Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "LLC"), and WellCare Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the LLC ("Merger Sub"). Reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the LLC, dated as of September 5, 2002, as amended by that certain First Amendment dated as of November 24, 2003 and that certain Second Amendment dated as of February 10, 2004 (the "LLC Agreement").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, as of the execution of this Agreement, the LLC's issued and outstanding Units (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) ("Units") consist solely of (i) Class A Common Units ("Class A Common Units"), (ii) Class B Common Units ("Class B Common Units") and (iii) Class C Common Units ("Class C Common Units"), in each case, as such terms are defined in the LLC Agreement;
WHEREAS, as of the execution of this Agreement, the LLC owns 100 shares of Merger Sub's common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Merger Sub Common Stock"), which represents all of Merger Sub's issued and outstanding capital stock;
WHEREAS, Section 264 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, 8 Del. C. Section 101, et seq. ("DGCL"), and Section 18-209 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. Section 18-101, et seq., ("DLLCA"), authorize the merger of one or more Delaware limited liability companies with and into a Delaware corporation;
WHEREAS, in connection with an initial public offering of Surviving
Corporation Common Stock (as defined herein) (the "IPO"), which initial public
offering shall constitute an Initial Public Offering (as such term is defined in
Section 12.16 of the LLC Agreement), the LLC and Merger Sub desire to merge (the
"Merger") with Merger Sub being the surviving entity (the "Surviving
Corporation");
WHEREAS, this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby have been approved, consented to and adopted by (i) the Board of Directors of the LLC and (ii) the requisite holders of the LLC's issued and outstanding Units, in each case, as required by applicable law and by the LLC Agreement; and
WHEREAS, this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby have been approved, consented to and adopted by (i) the Board of Directors of Merger Sub and (ii) the LLC, in its capacity as the sole shareholder of Merger Sub, in each case, as required by applicable law and by Merger Sub's certificate of incorporation and bylaws;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the agreements, covenants and provisions hereinafter contained, the LLC and Merger Sub hereby agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
"Adjusted Pre-IPO Valuation" means (i) the Pre-IPO Valuation plus
(ii) the Aggregate Exercise Price.
"Aggregate Exercise Price" means the aggregate exercise price with respect to all of the vested and unvested Outstanding Options.
"Aggregate Unpaid Yield" means the aggregate Class A Common Unpaid Yield (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) that as of immediately prior to Effective Time is attributable to all of the Class A Common Units issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.
"Aggregate Unreturned Capital Value" means the aggregate Class A Common Unreturned Capital Value (as such term is defined in the LLC Agreement) that as of immediately prior to Effective Time is attributable to all of the Class A Common Units issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.
"Class A Common Member" means each owner of record of Class A Common Units as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, but solely in such owner's capacity as an owner of Class A Common Units.
"Class B Common Member" means each owner of record of Class B Common Units as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, but solely in such owner's capacity as an owner of Class B Common Units.
"Class C Common Member" means each owner of record of Class C Common Units as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, but solely in such owner's capacity as an owner of Class C Common Units.
"IPO Offering Price" means the offering price per share of Surviving Corporation Common Stock in connection with the IPO.
"Number of Class A Common Units" means the number of Class A Common Units issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.
"Number of Class B Common Units" means the number of Class B Common Units issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.
"Number of Class C Common Units" means the number of Class C Common Units issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.
"Number of Fully Diluted Common Units" means (i) the Number of Class A Common Units plus (ii) the Number of Class B Common Units plus (iii) the Number of Class C Common Units plus (iv) the Number of Option Units.
"Number of Option Units" means the number of Class A Common Units issuable upon the exercise in full of all of the vested and unvested Outstanding Options.
"Outstanding Options" means all of the options to purchase Class A Common Units that have been granted and/or issued by the LLC and that are unexercised and outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time (including all such options that have been issued by the LLC (i) to any employee of the LLC or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to the WellCare Holdings, LLC 2002 Employee Option Plan, (ii) to any director of the LLC, or (iii) to any consultant of the LLC or any of its subsidiaries).
"Pre-IPO Valuation" means the equity value of the Surviving Corporation immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO (and after giving effect to the consummation of the Merger), as determined by the Pricing Committee of the Board of Directors of Merger Sub in consultation with the managing underwriters of the IPO. For the avoidance of doubt, the Pre-IPO Valuation shall be determined based upon the valuation of the Surviving Corporation used in connection with the determination of the IPO Offering Price.
"Pro Rata Percentage" means (i) with respect to any Class A Common Member, the number of issued and outstanding Class A Common Units owned of record by such Class A Common Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by the Number of Fully Diluted Common Units, (ii) with respect to any Class B Common Member, the number of issued and outstanding Class B Common Units owned of record by such Class B Common Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by the Number of Fully Diluted Common Units and (iii) with respect to any Class C Common Member, the number of issued and outstanding Class C Common Units owned of record by such Class C Common Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time divided by the Number of Fully Diluted Common Units.
"Residual Value" means (i) the Adjusted Pre-IPO Valuation minus (ii) the Aggregate Unpaid Yield minus (iii) the Aggregate Unreturned Capital Value.
"Surviving Corporation Common Stock" means the Surviving Corporation's common stock, par value $0.01 per share.
"Warrant Notes" has the meaning given to such term in the LLC Agreement.
"Warrant Units" has the meaning given to such term is the LLC Agreement.
2. MERGER. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, at the Effective Time (as defined herein), the LLC shall be merged with and into Merger Sub in accordance with Sections 259 and 264 of the DGCL, Section 18-209 of the DLLCA, and any other applicable provision of law. The separate corporate existence of the LLC shall thereupon cease, and Merger Sub shall
be the Surviving Corporation. As of the Effective Time, the name of the Surviving Corporation shall be "WellCare Health Plans, Inc."
3. EFFECT OF MERGER. Upon the Effective Time, the Merger shall have the effects provided for in Section 259 of the DGCL and Section 18-209 of the DLLCA. For Federal (and, where applicable, state and local) income tax purposes, the Merger represents the contribution of all of the assets of the LLC to Merger Sub in exchange for shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation in a transaction governed by Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, followed by the liquidation of the LLC.
4. CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS. From and after the
Effective Time, (i) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
Merger Sub attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Certificate of Incorporation")
shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation, until
thereafter changed or amended in accordance with its terms and applicable law
and (ii) the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Merger Sub attached hereto as
Exhibit B (the "Bylaws") shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, until
thereafter changed or amended in accordance with its terms and applicable law.
5. OFFICERS. The officers of Merger Sub as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial officers of the Surviving Corporation, and shall hold the same offices, with the same rights and duties attendant thereto, as existed immediately prior to the Effective Time at Merger Sub. Such officers shall hold office from and after the Effective Time until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualify in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, or as otherwise provided by applicable law.
6. DIRECTORS. The directors of Merger Sub as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial directors of the Surviving Corporation, with the same rights and duties attendant thereto, as existed immediately prior to the Effective Time at Merger Sub. Such directors shall hold their positions from and after the Effective Time until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualify in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, or as otherwise provided by applicable law.
7. LLC AGREEMENT. As of the Effective Time and at all times thereafter, the LLC Agreement shall be terminated and shall be of no further force or effect; provided, however, that the provisions of Section 12.16 of the LLC Agreement shall survive such termination and shall remain in effect in connection with the IPO.
8. EFFECT ON CAPITAL STOCK AND UNITS. As of the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder of any Units or any shares of Merger Sub Common Stock:
(a) Conversion of Class A Common Units. With respect to each Class A Common Member, the Class A Common Units owned, in the aggregate, by such Class A Common Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become that number of shares of Surviving Corporation Common Stock (rounded to
the nearest whole number) equal to (A) (i) that portion of the Aggregate Unpaid Yield attributable to the Class A Common Units then owned by such Class A Common Member plus (ii) that portion of the Aggregate Unreturned Capital Value attributable to the Class A Common Units then owned by such Class A Common Member plus (iii) (x) such Class A Common Member's Pro Rata Percentage multiplied by (y) the Residual Value divided by (B) the IPO Offering Price. As of the Effective Time, all Class A Common Units shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each Class A Common Member shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the shares of Surviving Corporation Common Stock into which his or its Class A Common Units have been converted by the Merger as provided in this Section 8(a).
(b) Conversion of Class B Common Units. With respect to each Class B
Common Member, the Class B Common Units owned, in the aggregate, by such
Class B Common Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall
be converted into and become that number of shares of Surviving
Corporation Common Stock (rounded to the nearest whole number) equal to
(A) (x) such Class B Common Member's Pro Rata Percentage multiplied by (y)
the Residual Value divided by (B) the IPO Offering Price. As of the
Effective Time, all Class B Common Units shall no longer be outstanding
and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist,
and each Class B Common Member shall cease to have any rights with respect
thereto, except the right to receive the shares of Surviving Corporation
Common Stock into which his or its Class B Common Units have been
converted by the Merger as provided in this Section 8(b).
(c) Conversion of Class C Common Units. With respect to each Class C
Common Member, the Class C Common Units owned, in the aggregate, by such
Class C Common Member as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall
be converted into and become that number of shares of Surviving
Corporation Common Stock (rounded to the nearest whole number) equal to
(A) (x) such Class C Common Member's Pro Rata Percentage multiplied by (y)
the Residual Value divided by (B) the IPO Offering Price. As of the
Effective Time, all Class C Common Units shall no longer be outstanding
and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist,
and each Class C Common Member shall cease to have any rights with respect
thereto, except the right to receive the shares of Surviving Corporation
Common Stock into which his or its Class C Common Units have been
converted by the Merger as provided in this Section 8(c).
(d) Conversion of Merger Sub Common Stock. Each share of Merger Sub Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into the right to receive from the Surviving Corporation in cash $10.00 per share of Merger Sub Common Stock. As of the Effective Time, all shares of Merger Sub Common Stock shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each holder of a certificate representing shares of any Merger Sub Common Stock shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the cash into which his or its shares of Merger Sub Common Stock have been converted by the Merger as provided in this Section 8(d).
9. EXCHANGE PROCEDURE. As soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time, (i) the Surviving Corporation shall mail or otherwise deliver to each Class A Common Member, each Class B Common Member and each Class C Common Member a notice (which notice shall include a copy of this Agreement) that the Merger has been consummated and (ii) each such Class A Common Member, Class B Common Member or Class C Common Member, as the case may be, shall, upon compliance with such reasonable conditions as the Surviving Corporation may impose to effect an orderly payment of the Merger Consideration (as herein defined), be entitled to receive a certificate representing the applicable number of shares of Surviving Corporation Common Stock as provided in Section 8 hereof (the "Merger Consideration") attributable to the Units owned by such Class A Common Member, Class B Common Member or Class C Common Member, as the case may be, as of immediately prior to the Effective Time. After the Effective Time, there shall be no further transfer on the records of the LLC or the Surviving Corporation with respect to any Units. The Merger Consideration paid pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been paid in full satisfaction of all then remaining rights pertaining to the Units theretofore outstanding.
10. DISTRIBUTION OF THE WARRANT NOTES. Prior to the Effective Time, the LLC shall distribute the Warrant Notes to the holders of the Warrant Units pursuant to, and in the manner set forth in, the last paragraph of Section 7.2 of the LLC Agreement (such distribution, the "Distribution of the Warrant Notes").
11. CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the consummation of the Merger is conditioned on (i) the LLC's completion of the Distribution of the Warrant Notes, (ii) the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR Act") relating to the Merger, (iii) no statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental entity or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Merger being in effect and (iv) the pricing of the IPO.
12. FURTHER ASSIGNMENT OR ASSURANCE. If at any time Merger Sub, as the Surviving Corporation, shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, conveyance or assurance is necessary or advisable to carry out any of the provisions of this Agreement, the proper representatives of Surviving Corporation shall do all things necessary or proper to do so.
13. EFFECTIVE TIME. Promptly following the satisfaction of all of the conditions to the consummation of the Merger set forth in Section 11 hereof, Merger Sub and the LLC shall file a certificate of merger in respect of the Merger (the "Delaware Certificate of Merger"), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and make all other filings or recordings required by law in connection with the Merger. The Merger shall become effective (the "Effective Time") upon the filing of the Delaware Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
14. HSR ACT. In the event any Class A Common Member, Class B Common Member or Class C Common Member has to make a filing under the HSR Act in connection
with the Merger, the filing or similar type fee for such filing shall be paid by the LLC or one of its subsidiaries.
15. TERMINATION. Anything in this Agreement or elsewhere to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger contemplated hereby may be abandoned by the LLC at any time prior to the Effective Time.
16. DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS. The descriptive headings of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
17. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
18. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effects as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received the counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto.
19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement (including the Exhibits attached hereto, which are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties hereto, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.
WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC
By: /s/ Todd S. Farha ----------------------------------- Name: Todd S. Farha Title: Chief Executive Officer |
WELLCARE GROUP, INC.
By: /s/ Todd S. Farha ----------------------------------- Name: Todd S. Farha Title: Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 10.24
WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of ____________, 200_, by and between WellCare Health Plans, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and ____________________________________ ("Indemnitee"). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings set forth in Section 10 hereof.
RECITALS
A. The Company and Indemnitee recognize the continued difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for the directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries of the Company and its Subsidiaries, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance.
B. The Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited.
C. Indemnitee does not regard the current protection available as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee and other directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries of the Company may not be willing to continue to serve in such capacities without additional protection.
D. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries and, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or to continue to provide services to the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries, wishes to provide for the indemnification and advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law.
E. In view of the considerations set forth above, the Company desires that Indemnitee be indemnified by the Company as set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:
1. Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification of Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee was or is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, any Proceeding, against any and all Expenses, including all interest, assessments and other charges
paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses. Subject to
Section 1(b) hereof, such payment of Expenses shall be made by the Company as
soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after
written demand by Indemnitee therefor is presented to the Company.
(b) Reviewing Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 1(a) or 2(a) hereof:
(i) the indemnification obligations of the Company under
Section 1(a) hereof shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party
shall not have determined that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
indemnified under applicable law; and
(ii) the obligation of the Company to make an advance payment of Expenses to Indemnitee pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof (an "Expense Advance") shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid by Company to Indemnitee; provided, however, that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).
Indemnitee's obligation to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. If there has not been a Change in Control, or it there has been a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the directors of the Company who were directors immediately prior to the Change in Control (the "Incumbent Directors"), the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors of the Company, and if there has been a Change in Control which has not been approved by a majority of the Incumbent Directors, the Reviewing Party shall be the Independent Legal Counsel. If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee.
(c) Contribution. If the indemnification obligations of the Company under Section 1(a) hereof shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction for any reason other than that set forth in Section 8(a) hereof to be unavailable to Indemnitee in respect of any Expense, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by Indemnitee as a result of such Expense (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee, or (ii) if the allocation
provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred
to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and Indemnitee
in connection with the action or inaction which resulted in such Expense, as
well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company and Indemnitee
agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this
Section 1(c) were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any
other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable
considerations referred to in the immediately preceding sentence.
(d) Mandatory Payment of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any Proceeding or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.
2. Expenses; Indemnification Procedure.
(a) Advancement of Expenses. Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 1(b) hereof and to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after written demand by Indemnitee therefor to the Company.
(b) Notice; Cooperation by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee's right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any Proceeding for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee's power.
(c) No Presumptions; Burden of Proof
(i) For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendre or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, neither the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, shall be a defense to Indemnitee's claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.
(ii) In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.
(d) Notice to Insurers. If, at the time of the receipt by the Company of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, the Company has liability insurance in effect which may cover such Proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(e) Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company shall be obligated hereunder to pay the Expenses of a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee's counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee's expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee's counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion, provided that the Company has the right to settle any claim against Indemnitee only with the consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
3. Scope; Nonexclusivity.
(a) Scope. It is understood that the parties to this Agreement intend for this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification and advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, subject only to the express exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement. In the event of any change after the date of this Agreement in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the right of the Company to indemnify a member of the Board of Directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Subsidiary, as applicable, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits afforded by such change. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of the Company to indemnify a member of the Board of Directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Subsidiary, as applicable, such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties' rights and obligations hereunder.
(b) Nonexclusivity. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the charter documents of the Company or any Subsidiary, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.
4. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Proceeding against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, charter documents of the Company or any Subsidiary or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.
5. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding, but not for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.
6. Mutual Acknowledgement. Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, Federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries under this Agreement or otherwise. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company's right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.
7. Maintenance of Liability Insurance. The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company's performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. In all policies of director and officer liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company's directors, if Indemnitee is a director, or of the Company's officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage proved, if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or if Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a parent or Subsidiary of the Company
8. Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein other than Section 1(d) hereof, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:
(a) Unlawful Claims. To indemnify Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction shall have determined that such indemnification is not lawful;
(b) Proceedings Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or
advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings initiated or brought
voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to
any Proceeding (x) brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or
advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, or any other agreement, or
insurance policy, or the charter documents of the Company or any Subsidiary, now
or hereafter in effect relating to any Proceeding, or (y) specifically
authorized by the Board of Directors, or (ii) as otherwise required under
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, regardless of whether
Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification,
advance expense payment or insurance recovery, as the case may be; provided,
however, that such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by
the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors determines it to be
appropriate;
(c) Claims Under Section 16(b). To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses, judgments, fines or penalties sustained in any Proceeding for an accounting of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any similar provisions of any federal, state or local statute; or
(d) Lack of Good Faith. To indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such Proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous.
9. Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's estate, spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of three (3) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such three-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.
10. Construction of Certain Terms and Phrases. As used in this Agreement, the following terms and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:
(a) A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if
(i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Exchange Act), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under
an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or
indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, (A) who is or becomes
the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company
representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then
outstanding Voting Securities, increases
his beneficial ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such person, or (B) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 20% of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company's assets.
(b) References to the "Company" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
(c) "Expense" shall include any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in, a Proceeding), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of a Proceeding, and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement.
(d) "Independent Legal Counsel" shall mean an attorney or firm of attorneys who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee within the last three years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements). Independent Legal Counsel shall be selected as follows: (i) by a majority of the Disinterested Directors if there has
not been a Change in Control or if there has been a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Incumbent Directors; or (ii) by Indemnitee, subject to the approval by a majority of the Disinterested Directors (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), if there has been a Change in Control which has not been approved by a majority of the Incumbent Directors. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel, regardless of which party selects the Independent Legal Counsel.
(e) References to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Company" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or its beneficiaries.
(f) "Proceeding" shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any hearing, inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or otherwise, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, in which Indemnitee was or is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant by reason of (or arising in part out of) any event or occurrence related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Subsidiary, or is or was serving at the request of the Company or any Subsidiary as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while serving in such capacity.
(g) "Reviewing Party" shall mean (i) the Board of Directors acting by a majority vote of the directors who are not and were not parties to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought (the "Disinterested Directors"), (ii) a committee of some or all of the Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, or (iii) Independent Legal Counsel.
(h) "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation or other entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries, or by one or more other Subsidiaries.
(i) "Voting Securities" shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.
11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.
12. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or
otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to any Proceeding regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, any Subsidiary or any other enterprise at the Company's request.
13. Attorneys' Fees. In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement or under any liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof or thereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action, regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately successful in such action, and shall be entitled to the advancement of such expenses with respect to such action, unless, as a part of such action, a court of competent jurisdiction over such action determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous. In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all expenses incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action (including costs and expenses incurred with respect to Indemnitee counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), and shall be entitled to the advancement of such expenses with respect to such action, unless, as a part of such action, a court having jurisdiction over such action determines that each of Indemnitee's material defenses to such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous.
14. Notice. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when received, and shall in any event be deemed to be received (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid, or (d) one day after the business day of delivery by facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission, with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed if to Indemnitee, at Indemnitee's address as set forth beneath Indemnitee's signature to this Agreement and if to the Company at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: Secretary) or at such other address as a party may designate by ten days' advance written notice to the other party hereto.
15. Headings. The headings used in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.
16. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise
unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitations, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
17. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and its provisions construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents, entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
18. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
19. Amendment and Termination. No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing signed by both the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
20. Integration and Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes and merges all previous written and oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto.
21. No Construction as Employment Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:
EXHIBIT 10.29
EXECUTION COPY
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of May 13, 2004
among
WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC
WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.
THE WELLCARE MANAGEMENT GROUP, INC.
COMPREHENSIVE HEALTH MANAGEMENT, INC.
THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO
and
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON,
as Administrative Agent
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
and
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers
[CS & M Ref. No. 2162-126]
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page ---- ARTICLE I Definitions SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms................................................................... 1 SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally................................................................. 28 SECTION 1.03. Pro Forma Calculations.......................................................... 29 SECTION 1.04. Classification of Loans and Borrowings.......................................... 29 ARTICLE II The Credits SECTION 2.01. Commitments..................................................................... 29 SECTION 2.02. Loans........................................................................... 30 SECTION 2.03. Borrowing Procedure............................................................. 32 SECTION 2.04. Evidence of Debt; Repayment of Loans............................................ 32 SECTION 2.05. Fees............................................................................ 33 SECTION 2.06. Interest on Loans............................................................... 34 SECTION 2.07. Default Interest................................................................ 34 SECTION 2.08. Alternate Rate of Interest...................................................... 35 SECTION 2.09. Termination and Reduction of Commitments........................................ 35 SECTION 2.10. Conversion and Continuation of Borrowings....................................... 35 SECTION 2.11. Repayment of Term Borrowings.................................................... 37 SECTION 2.12. Optional Prepayments............................................................ 38 SECTION 2.13. Mandatory Prepayments........................................................... 38 SECTION 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances................................... 40 SECTION 2.15. Change in Legality.............................................................. 41 |
SECTION 2.16. Indemnity....................................................................... 42 SECTION 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment.............................................................. 42 SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs.............................................................. 43 SECTION 2.19. Payments........................................................................ 43 SECTION 2.20. Taxes........................................................................... 44 SECTION 2.21. Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances; Duty to Mitigate......... 45 SECTION 2.22. Swingline Loans................................................................. 46 SECTION 2.23. Letters of Credit............................................................... 47 SECTION 2.24. Increase in Term Loan Commitments............................................... 51 ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers............................................................ 53 SECTION 3.02. Authorization................................................................... 54 SECTION 3.03. Enforceability.................................................................. 54 SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals.......................................................... 54 SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements............................................................ 55 SECTION 3.06. No Material Adverse Change...................................................... 55 SECTION 3.07. Title to Properties; Possession Under Leases.................................... 55 SECTION 3.08. Subsidiaries.................................................................... 56 SECTION 3.09. Litigation; Compliance with Laws................................................ 56 SECTION 3.10. Agreements...................................................................... 57 SECTION 3.11. Federal Reserve Regulations..................................................... 57 SECTION 3.12. Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act...................... 57 SECTION 3.13. Tax Returns..................................................................... 58 |
SECTION 3.14. No Material Misstatements....................................................... 58 SECTION 3.15. Employee Benefit Plans.......................................................... 58 SECTION 3.16. Environmental Matters........................................................... 58 SECTION 3.17. Insurance....................................................................... 59 SECTION 3.18. Security Documents.............................................................. 59 SECTION 3.19. Location of Real Property and Leased Premises................................... 60 SECTION 3.20. Labor Matters................................................................... 60 SECTION 3.21. Solvency........................................................................ 60 SECTION 3.22. Senior Debt Status.............................................................. 60 SECTION 3.23. Licensing and Accreditation..................................................... 60 SECTION 3.24. Medicare and Medicaid Notices and Filings Related to Business................... 61 ARTICLE IV Conditions of Lending SECTION 4.01. All Credit Events............................................................... 62 SECTION 4.02. First Credit Event.............................................................. 62 ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants SECTION 5.01. Existence; Businesses and Properties............................................ 65 SECTION 5.02. Insurance....................................................................... 66 SECTION 5.03. Obligations and Taxes........................................................... 66 SECTION 5.04. Financial Statements, Reports, etc.............................................. 66 SECTION 5.05. Litigation and Other Notices.................................................... 68 SECTION 5.06. Information Regarding Collateral................................................ 69 SECTION 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections; Maintenance of Ratings......................................................................... 69 |
SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds................................................................. 70 SECTION 5.09. Compliance with Laws............................................................ 70 SECTION 5.10. Further Assurances.............................................................. 71 SECTION 5.11. Designation of Obligations; Matters Relating to the Seller Note................. 71 ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness.................................................................... 72 SECTION 6.02. Liens........................................................................... 75 SECTION 6.03. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions................................................ 76 SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans, Advances and Guarantees..................................... 77 SECTION 6.05. Mergers, Consolidations, Sales of Assets and Acquisitions....................... 79 SECTION 6.06. Restricted Payments; Restrictive Agreements..................................... 79 SECTION 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates.................................................... 80 SECTION 6.08. Business of Parent and Subsidiaries; Ownership of Subsidiaries; Preferred Equity Interests....................................................................... 80 SECTION 6.09. Other Indebtedness and Agreements............................................... 81 SECTION 6.10. Capital Expenditures............................................................ 81 SECTION 6.11. Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio..................................................... 82 SECTION 6.12. Leverage Ratio.................................................................. 82 SECTION 6.13. Fiscal Year..................................................................... 82 |
ARTICLE VII Events of Default ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous SECTION 9.01. Notices......................................................................... 88 SECTION 9.02. Survival of Agreement........................................................... 88 SECTION 9.03. Binding Effect.................................................................. 89 SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns.......................................................... 89 SECTION 9.05. Expenses; Indemnity............................................................. 93 SECTION 9.06. Right of Setoff................................................................. 94 SECTION 9.07. Applicable Law.................................................................. 95 SECTION 9.08. Waivers; Amendment.............................................................. 95 SECTION 9.09. Interest Rate Limitation........................................................ 96 SECTION 9.10. Entire Agreement................................................................ 96 SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL............................................................ 97 SECTION 9.12. Severability.................................................................... 97 SECTION 9.13. Counterparts.................................................................... 97 SECTION 9.14. Headings........................................................................ 97 SECTION 9.15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process..................................... 97 SECTION 9.16. Confidentiality................................................................. 98 SECTION 9.17. Release of Subsidiary Loan Parties and Collateral............................... 99 SECTION 9.18. USA Patriot Act Notice.......................................................... 99 |
Exhibits Exhibit A -- Form of Administrative Questionnaire Exhibit B -- Form of Assignment and Acceptance Exhibit C -- Form of Borrowing Request Exhibit D -- Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement Exhibit E -- Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation Exhibit F -- Form of Notice of Prepayment Exhibit G -- Form of Closing Date Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP Exhibit H-1 -- Form of Intercompany Subordination Provisions Exhibit H-2 -- Form of Third-Party Subordination Provisions Schedules Schedule 2.01 -- Lenders and Commitments Schedule 3.08 -- Subsidiaries Schedule 3.09 -- Disclosed Matters Schedule 3.16 -- Environmental Matters Schedule 3.17 -- Insurance Schedule 3.18(a) -- UCC Filing Offices Schedule 3.19(a) -- Owned Real Property Schedule 3.19(b) -- Leased Real Property Schedule 6.01 -- Existing Indebtedness Schedule 6.02 -- Existing Liens |
CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of May 13, 2004, among WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("HOLDINGS"), WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("WHP"), THE WELLCARE MANAGEMENT GROUP, INC., a New York corporation ("WMG"), COMPREHENSIVE HEALTH MANAGEMENT, INC., a Florida corporation ("CHM" and, together with WHP and WMG, the "BORROWERS"), the Lenders (as defined in Article I) and CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT") and as collateral agent (in such capacity, the "COLLATERAL AGENT") for the Lenders. |
The Borrowers have requested the Lenders to extend credit in the form of
(a) Term Loans (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined
in this introductory statement having the meaning assigned to it in Article I)
on the Closing Date, in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of
$160,000,000, and (b) Revolving Loans at any time and from time to time prior to
the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, in an aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding not in excess of $50,000,000. The Borrowers have also requested the
Swingline Lender to extend credit, at any time and from time to time prior to
the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, in the form of Swingline Loans, in an
aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $10,000,000,
and the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, in an aggregate face amount at
any time outstanding not in excess of $10,000,000.
The Lenders are willing to extend such credit to the Borrowers and the Issuing Bank is willing to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.01. DEFINED TERMS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:
"ABR", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.
"ADJUSTED LIBO RATE" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the product of (a) the LIBO Rate in effect for such Interest Period and (b) Statutory Reserves.
"ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FEES" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).
"ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE" shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.
"AFFILIATE" shall mean, when used with respect to a specified person, another person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the person specified; provided, however, that, solely for purposes of Section 6.07, the term "Affiliate" shall also include any person that directly or indirectly owns 5% or more of any class of Equity Interests of the person specified or that is an officer or director of the person specified (it being agreed that for purposes of this proviso the Class A Common Units, the Class B Common Units and the Class C Common Units of Holdings shall be deemed to be a single class of Equity Interests).
"AGGREGATE REVOLVING CREDIT EXPOSURE" shall mean the aggregate amount of the Lenders' Revolving Credit Exposures.
"ALTERNATE BASE RATE" shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to
the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal
Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. If the Administrative
Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent
manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate
for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent
to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition
thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause
(b) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such
inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change
in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the
effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective
Rate, as the case may be.
"APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE" shall mean (except as otherwise provided in the Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreements with respect to any Incremental Term Loan), for any day, (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Term Loan, 4.00%, (b) with respect to any ABR Term Loan, 3.00%, (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the applicable percentage set forth below under the caption "ABR Spread" based upon the Leverage Ratio as of the relevant date of determination and (d) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan or ABR Loan that is a Revolving Loan, the applicable percentage set forth below under the caption "Eurodollar Spread" or "ABR Spread", as the case may be, based upon the Leverage Ratio as of the relevant date of determination:
LEVERAGE RATIO EURODOLLAR SPREAD ABR SPREAD Category 1 3.75% 2.75% Greater than 2.0 to 1.0 Category 2 3.50% 2.50% Greater than 1.5 to 1.0 but less than or equal to 2.0 to 1.0 Category 3 3.25% 2.25% Equal to or less than 1.5 to 1.0 |
Each change in the Applicable Percentage resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall be effective with respect to all Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit outstanding on and after the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the financial statements required by clause (a) or (b) of Section 5.04 and certificates required by clause (d) of such Section indicating such change until the date immediately preceding the next date of delivery of such financial statements and certificates indicating another such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until Parent shall have delivered the financial statements required by clause (a) of Section 5.04 and the certificates required by clause (d) of such Section for the period ended December 31, 2004, the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for purposes of determining the Applicable Percentage with respect to the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit. In addition, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 for purposes of determining the Applicable Percentage with respect to the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Percentage with respect to any Eurodollar Term Loan or ABR Term Loan shall automatically be increased by the Yield Differential, if any, upon the making of any Other Term Loans, as provided in Section 2.24(b).
"ARRANGERS" shall mean CSFB and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.
"ASSET SALE" shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition (by way of merger, casualty, condemnation or otherwise) by Parent or any of the Subsidiaries to any person other than Parent, any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor of (a) any Equity Interests of any of the Subsidiaries (other than directors' qualifying shares) or (b) any other assets (other than cash) of Parent or any of the Subsidiaries (other than (i) inventory, damaged, obsolete or worn out assets, scrap and Permitted Investments, in each case disposed of in the ordinary course of business, (ii) dispositions between or among Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties or (iii) Excluded Asset Sales), provided that any asset sale or series of related asset sales described in clause (b) above having a value not in excess of $250,000 shall be deemed not to be an "Asset Sale" for purposes of this Agreement.
"ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE" shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.
"ASSIGNMENT OF CLAIMS ACT" shall mean the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.
"BOARD" shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
"BORROWING" shall mean (a) Loans of the same Class and Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.
"BORROWING REQUEST" shall mean a request by any Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03 and substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.
"BUSINESS DAY" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close; provided, however, that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term "BUSINESS DAY" shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
"CAPITAL EXPENDITURES" shall mean, for any period, without duplication,
(a) the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital
expenditures of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries that are (or should be)
set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of Parent for such period
prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) Capital Lease Obligations or Synthetic
Lease Obligations incurred by Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries during
such period, but excluding in each case any such expenditure made to restore,
replace or rebuild property to the condition of such property immediately prior
to any damage, loss, destruction or condemnation of such property, to the extent
such expenditure is made with insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damage
recovery proceeds relating to any such damage, loss, destruction or
condemnation.
"CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS" of any person shall mean the obligations of such person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
"CHAMPUS" shall mean the United States Department of Defense Civilian Health and Medical Program of the Uniformed Services, or any successor thereto, including TRICARE.
A "CHANGE IN CONTROL" shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) prior to the IPO, Soros, or one or more Affiliates of Soros, shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, Equity Interests in Parent representing more than 50% of each of the aggregate ordinary voting power and aggregate equity value represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Parent; (b) after the IPO, any "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the date hereof), other than Soros or any Affiliate of Soros, shall own, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, Equity Interests in Parent representing more than 25% of either the aggregate ordinary voting power or the aggregate equity value represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Parent; (c) after the IPO, during any period of 12 consecutive months (including any such period commencing prior to the IPO), a majority of the members of the board of directors of Parent ceases to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board of directors on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board of directors was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board of directors or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board of directors was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board of directors (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board of directors occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors); (d) any change in control (or similar event, however denominated, including the "Sale of the Maker" as such term is defined in the Seller Note) with respect to Parent or any Subsidiary shall occur under and as defined in any indenture or agreement in respect of Material Indebtedness to which Parent or any Subsidiary is a party, or (e) Parent shall cease to directly or indirectly own, beneficially and of record, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Borrower.
"CHANGE IN LAW" shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14, by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender's or Issuing Bank's holding company, if any, but if not having the force of law, being of a type with which such person would ordinarily comply) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.
"CHM MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS" shall mean the Management Agreements between CHM and certain HMO Subsidiaries, as approved by the applicable Governmental Authorities, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
"CLASS", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, Term Loans,
Incremental Term Loans (with the Incremental Term Loans made on each date to constitute a separate Class) or Swingline Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Credit Commitment, a Term Loan Commitment, an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or a Swingline Commitment.
"CLOSING DATE" shall mean the date of the first Credit Event.
"CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
"COLLATERAL" shall mean all the "Collateral" as defined in any Security Document and shall also include the Mortgaged Properties.
"COMMITMENT" shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment, Term Loan Commitment, Incremental Term Loan Commitment and, in the case of the Swingline Lender, such Lender's Swingline Commitment.
"COMMITMENT FEE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(a).
"CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION MEMORANDUM" shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum of the Borrowers dated April 2004.
"CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income
for such period plus (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in
determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest
Expense for such period, (ii) consolidated income tax expense for such period,
(iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation, amortization or write-downs of
goodwill for such period and (iv) any non-cash charges (other than the
write-down of current assets) for such period (provided, that any cash payment
made with respect to any non-cash charge in a prior period shall be subtracted
in computing Consolidated EBITDA during the period in which such cash payment is
made), (v) any extraordinary non-cash losses for such period (provided, that any
cash payment made in respect of items that are the subject of any extraordinary
non-cash loss in a prior period shall be subtracted in computing Consolidated
EBITDA during the period in which such cash payment is made), and minus (b) to
the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, any
extraordinary gains and all non-cash items of income for such period, all
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
"CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGES" shall mean, for any period, the sum of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (b) the aggregate amount of scheduled principal payments made during such period in respect of long-term Indebtedness of Parent and the Subsidiaries (other than payments made by Parent or any Subsidiary to Parent or a Subsidiary), (c) the aggregate amount of principal payments (other than scheduled principal payments) made during such period in respect of long-term Indebtedness of Parent and the Subsidiaries, to the extent that such payments reduced any scheduled principal payments that would have become due within one year after the date
of the applicable payment and (d) the aggregate amount of income Taxes paid in cash by Parent and the Subsidiaries during such period.
"CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" shall mean, for any period, the sum of (a) the interest expense (including imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations) of Parent and the Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (b) any interest accrued during such period in respect of Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary that is required to be capitalized rather than included in consolidated interest expense for such period in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of the foregoing, interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by Parent or any Subsidiary with respect to interest rate Hedging Agreements.
"CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" shall mean, for any period, the net income or loss of Parent and the Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded (a) the income of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by the Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its organizational documents or any agreement (other than an agreement with a Governmental Authority) to which such Subsidiary is a party, (b) subject to Section 1.03, the income or loss of any person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with Parent or any Subsidiary or the date that such person's assets are acquired by Parent or any Subsidiary, (c) the income of any person (other than Parent) in which any other person (other than Parent or a wholly owned Subsidiary or any director holding qualifying shares in accordance with applicable law) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Parent or a wholly owned Subsidiary by such person during such period, (d) any gains attributable to sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business and (e) any non-cash losses attributable to sales of assets out of the ordinary course of business.
"CONTROL" shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms "CONTROLLING" and "CONTROLLED" shall have meanings correlative thereto.
"CREDIT EVENT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01.
"CREDIT FACILITIES" shall mean the revolving credit and term loan facilities provided for by this Agreement.
"CREDIT TRANSACTIONS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 3.02.
"CSFB" shall mean Credit Suisse First Boston, acting through its Cayman Islands branch.
"DEFAULT" shall mean any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.
"DISCOUNT NOTES" shall mean 8% Senior Discount Notes due March 5, 2009 of
WMG.
"DOLLARS" or "$" shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.
"DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARIES" shall mean all Subsidiaries incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
"ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" shall mean all applicable and legally binding laws, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders, and binding agreements promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, human health and safety or the presence, management, Release of, or exposure to Hazardous Materials.
"ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY" shall mean all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims, actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, expenses and costs (including administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages and remediation costs), whether contingent or otherwise, arising out of or relating to (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
"EQUITY INTERESTs" shall mean shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any person.
"EQUITY ISSUANCE" shall mean any issuance or sale by Parent or any Subsidiary of any Equity Interests of Parent or any such Subsidiary, as applicable, except in each case for (a) any issuance or sale to Parent or any Subsidiary, (b) any issuance of directors' qualifying shares, (c) sales or issuances of common stock or common units of Parent to management, employees or former employees of Parent or of any Subsidiary under any employee stock or unit option or stock or unit purchase plan or employee benefit plan in existence from time to time and (d) sales or issuances of common stock or common units of Parent to directors or consultants of Parent or any Subsidiary whether or not pursuant to any plan.
"ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.
"ERISA AFFILIATE" shall mean any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) that, together with Parent, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414(b) or (c) of
the Code, or solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
"ERISA EVENT" shall mean (a) any "reportable event", as defined in Section
4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan
(other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the
existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as
defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not
waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d)
of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with
respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates
of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any
Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of Parent or any of its ERISA
Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the receipt by Parent or any
of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice
relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee
to administer any Plan; (f) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would
require the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code or
Section 307 of ERISA; (g) the receipt by Parent or any of its ERISA Affiliates
of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from Parent or any of
its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal
Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be,
insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (h) the
occurrence of a "prohibited transaction" with respect to which Parent or any of
the Subsidiaries is a "disqualified person" (within the meaning of Section 4975
of the Code) or with respect to which Parent or any such Subsidiary could
otherwise be liable; or (i) any other event or condition with respect to a Plan
or Multiemployer Plan that could result in liability of Parent or any
Subsidiary.
"EURODOLLAR", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
"EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article
VII.
"EXCLUDED ASSET SALES" shall mean (a) any sale or other disposition of office furniture, fixtures and equipment in connection with the headquarters relocation, (b) any sale or other disposition of assets to be acquired as part of the Harmony Acquisition and (c) exchange of existing computer equipment for new computer equipment, in an aggregate amount for all of the foregoing not in excess of $5,000,000.
"EXCLUDED TAXES" shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above, (c) in the case
of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by Parent under Section 2.21(a)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender's failure to comply with Section 2.20(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new (but not the initial) lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from any Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.20(a) and (d) any withholding tax imposed by a jurisdiction (i) in which the applicable Borrower is not organized or resident for tax purposes, (ii) through which no payment is made by or on behalf of the applicable Borrower under this Agreement, and (iii) with respect to which there is no other connection to a payment by or on behalf of the applicable Borrower under this Agreement that would directly result in the imposition of Taxes by such jurisdiction on that payment.
"EXCLUSION EVENT" shall mean any exclusion of Parent or any Subsidiary from participation in any Medical Reimbursement Program.
"EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT" shall mean the Credit Agreement dated as of March 13, 2003, as amended, among WHP, WMG, CHI, certain other subsidiaries of WHP and Bank of America, N.A., as lender.
"FEDERAL FUNDS EFFECTIVE RATE" shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
"FEE LETTER" shall mean the Fee Letter dated March 15, 2004, among Parent, WHP, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers, which was accepted by Parent and WHP on March 16, 2004.
"FEES" shall mean the Commitment Fees, the Administrative Agent Fees, the L/C Participation Fees and the Issuing Bank Fees.
"FINANCIAL OFFICER" of any person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such person.
"FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, for any period, the ratio of (a)
(i) Consolidated EBITDA for such period less (ii) Capital Expenditures for such
period to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.
"FOREIGN LENDER" shall mean, with respect to any Borrower, any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.
"FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
"GAAP" shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, as construed in accordance with Section 1.02.
"GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" shall mean any Federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.
"GRANTING LENDER" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i).
"GUARANTEE" of or by any person shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other person (the "PRIMARY OBLIGOR") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation; provided, however, that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.
"GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT" shall mean the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, among Parent, the Borrowers, the other Subsidiaries party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
"GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL REQUIREMENT" shall mean the requirement that:
(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received from each Loan Party either (i) a counterpart of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Loan Party or (ii) in the case of any person that becomes a Loan Party after the Closing Date, a supplement to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Loan Party;
(b) all outstanding Equity Interests of each Subsidiary (other than, prior to release thereof from the pledge securing the Seller Note, the Seller Note Pledged Stock) or other person owned directly by any Loan Party shall have been pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (except that the Loan Parties shall not be required to pledge any Equity Interests of any Immaterial Subsidiary or more than 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary) and the Collateral Agent shall have received certificates or other
instruments representing all such Equity Interests, together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;
(c) all Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary that is owing to any Loan Party shall be evidenced by a promissory note and shall have been pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Collateral Agent shall have received all such promissory notes, together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;
(d) all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and documents necessary for compliance with the Assignment of Claims Act, required by law or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or recording;
(e) the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner or lessee, as the case may be, of such Mortgaged Property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 6.02, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (iii) such surveys, abstracts, appraisals, legal opinions and other documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property; and
(f) each Loan Party shall have obtained all consents and approvals required to be obtained by it in connection with the execution and delivery of all Security Documents to which it is a party, the performance of its obligations thereunder and the granting by it of the Liens thereunder.
The foregoing definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance or surveys with respect to, particular assets if and for so long as, in the judgment of the Collateral Agent, the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or obtaining title insurance or surveys in respect of such assets shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom. The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it determines that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Security Documents.
"GUARANTORS" shall mean Parent and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
"HARMONY ACQUISITION" shall mean the acquisition by WHP, directly or indirectly, pursuant to the Harmony Acquisition Documents, of all the capital stock of Harmony Health Systems, Inc., a New Jersey corporation.
"HARMONY ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION" shall mean the aggregate cash payment, not in excess of $60,000,000, to be made by WMG to the selling stockholders and the escrow agent pursuant to the Harmony Merger Agreement on the date of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.
"HARMONY ACQUISITION DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Harmony Merger Agreement and the other agreements entered into in connection with the Harmony Acquisition, and all schedules, exhibits and annexes to each of the foregoing and all side letters and agreements affecting the terms of the foregoing or entered into in connection therewith.
"HARMONY MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT" shall mean the Management Agreement between Harmony Health Plan of Illinois, Inc. and Harmony Health Management, Inc., as approved by the applicable Governmental Authorities, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
"HARMONY MERGER AGREEMENT" shall mean the merger agreement dated as of March 3, 2004, by and among WHP, Zephyr Acquisition Sub, Inc., Harmony Health Systems, Inc. and the other parties named therein.
"HARMONY TRANSACTIONS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 3.02.
"HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" shall mean (a) any petroleum products or byproducts, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances and (b) any chemical, material, substance or waste that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to any Environmental Law.
"HCFA" shall mean the United States Health Care Financing Administration and any successor thereof, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
"HEDGING AGREEMENT" shall mean any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.
"HHS" shall mean the United States Department of Health and Human Services and any successor thereof.
"HMO" shall mean any health maintenance organization or managed care organization, any person doing business as a health maintenance organization or managed care organization, or any person required to qualify or be licensed as a health
maintenance organization or managed care organization under applicable law (including HMO Regulations).
"HMO BUSINESS" shall mean the business of operating an HMO or other similar regulated entity or business.
"HMO EVENT" shall mean any material non-compliance by Parent or any Subsidiary with any of the terms and provisions of the HMO Regulations pertaining to its fiscal soundness, solvency or financial conditions; or the assertion in writing, after the date hereof, by any HMO Regulator that it intends to take administrative action against Parent or any Subsidiary to revoke or modify in a manner adverse to Parent or any Subsidiary any license, charter or permit or to enforce the fiscal soundness, solvency or financial provisions or requirements of the HMO Regulations against Parent or any Subsidiary.
"HMO REGULATIONS" shall mean all laws, rules, regulations, directives and administrative orders applicable under Federal or state law to any HMO Subsidiary, including Part 422 of Chapter IV of Title 42 of the Code of Federal Regulations and Subchapter XI of Title 42 of the United States Code Annotated (and any regulations, orders and directives promulgated or issued pursuant thereto, including Part 417 of Chapter IV of Title 42 of the Code of Federal Regulations).
"HMO REGULATOR" shall mean any person charged with the administration, oversight or enforcement of any HMO Regulation, whether primarily, secondarily or jointly.
"HMO SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any Subsidiary that is designated as an HMO Subsidiary on Schedule 3.08 and any other existing or future Domestic Subsidiary that shall become capitalized or licensed as an HMO, shall conduct HMO Business or shall provide managed care services.
"IMMATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any Subsidiary (other than any Borrower) that (a) does not conduct any business operations, (b) has assets with a book value not in excess of $1,000 and (c) does not have any Indebtedness outstanding.
"INCREMENTAL TERM LENDER" shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.
"INCREMENTAL TERM LOAN AMOUNT" shall mean, at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) $100,000,000 over (b) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Loan Commitments established prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.24.
"INCREMENTAL TERM LOAN ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT" shall mean an Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among Parent, one or more Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and one or more Incremental Term Lenders.
"INCREMENTAL TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" shall mean the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.24, to make Incremental Term Loans to any Borrower.
"INCREMENTAL TERM LOAN MATURITY DATE" shall mean the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loan, as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement.
"INCREMENTAL TERM LOAN REPAYMENT DATES" shall mean the dates scheduled for the repayment of principal of any Incremental Term Loan, as set forth in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement.
"INCREMENTAL TERM LOANS" shall mean term loans made by one or more Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to clause (c) of Section 2.01. Incremental Term Loans may be made in the form of loans with terms identical to the Initial Term Loans or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.24 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, in the form of Other Term Loans.
"INDEBTEDNESS" of any person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all
obligations of such person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or
advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds
(other than performance bonds), debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c)
all obligations of such person upon which interest charges are customarily paid,
(d) all obligations of such person under conditional sale or other title
retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such person,
(e) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase
price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued
obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness
of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an
existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property
owned or acquired by such person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby
have been assumed; provided, that the amount of Indebtedness of such person
existing at any time under this clause shall be deemed to be an amount equal to
the maximum amount secured by (or with a right to be secured by) such Liens
pursuant to the terms of the instruments embodying such Indebtedness of others,
(g) all Guarantees by such person of Indebtedness of others; provided, that the
amount of such Guarantees at any time shall be deemed to be an amount equal to
the maximum amount for which such person may be liable pursuant to the terms of
the instruments embodying such Guarantees, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations and
Synthetic Lease Obligations of such person, (i) all obligations of such person
as an account party in respect of letters of credit and (j) all obligations of
such person in respect of bankers' acceptances. The Indebtedness of any person
shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such person is a
general partner.
"INDEMNIFIED TAXES" shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
"INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including any Swingline Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period
applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months' duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months' duration been applicable to such Borrowing.
"INTEREST PERIOD" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter, as a Borrower may elect; provided, however, that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.
"IPO" shall mean the initial underwritten primary public offering of
Equity Interests of Parent pursuant to an effective registration statement
(other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8)
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
"ISSUING BANK" shall mean, as the context may require, (a) CSFB in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and (b) any other Lender that may become the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.23(i). The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term "Issuing Bank" shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.
"ISSUING BANK FEES" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.05(c).
"L/C COMMITMENT" shall mean the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.23.
"L/C DISBURSEMENT" shall mean a payment or disbursement made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
"L/C EXPOSURE" shall mean, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time and (b) the aggregate principal amount of all L/C Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed at such time. The L/C Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.
"L/C PARTICIPATION FEE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.05(c).
"LENDERS" shall mean (a) the persons listed on Schedule 2.01 (other than any such person that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance) and (b) any person that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance or an Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term "Lenders" shall include the Swingline Lender.
"LETTER OF CREDIT" shall mean any letter of credit issued pursuant to
Section 2.23.
"LEVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, on any date, the ratio of Total Debt on such date to Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date.
"LIBO RATE" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any
Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at
approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by reference to the British
Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in dollars (as set
forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been
nominated by the British Bankers' Association as an authorized information
vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates) for a period equal to such
Interest Period; provided that, to the extent that an interest rate is not
ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition, the "LIBO
Rate" shall be the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative
Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in dollars are
offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank
market in London, England by the Administrative Agent at approximately 11:00
a.m., London time, on the date that is two Business Days prior to the beginning
of such Interest Period.
"LIEN" shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge or security interest in or on such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.
"LOAN DOCUMENTS" shall mean this Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Security Documents, each Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, the Post-Closing Matters Side Letter and the promissory notes, if any, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(e).
"LOAN PARTIES" shall mean the Borrowers and the Guarantors.
"LOANS" shall mean the Revolving Loans, the Term Loans and the Swingline Loans.
"MARGIN STOCK" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.
"MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" shall mean (a) a materially adverse effect, or an event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect,
on the business, assets, operations or financial condition of Parent and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform any of its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is or will be a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under any Loan Document.
"MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of Parent and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $5,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the "principal amount" of the obligations of Parent or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Parent or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.
"MEDICAID" shall mean that means-tested entitlement program under Title XIX, P.L. 89-87, of the Social Security Act, which provides Federal grants to States for medical assistance based on specific eligibility criteria, as set forth at Section 1396, et seq. of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended, and any statute succeeding thereto.
"MEDICAID REGULATIONS" shall mean (a) all Federal statutes (whether set
forth in Title XIX of the Social Security Act or elsewhere) affecting the
medical assistance program established by Title XIX of the Social Security Act
and any statues succeeding thereto, (b) all applicable provisions of all Federal
rules, regulations, manuals and orders of all Governmental Authorities
promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statues described in clause
(a) above and all Federal administrative, reimbursement and other guidelines of
all Governmental Authorities having the force of law promulgated pursuant to or
in connection with the statues described in clause (a) above, (c) all state
statutes and plans for medical assistance enacted in connection with the
statutes and provisions described in clauses (a) and (b) above, and (d) all
applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals and orders of all
Governmental Authorities promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the
statutes described in clause (c) above and all state administrative,
reimbursement and other guidelines of all Governmental Authorities having the
force of law promulgated pursuant to or in connection with the statutes
described in clause (b) above, in each case as may be amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time.
"MEDICAL REIMBURSEMENT PROGRAMS" shall mean, collectively, the Medicare, Medicaid, CHAMPUS and TRICARE programs and any other health care program operated by or financed in whole or in part by any foreign or domestic Federal, state or local government and any other non-government funded third-party payor programs to which Parent or any Subsidiary is subject.
"MEDICARE" shall mean that government-sponsored entitlement program under Title XVIII, P.L. 89-87, of the Social Security Act, which provides for a health insurance
system for eligible elderly and disabled individuals, as set forth at Section 1395, et seq. of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended, and any statute succeeding thereto.
"MEDICARE+CHOICE ORGANIZATION" shall mean a public or private entity organized and licensed by a State as a risk-bearing entity (with the exception of provider-sponsored organizations receiving waivers) that is certified by HCFA as meeting the Medicare+Choice contract requirements.
"MEDICARE REGULATIONS" shall mean, collectively, (a) all Federal statues
(whether set forth in Title XVIII of the Social Security Act or elsewhere)
affecting the health insurance program for the aged and disabled established by
Title XVIII of the Social Security Act and any statues succeeding thereto and
(b) all applicable provisions of all rules, regulations, manuals and orders and
administrative, reimbursement and other guidelines having the force of law of
all Governmental Authorities (including HCFA, the OIG, HHS or any person
succeeding to the functions of any of the foregoing) promulgated pursuant to or
in connection with any of the foregoing having the force of law, as each may be
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
"MOODY'S" shall mean Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.
"MORTGAGED PROPERTIES" shall mean (a) each real property owned by any Loan Party the book or fair market value of which is greater than $250,000 and (b) each leasehold or other interest in real property held by any Loan Party with respect to which a Mortgage is required to be granted pursuant to Section 5.10.
"MORTGAGES" shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust, leasehold mortgages, assignments of leases and rents, modifications and other security documents delivered pursuant to Section 5.10, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
"MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
"NET CASH PROCEEDS" shall mean (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the
cash proceeds (including cash proceeds subsequently received (as and when
received) in respect of noncash consideration initially received), net of (i)
selling expenses (including reasonable broker's fees or commissions, legal fees,
transfer and similar taxes and Parent's good faith estimate of income taxes paid
or payable in connection with such sale), (ii) amounts provided as a reserve, in
accordance with GAAP and SAP, as applicable, against any liabilities under any
indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with such
Asset Sale (provided that, to the extent and at the time any such amounts are
released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds) and
(iii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other
amounts on any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness
hereunder) which is secured by the asset sold in such Asset Sale and which is
required to be repaid with such proceeds (other than any such Indebtedness
assumed by the purchaser of such asset); provided, however, that, if (x) Parent
shall deliver a certificate of a Financial Officer of Parent to the
Administrative Agent at the time of receipt of any such Net Cash
Proceeds setting forth Parent's intent to cause the Subsidiaries to reinvest
such proceeds in productive assets of a kind then used or usable in the business
of Parent and the Subsidiaries within 180 days of receipt of such proceeds and
(y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the
time such certificate is delivered or at the time of the application of such
proceeds, such proceeds shall not constitute Net Cash Proceeds except to the
extent not so used at the end of such 180-day period, at which time such
proceeds shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds; and (b) with respect to any
issuance or disposition of Indebtedness or any Equity Issuance, the cash
proceeds thereof, net of all taxes and customary fees, commissions, costs and
other expenses incurred in connection therewith.
"OBLIGATIONS" shall mean (a) the due and punctual payment by the Borrowers
of (i) the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the
pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar
proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on
the Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or
more dates set for prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment required to be
made by any Borrower in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due,
including payments in respect of reimbursement of L/C Disbursements, interest
thereon (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy,
insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether
allowed or allowable in such proceeding) and obligations to provide cash
collateral, and (iii) all other monetary obligations of any Borrower to any of
the Secured Parties under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents,
including obligations to pay Fees, expense reimbursement obligations and
indemnification obligations, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent,
fixed or otherwise, arising under the Loan Documents (including monetary
obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency,
receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or
allowable in such proceeding), (b) the due and punctual payment of all the
monetary obligations of each other Loan Party under or pursuant to this
Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, (c) the due and punctual payment
of all monetary obligations of each Loan Party under each Hedging Agreement that
(i) is in effect on the Closing Date with a counterparty that is a Lender or an
Affiliate of a Lender as of the Closing Date or (ii) is entered into after the
Closing Date with any counterparty that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender
at the time such Hedging Agreement is entered into and (d) the due and punctual
payment and performance of all obligations of any Loan Party to a Lender or an
Affiliate of a Lender in respect of cash management services (other than cash
management services provided after (i) the principal of and interest on each
Loan and all Fees payable hereunder have been paid in full, (ii) the Lenders
have no further commitment to lend hereunder, (iii) the L/C Exposure has been
reduced to zero and (iv) the Issuing Bank has no further obligations to issue
Letters of Credit), including obligations in respect of overdrafts, temporary
advances, interest and fees.
"OID" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(b). "OIG" shall mean the Office of Inspector General of HHS and any successor thereof. |
"OTHER TAXES" shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.
"OTHER TERM BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Other Term Loans.
"OTHER TERM LOANS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.24(a).
"PARENT" shall mean Holdings and any successor thereto, it being
understood that it is proposed that, in connection with the IPO, (a) Holdings
shall merge with and into WellCare Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and
WellCare Group, Inc. shall be the successor of Holdings as a result thereof, and
(b) WHP shall change its legal name and WellCare Group, Inc. shall change its
legal name to WellCare Health Plans, Inc.
"PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA.
"PERFECTION CERTIFICATE" shall mean the Perfection Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit II to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
"PERMITTED ACQUISITION" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in clause (i) of Section 6.04.
"PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" shall mean:
(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America);
(b) investments in (i) commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and rated, at such date of acquisition, at least "A1" by S&P or at least "P1" by Moody's and (ii) other debt securities rated, at the date of acquisition, at least "A" by S&P or at least "A2" by Moody's and for which an active trading market exists and price quotations are available;
(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances and time deposits maturing not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, the Administrative Agent or any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof;
(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) above;
(e) investments in "money market funds" within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose
assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (a) through
(d) above; and
(f) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments of a type analogous to the foregoing.
"PERSON" shall mean any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
"PLAN" shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, and in respect of which Parent or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
"POST-CLOSING MATTERS SIDE LETTER" shall mean the letter agreement dated as of the date hereof among Parent, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.
"PRIME RATE" shall mean the rate of interest per annum determined from time to time by Credit Suisse First Boston as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is announced as being effective.
"PRO FORMA BASIS" shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or
covenant hereunder, compliance with such covenant or test after giving effect to
(a) any proposed Permitted Acquisition or (b) any Asset Sale of a Subsidiary or
operating entity for which historical financial statements for the relevant
period are available (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events
which are directly attributable to the proposed Permitted Acquisition or Asset
Sale, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in
each case as determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as interpreted by the Staff of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and as certified by a Financial Officer of
Parent) using, for purposes of determining such compliance, the historical
financial statements of all entities or assets so acquired or sold and the
consolidated financial statements of Parent and the Subsidiaries which shall be
reformulated as if such Permitted Acquisitions or Asset Sale, and all other
Permitted Acquisitions or Asset Sales that have been consummated during the
period, and any Indebtedness or other liabilities incurred in connection with
any such Permitted Acquisitions had been consummated and incurred at the
beginning of such period.
"PRO FORMA COMPLIANCE" shall mean, at any date of determination, that
Parent shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenants set forth in Sections
6.11 and 6.12 as of the date of such determination or the last day of the most
recently completed fiscal quarter, as the case may be (computed on the basis of
(a) balance sheet amounts as of
such date and (b) income statement amounts for the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis in respect of the event giving rise to such determination).
"PRO RATA PERCENTAGE" of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment represented by such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment. In the event the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, the Pro Rata Percentages shall be determined on the basis of the Revolving Credit Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments.
"REGISTER" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(d).
"REGULATION T" shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
"REGULATION U" shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
"REGULATION X" shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
"RELATED PARTIES" shall mean, with respect to any specified person, such person's Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such person and such person's Affiliates.
"RELEASE" shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.
"REPAYMENT DATE" shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.11. Unless the context shall otherwise require, the term "Repayment Date" shall include the Incremental Term Loan Repayment Dates.
"REQUIRED LENDERS" shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Loans (excluding Swingline Loans), L/C Exposure, Swingline Exposure and unused Revolving Credit Commitments, Term Loan Commitments and Incremental Term Loan Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of all Loans outstanding (excluding Swingline Loans), L/C Exposure, Swingline Exposure and unused Revolving Credit Commitments, Term Loan Commitments and Incremental Term Loan Commitments at such time.
"RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" of any person shall mean any executive officer or Financial Officer of such person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such person in respect of this Agreement.
"RESTRICTED INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary the payment, prepayment, repurchase or defeasance of which is restricted under Section 6.09(b).
"RESTRICTED PAYMENT" shall mean any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in Parent or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of or otherwise with respect to any Equity Interests in Parent or any Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in Parent or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that any distribution by Parent of the Warrant Notes (or of any cash received by Parent in satisfaction of the Warrant Notes) to the holders of such Warrant Notes shall not be deemed to be a Restricted Payment.
"REVOLVING CREDIT BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Loans.
"REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENT" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the
commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans hereunder as set forth on
Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender
assumed its Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a)
reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased
from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to
Section 9.04.
"REVOLVING CREDIT EXPOSURE" shall mean, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lender, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender's L/C Exposure, plus the aggregate amount at such time of such Lender's Swingline Exposure.
"REVOLVING CREDIT LENDER" shall mean a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment or an outstanding Revolving Loan.
"REVOLVING CREDIT MATURITY DATE" shall mean May 13, 2008.
"REVOLVING LOANS" shall mean the revolving loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to clause (b) of Section 2.01.
"ROLLOVER AGREEMENT" shall mean the Agreement to Amend and Restate Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 11, 2004, by and among the Rollover Lenders and WMG.
"ROLLOVER AMOUNT" shall mean $18,354,320.22.
"ROLLOVER LENDERS" shall mean, collectively, GSC Partners CDO Fund, Limited, GSC Partners CDO Fund II, Limited, and GSC Partners CDO Fund III, Limited.
"SAP" shall mean, with respect to each HMO Subsidiary, the statutory accounting principles and procedures prescribed or permitted by applicable HMO Regulations for such HMO Subsidiary, applied on a consistent basis.
"SECURED PARTIES" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.
"SECURITY DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages and each of the security agreements and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or pursuant to Section 5.10.
"SELLER NOTE" shall mean the Amended and Restated Senior Subordinated Non-Negotiable Promissory Note dated February 12, 2004, made by WHP in favor of Kiran C. Patel, as stockholder representative, as amended pursuant to the Prepayment and Amendment Agreement dated as of May 11, 2004, among Parent, WHP and the other parties thereto.
"SELLER NOTE PLEDGED STOCK" shall mean all the issued and outstanding capital stock of WHP that is pledged to secure the Seller Note pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, as amended, between Parent and Kiran C. Patel, as stockholder representative (provided, that Seller Note Pledged Stock shall not, at any time after the repayment or prepayment of a portion of the Seller Note on the Closing Date as set forth in Section 5.08, represent more than 51% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of WHP and shall not include any such capital stock that is released from such pledge in accordance with the terms of such Pledge Agreement).
"SOCIAL SECURITY ACT" shall mean the Social Security Act of 1965 as set forth in Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the rules and regulations issued thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Social Security Act shall be construed to refer to any successor sections.
"SOROS" shall mean Soros Private Equity Investors LP.
"SPC" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(i). "S&P" shall mean Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, or any successor thereto. |
"STATUTORY RESERVES" shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board and any other banking authority, domestic or foreign, to which the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including any branch, Affiliate or other fronting office making or holding a Loan) is subject for Eurocurrency Liabilities (as defined in Regulation D of the Board). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency Liabilities as defined in Regulation D of the Board) and to be subject to such reserve requirements
without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D. Statutory Reserves shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.
"SUBSIDIARY" shall mean, with respect to any person (herein referred to as the "PARENT"), any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, at the time any determination is made, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. For purposes of Section 4.01(b), references to "subsidiaries" herein shall be deemed, on the date of any subsequent borrowing to finance the acquisition of any person, to include any person to be acquired on such date.
"SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any direct or indirect subsidiary of Parent.
"SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR" shall mean each Subsidiary, other than any Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary, an Immaterial Subsidiary or an HMO Subsidiary (provided, that any HMO Subsidiary that has provided a Guarantee of any Indebtedness of Parent or any other Subsidiary shall, so long as such Guarantee remains in effect, be a Subsidiary Guarantor).
"SWINGLINE COMMITMENT" shall mean the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make loans pursuant to Section 2.22, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09.
"SWINGLINE EXPOSURE" shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Swingline Loans. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall equal its Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.
"SWINGLINE LENDER" shall mean CSFB, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.
"SWINGLINE LOAN" shall mean any loan made by the Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.22.
"SYNTHETIC LEASE" shall mean, as to any person, any lease (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) (a) that is accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP and (b) in respect of which the lessee retains or obtains ownership of the property so leased for U.S. federal income tax purposes, other than any such lease under which such person is the lessor.
"SYNTHETIC LEASE OBLIGATIONS" shall mean, as to any person, an amount equal to the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under any Synthetic Lease that
would appear on a balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP if such obligations were accounted for as Capital Lease Obligations.
"SYNTHETIC PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall mean any swap, derivative or other agreement or combination of agreements pursuant to which Parent or any Subsidiary is or may become obligated to make (a) any payment in connection with a purchase by any third party from a person other than Parent or any Subsidiary of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness or (b) any payment (other than on account of a permitted purchase by it of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness) the amount of which is determined by reference to the price or value at any time of any Equity Interest or Restricted Indebtedness; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only to current or former directors, officers or employees of Parent or the Subsidiaries (or to their heirs or estates) shall be deemed to be a Synthetic Purchase Agreement.
"TAXES" shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, liabilities or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.
"TERM BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Term Loans.
"TERM LOAN COMMITMENT" shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the
commitment of such Lender to make Term Loans hereunder as set forth on Schedule
2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall
have assumed its Term Loan Commitment, as applicable, as the same may be (a)
reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased
from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to
Section 9.04.
"TERM LOAN MATURITY DATE" shall mean May 13, 2009.
"TERM LOANS" shall mean the term loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to clause (a) of Section 2.01. Unless the context shall otherwise require, the term "Term Loans" shall include the Incremental Term Loans.
"TOTAL DEBT" shall mean, at any time, the total Indebtedness of Parent and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at such time, excluding intercompany Indebtedness.
"TOTAL REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENT" shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as in effect at such time. The initial Total Revolving Credit Commitment is $50,000,000.
"TRANSACTIONS" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.
"TRICARE" shall mean the United States Department of Defense health care program for service families, including TRICARE Prime, TRICARE Extra and TRICARE Standard, and any successor to or predecessor thereof (including CHAMPUS).
"TYPE", when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is
determined. For purposes hereof, the term "RATE" shall include the Adjusted LIBO Rate and the Alternate Base Rate.
"USA PATRIOT ACT" shall mean The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).
"WARRANT NOTES" shall mean the promissory notes, each dated December 1, 2003, issued to Parent by certain holders of Equity Interests in Parent, in an aggregate principal amount of $6,861,111.
"WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY" of any person shall mean a subsidiary of such person of which securities (except for directors' qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held by such person or one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of such person or by such person and one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of such person.
"WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY" shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
"WMG GUARANTEE ARRANGEMENT" shall mean the guarantee arrangement by which WMG maintains, in accordance with applicable HMO Regulations, at least $50,000,000 in assets.
"YIELD DIFFERENTIAL" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.24(b).
SECTION 1.02. TERMS GENERALLY. The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words "include", "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation". The word "will" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word "shall"; and the words "asset" and "property" shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) any reference in this Agreement to any Loan Document shall mean such document as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and (b) all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP or SAP, as applicable, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that if Parent notifies the Administrative Agent that it wishes to amend any covenant in Article VI or any related definition to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP or SAP occurring after the date of this Agreement on the operation of such covenant (or if the
Administrative Agent notifies Parent that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article VI or any related definition for such purpose), then Holding's compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP or SAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to Parent and the Required Lenders.
SECTION 1.03. PRO FORMA CALCULATIONS. With respect to any period during
which any Permitted Acquisition or Asset Sale of the type described in clause
(b) of the definition of the term "Pro Forma Basis" occurs as permitted pursuant
to the terms hereof, the Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
shall be calculated with respect to such period (and, to the extent applicable,
subsequent periods) and such Permitted Acquisition or Asset Sale on a Pro Forma
Basis.
SECTION 1.04. CLASSIFICATION OF LOANS AND BORROWINGS. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Loan") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurocurrency Loan") or by Class and Type (e.g., a "Eurocurrency Revolving Loan"). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Borrowing") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurocurrency Borrowing") or by Class and Type (e.g., a "Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing").
ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS
SECTION 2.01. COMMITMENTS. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, (a) to make Term Loans to the Borrowers (allocated among the Borrowers as specified in the Borrowing Requests with respect thereto) on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed its Term Loan Commitment, (b) to make Revolving Loans to the Borrowers, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, and until the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in such Lender's Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment and (c) if such Lender has an Incremental Term Loan Commitment, to make Incremental Term Loans to the applicable Borrower, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed its Incremental Term Loan Commitment on the date or dates determined in accordance with Section 2.24. Within the limits set forth in clause (b) of the preceding sentence and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts paid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein (and without affecting any other provision hereof), the funded portion of each Term Loan to be made on the Closing Date (i.e., the amount advanced in cash to the Borrowers on the Closing Date) shall be equal to 99.5% of the principal amount of such Loan (it being agreed that the Borrowers
shall be obligated to pay the entire principal amount of each such Loan as provided in Section 2.11).
SECTION 2.02. LOANS. (a) Each Loan (other than Swingline Loans) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their applicable Commitments; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender to make any Loan shall not in itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan required to be made by such other Lender). Except for Loans deemed made pursuant to Section 2.02(f), the Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 or (ii) equal to the remaining available balance of the applicable Commitments.
(b) Subject to Sections 2.08 and 2.15, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the applicable Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03. Each Lender may at its option make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of any Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided, however, that the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing that, if made, would result in more than five Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding hereunder at any time. For purposes of the foregoing, Borrowings having different Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered separate Borrowings.
(c) Except with respect to Loans made pursuant to Section 2.02(f), each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account in New York City as the Administrative Agent may designate not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly credit the amounts so received to an account designated by the applicable Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition precedent herein specified shall not have been met, return the amounts so received to the respective Lenders. The Rollover Lenders shall be deemed to have funded a portion of the Term Loans to be made by them hereunder equal to the Rollover Amount through the conversion of the Discount Notes as provided in the Rollover Agreement and Section 4.02(i), and shall not be required to fund such portion of their Term Loans pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence (it being agreed that such deemed funding shall not affect the applicable Borrowers' obligation to pay the entire principal amount of the Term Loans of the Rollover Lenders as provided in Section 2.11).
(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (c) of
this Section and the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion and in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to such Borrower to but excluding the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of such Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, (A) for the first three days following the date such amount is made available to such Borrower, a rate determined by the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight or short-term funds (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) and (B) thereafter, at the Alternate Base Rate. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender's Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request any Revolving Credit Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.
(f) If the Issuing Bank shall not have received from any Borrower the payment required to be made by Section 2.23(e) within the time specified in such Section, the Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its Pro Rata Percentage thereof. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date (or, if such Revolving Credit Lender shall have received such notice later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on any day, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount equal to such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement (it being understood that such amount shall be deemed to constitute an ABR Revolving Loan of such Lender and such payment shall be deemed to have reduced the L/C Exposure), and the Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank amounts so received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders. The Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from the applicable Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23(e) prior to the time that any Revolving Credit Lender makes any payment pursuant to this paragraph; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent thereafter will be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Credit Lenders that shall have made such payments and to the Issuing Bank, as their interests may appear. If any Revolving Credit Lender shall not have made its Pro Rata Percentage of such L/C Disbursement available to the Administrative Agent as provided above, such Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with this paragraph to but excluding the date such amount is paid, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank at (i) in the case of such Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the
time to Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.06(a), and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate per annum equal to, for the first such day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate and, for each day thereafter, the Alternate Base Rate.
SECTION 2.03. BORROWING PROCEDURE. In order to request a Borrowing (other than a Swingline Loan or a deemed Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.02(f), as to which this Section shall not apply), a Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Borrowing Request (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing, and (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day before a proposed Borrowing. Each Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable, shall be signed by or on behalf of the applicable Borrower and shall specify the following information: (i) whether the Borrowing then being requested is to be a Term Borrowing, an Other Term Borrowing or a Revolving Credit Borrowing, and whether such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing; (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the number and location of the account to which funds are to be disbursed; (iv) the amount of such Borrowing; and (v) if such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any contrary specification in any Borrowing Request, each requested Borrowing shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 2.02. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration. The Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the applicable Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section, and of each Lender's portion of the requested Borrowing.
SECTION 2.04. EVIDENCE OF DEBT; REPAYMENT OF LOANS. (a) Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (i) the principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.11 and (ii) the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Lender on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. Each Borrower hereby promises to pay to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.
(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of each Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and, if applicable, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from any Borrower or any Guarantor and each Lender's share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligations of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.
(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it hereunder be evidenced by
a promissory note. In such event, the applicable Borrower shall execute and
deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender and its
registered assigns and in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the
Administrative Agent and the Borrowers. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, in the event any Lender shall request and receive such a
promissory note, the interests represented by such note shall at all times
(including after any assignment of all or part of such interests pursuant to
Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes payable to the
payee named therein or its registered assigns.
SECTION 2.05. FEES. (a) The Borrowers agree to pay to each Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December in each year and on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender shall expire or be terminated as provided herein, a commitment fee (a "COMMITMENT FEE") equal to 0.50% per annum on the daily unused amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated). All Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. For purposes of calculating Commitment Fees only, outstanding Swingline Loans shall not be deemed to constitute utilization of the Revolving Credit Commitments.
(b) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the administrative fees set forth in the Fee Letter at the times and in the amounts specified therein (the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FEES").
(c) The Borrowers agree to pay (i) to each Revolving Credit Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee (an "L/C PARTICIPATION FEE") calculated on such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of the daily aggregate L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed L/C Disbursements) during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the date hereof or ending with the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the date on which all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders shall have been terminated) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Percentage from time to time used to determine the interest rate on Revolving Credit Borrowings comprised of Eurodollar Loans pursuant to Section 2.06, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank, (x) on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on
which all the Letters of Credit issued by it shall have been canceled or have expired, a fronting fee equal to 0.25% per annum on the aggregate face amount of such Letters of Credit outstanding during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing on the date hereof or ending on the date on which all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired) and (y) the standard issuance and drawing fees specified from time to time by the Issuing Bank (the "ISSUING BANK FEES"). All L/C Participation Fees and Issuing Bank Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.
(c) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that the Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.
SECTION 2.06. INTEREST ON LOANS. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing, including each Swingline Loan, shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when the Alternate Base Rate is determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times and calculated from and including the date of such Borrowing to but excluding the date of repayment thereof) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time.
(c) Interest on each Loan shall be payable on the Interest Payment Dates applicable to such Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.07. DEFAULT INTEREST. If any Borrower shall default in the payment of any principal of or interest on any Loan or any other amount due hereunder, by acceleration or otherwise, or under any other Loan Document, then, until such defaulted amount shall have been paid in full, to the extent permitted by law, all amounts outstanding under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall bear interest (after as well as before judgment), payable on demand, (a) in the case of principal, at the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan pursuant to Section 2.06 plus 2% per annum and (b) in all other cases, at a rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, when determined by reference to the Prime Rate and over a year of 360 days at all other times) equal to the rate that would be applicable to an ABR Loan plus 2% per annum.
SECTION 2.08. ALTERNATE RATE OF INTEREST. In the event, and on each
occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any
Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing the Administrative Agent shall have
determined that dollar deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising
such Borrowing are not generally available in the London interbank market, or
that the rates at which such dollar deposits are being offered will not
adequately and fairly reflect the cost to any Lender of making or maintaining
its Eurodollar Loan during such Interest Period, or that reasonable means do not
exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall,
as soon as practicable thereafter, give written or fax notice of such
determination to the Borrowers and the Lenders. In the event of any such
determination, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Borrowers
and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer
exist, any request by any Borrower for a Eurodollar Borrowing pursuant to
Section 2.03 or 2.10 shall be deemed to be a request for an ABR Borrowing. Each
determination by the Administrative Agent under this Section shall be conclusive
absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.09. TERMINATION AND REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS. (a) The Term Loan
Commitments shall automatically terminate upon the making of the Term Loans on
the Closing Date. Unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, the
Revolving Credit Commitments and the Swingline Commitment shall automatically
terminate on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. The L/C Commitment shall, with
respect to issuance of Letters of Credit, automatically terminate on the earlier
to occur of (i) the date 30 days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and
(ii) the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, all Commitments shall automatically terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the date hereof, if the initial Credit Event shall not have
occurred by such time (other than as a result of a breach of this Credit
Agreement by any Lender).
(b) Upon at least three Business Days' prior irrevocable written or fax
notice to the Administrative Agent, Parent may at any time in whole permanently
terminate, or from time to time in part permanently reduce, the Incremental Term
Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments; provided, however, that
(i) each partial reduction of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments or the
Revolving Credit Commitments shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and
in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and (ii) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment
shall not be reduced to an amount that is less than the Aggregate Revolving
Credit Exposure at the time.
(c) Each reduction in the Incremental Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, on the date of each termination or reduction, the accrued but unpaid Commitment Fees on the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments so terminated or reduced accrued to but excluding the date of such termination or reduction.
SECTION 2.10. CONVERSION AND CONTINUATION OF BORROWINGS. The applicable Borrower shall have the right at any time upon prior irrevocable notice to the
Administrative Agent (a) not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day prior to conversion, to convert any Eurodollar Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing, (b) not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Borrowing into a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue any Eurodollar Borrowing as a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period, and (c) not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days prior to conversion, to convert the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing to another permissible Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:
(i) each conversion or continuation shall be made pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts of the Loans comprising the converted or continued Borrowing;
(ii) if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing shall be converted or continued, then each resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the limitations specified in Sections 2.02(a) and (b) regarding the principal amount and maximum number of Borrowings of the relevant Type;
(iii) each conversion shall be effected by each Lender and the Administrative Agent by recording for the account of such Lender the new Loan of such Lender resulting from such conversion and reducing the Loan (or portion thereof) of such Lender being converted by an equivalent principal amount; accrued interest on any Eurodollar Loan (or portion thereof) being converted shall be paid by the applicable Borrower at the time of conversion;
(iv) if any Eurodollar Borrowing is converted at a time other than the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the applicable Borrower shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16;
(v) any portion of a Borrowing maturing or required to be repaid in less than one month may not be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing;
(vi) any portion of a Eurodollar Borrowing that cannot be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing by reason of the immediately preceding clause shall be automatically converted at the end of the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing into an ABR Borrowing;
(vii) no Interest Period may be selected for any Eurodollar Term Borrowing that would end later than a Repayment Date occurring on or after the first day of such Interest Period if, after giving effect to such selection, the aggregate outstanding amount of (A) the Eurodollar Term Borrowings with Interest Periods ending on or prior to such Repayment Date and (B) the ABR Term Borrowings would not be at least equal to the principal amount of Term Borrowings to be paid on such Repayment Date; and
(viii) upon notice to the Borrowers from the Administrative Agent given at the request of the Required Lenders, after the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, no outstanding Loan may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurodollar Loan.
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent and shall refer to this Agreement and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Borrowing that the applicable Borrower requests be converted or continued, (ii) whether such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to or continuation as a Eurodollar Borrowing, the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration. The Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this Section and of each Lender's portion of any converted or continued Borrowing. If any Borrower shall not have given notice in accordance with this Section to continue any Borrowing into a subsequent Interest Period (and shall not otherwise have given notice in accordance with this Section to convert such Borrowing), such Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to the terms hereof), automatically be continued into an ABR Borrowing.
SECTION 2.11. REPAYMENT OF TERM BORROWINGS. (a) The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the accounts of the applicable Lenders, the aggregate principal amount of the Term Borrowings (other than Term Borrowings comprised of Other Term Loans) in consecutive installments payable on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing, in the case of Term Borrowings made on the Closing Date, on the last Business Day in September 2004 and ending on the Term Loan Maturity Date (each such date being called a "REPAYMENT DATE"). Each installment payable in respect of (i) Term Loans made on the Closing Date shall be in an amount equal to 0.25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of such Term Loans and (ii) Incremental Term Loans of any Class (other than Other Term Loans) shall be in an amount equal to 0.25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Term Loans of such Class (in each case as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.12, 2.13(e) and 2.24(d)), with the balance of all Term Loans (other than Other Term Loans) being due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date.
(b) The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the accounts of the applicable Lenders, on each Incremental Term Loan Repayment Date applicable thereto, a principal amount of the Other Term Loans of each Class (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.12, 2.13(e) and 2.24(d)) equal to the amount set forth for such date in the applicable Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement. To the extent not previously paid, all Other Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date therefor.
(c) All repayments pursuant to this Section shall be subject to Section 2.16, but otherwise shall be without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be repaid to but excluding the date of payment.
SECTION 2.12. OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS. (a) The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part, upon at least three Business Days' prior written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) at least one Business Day prior to the date of prepayment in the case of ABR Loans, to the Administrative Agent before 12:00 noon, New York City time; provided, however, that each partial prepayment shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000.
(b) Optional prepayments of Term Loans shall be allocated pro rata among the then outstanding Term Loans of each Class and shall be applied, as to each such Class, first, in direct order to the scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans of such Class under Section 2.11(a) or (b), as applicable, on the two Repayment Dates for Term Loans of such Class next following the date of such prepayment unless and until such installments have been eliminated as a result of prepayments under this Section and Section 2.13, and second, ratably to the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans of such Class under Section 2.11(a) or (b), as applicable.
(c) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable (provided that the occurrence of such prepayment may be conditioned upon the completion of replacement financing), shall commit the applicable Borrower to prepay such Borrowing by the amount stated therein on the date stated therein and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit F or such other form as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent. All prepayments under this Section shall be subject to Section 2.16, but otherwise shall be without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment; provided, however, that any prepayment of Term Loans under this Section made prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date shall be accompanied by a prepayment fee equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of the Term Loans prepaid.
SECTION 2.13. MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS. (a) In the event of the termination of all the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrowers shall, on the date of such termination, repay or prepay all outstanding Revolving Credit Borrowings and all outstanding Swingline Loans and replace or cause to be terminated (or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank with respect to) all outstanding Letters of Credit. If, after giving effect to any partial reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, then the Borrowers shall, on the date of such reduction, repay or prepay Revolving Credit Borrowings or Swingline Loans (or a
combination thereof), and, after the Revolving Credit Borrowings and Swingline Loans shall have been repaid or prepaid in full, replace or cause to be terminated (or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank with respect to) Letters of Credit, in an amount sufficient to eliminate such excess.
(b) Not later than the third Business Day following any receipt of Net Cash Proceeds in respect of any Asset Sale, the Borrowers shall apply 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section.
(c) In the event and on each occasion that an Equity Issuance occurs, the Borrowers shall, substantially simultaneously with (and in any event not later than the third Business Day next following) the occurrence of such Equity Issuance, apply 50% of the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section; provided, however, that no prepayment pursuant to this paragraph shall be required to be made with respect to (i) the IPO, (ii) the underwritten primary public offering of the Equity Interests of Parent pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, next following the IPO or (iii) any other Equity Issuance if, after giving pro forma effect to such issuance and the application of the proceeds thereof (disregarding any such application pursuant to this paragraph), the Leverage Ratio on the date of such issuance shall be not more than 3.25 to 1.00.
(d) In the event that Parent or any Subsidiary shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or other disposition of Indebtedness for money borrowed of Parent or any Subsidiary (other than any cash proceeds from the issuance of Indebtedness for money borrowed permitted pursuant to Section 6.01), the Borrowers shall, substantially simultaneously with (and in any event not later than the third Business Day next following) the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds by such Loan Party or such subsidiary, apply an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay outstanding Term Loans in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section.
(e) Mandatory prepayments of Term Loans shall be allocated pro rata among the then outstanding Term Loans of each Class and shall be applied, as to each such Class, first, in direct order to the scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans of such Class under Section 2.11(a) or (b), as applicable, on the two Repayment Dates for Term Loans of such Class next following the date of such prepayment unless and until such installments have been eliminated as a result of prepayments under this Section and Section 2.12, and second, ratably to the remaining scheduled installments of principal due in respect of the Term Loans of such Class under Section 2.11(a) or (b), as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender may elect, by notice to the Administrative Agent in writing or by fax no later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, at least two Business Days prior to any prepayment of Term Loans required to be made by the Borrowers for the account of such Lender pursuant to this Section, to decline all (but not a portion) of such prepayment, in which case the amounts so declined will be retained by the Borrowers.
(f) The Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, at the time of each prepayment required under this Section, (i) a certificate signed by a Financial Officer of Parent setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment and (ii) to the extent practicable, at least three days prior written notice of such prepayment. Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Loan (or portion thereof) to be prepaid and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit F or such other form as shall be acceptable to the Administrative Agent. All prepayments of Borrowings under this Section shall be subject to Section 2.16, but otherwise shall be without premium or penalty, and shall be accompanied by accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be prepaid to but excluding the date of payment.
SECTION 2.14. RESERVE REQUIREMENTS; CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit extended by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (except any such reserve requirement which is reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or shall impose on such Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan or increase the cost to any Lender of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or purchasing or maintaining a participation therein or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be material, then the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, upon demand such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's capital or on the capital of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made or participations in Letters of Credit purchased by such Lender pursuant hereto or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's policies and the policies of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Issuing Bank to be material, then from time to time the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding
company, as applicable, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate delivered by it within 10 days after its receipt of the same.
(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be under any obligation to compensate any Lender or the Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section with respect to increased costs or reductions with respect to any period prior to the date that is 120 days prior to such request if such Lender or the Issuing Bank knew or could reasonably have been expected to know of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the fact that such circumstances would result in a claim for increased compensation by reason of such increased costs or reductions; provided further that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to any increased costs or reductions arising out of the retroactive application of any Change in Law within such 120-day period. The protection of this Section shall be available to each Lender and the Issuing Bank regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed.
SECTION 2.15. CHANGE IN LEGALITY. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrowers and to the Administrative Agent:
(i) such Lender may declare that Eurodollar Loans will not thereafter (for the duration of such unlawfulness) be made by such Lender hereunder (or be continued for additional Interest Periods and ABR Loans will not thereafter (for such duration) be converted into Eurodollar Loans), whereupon any request for a Eurodollar Borrowing (or to convert an ABR Borrowing to a Eurodollar Borrowing or to continue a Eurodollar Borrowing for an additional Interest Period) shall, as to such Lender only, be deemed a request for an ABR Loan (or a request to continue an ABR Loan as such for an additional Interest Period or to convert a Eurodollar Loan into an ABR Loan, as the case may be), unless such declaration shall be subsequently withdrawn; and
(ii) such Lender may require that all outstanding Eurodollar Loans made by it be converted to ABR Loans, in which event all such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section.
In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under clause (i) or (ii) above, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurodollar Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted
Eurodollar Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurodollar Loans.
(b) For purposes of this Section, a notice to the Borrowers by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurodollar Loan made by such Lender, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Eurodollar Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrowers.
SECTION 2.16. INDEMNITY. The Borrowers shall indemnify each Lender against
any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of
(a) any event, other than a default by such Lender in the performance of its
obligations hereunder, which results in (i) such Lender receiving or being
deemed to receive any amount on account of the principal of any Eurodollar Loan
prior to the end of the Interest Period in effect therefor, (ii) the conversion
of any Eurodollar Loan to an ABR Loan, or the conversion of the Interest Period
with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, in each case other than on the last day of
the Interest Period in effect therefor, or (iii) any Eurodollar Loan to be made
by such Lender (including any Eurodollar Loan to be made pursuant to a
conversion or continuation under Section 2.10) not being made after notice of
such Loan shall have been given by any Borrower hereunder (any of the events
referred to in this clause (a) being called a "BREAKAGE EVENT") or (b) any
default in the making of any payment or prepayment required to be made
hereunder. In the case of any Breakage Event, such loss shall include an amount
equal to the excess, as reasonably determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of
obtaining funds for the Eurodollar Loan that is the subject of such Breakage
Event for the period from the date of such Breakage Event to the last day of the
Interest Period in effect (or that would have been in effect) for such Loan over
(ii) the amount of interest likely to be realized by such Lender in redeploying
the funds released or not utilized by reason of such Breakage Event for such
period. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which
such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered
to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.17. PRO RATA TREATMENT. Except as provided in Section 2.13(e) with respect to mandatory prepayments and in this Section with respect to Swingline Loans, and as required under Section 2.15, each Borrowing, each payment or prepayment of principal of any Borrowing, each payment of interest on the Loans, each payment of the Commitment Fees, each reduction of the Term Loan Commitments or the Revolving Credit Commitments and each conversion of any Borrowing to or continuation of any Borrowing as a Borrowing of any Type shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective applicable Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their outstanding Loans). For purposes of determining the available Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders at any time, each outstanding Swingline Loan shall be deemed to have utilized the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders (including those Lenders which shall not have made Swingline Loans) pro rata in accordance with such respective Revolving Credit Commitments. Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lender's portion of any Borrowing to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent
may, in its discretion, round each Lender's percentage of such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole dollar amount.
SECTION 2.18. SHARING OF SETOFFS. Each Lender agrees that if it shall,
through the exercise of a right of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim against
any Borrower or any other Loan Party, or pursuant to a secured claim under
Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest
arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under
any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by
any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any
Loan or Loans or L/C Disbursement as a result of which the unpaid principal
portion of its Loans and participations in L/C Disbursements shall be
proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of the Loans and
participations in L/C Disbursements of any other Lender, it shall be deemed
simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall
promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in the
Loans and L/C Exposure of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of the Loans and L/C Exposure and participations in Loans and
L/C Exposure held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans and L/C Exposure then outstanding
as the principal amount of its Loans and L/C Exposure prior to such exercise of
banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount
of all Loans and L/C Exposure outstanding prior to such exercise of banker's
lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided, however, that if any such
purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section and
the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or
purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and
the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest. The
Borrowers and Parent expressly consent to the foregoing arrangements and agree
that any Lender holding a participation in a Loan or L/C Disbursement deemed to
have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker's lien, setoff
or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by any Borrower or any
other Loan Party to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had
made a Loan directly to a Borrower in the amount of such participation.
SECTION 2.19. PAYMENTS. (a) The Borrowers shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any L/C Disbursement or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder and under any other Loan Document not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due in immediately available dollars, without setoff, defense or counterclaim. Each such payment (other than (i) Issuing Bank Fees, which shall be paid directly to the Issuing Bank, and (ii) principal of and interest on Swingline Loans, which shall be paid directly to the Swingline Lender except as otherwise provided in Section 2.21(e)) shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010.
(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or other amounts) hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next
succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or Fees, if applicable.
SECTION 2.20. TAXES. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if any Borrower or any other Loan Party shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower or such Loan Party shall make such deductions and (iii) such Borrower or such Loan Party shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
(b) In addition, the Borrowers shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
(c) The Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower or any other Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrowers by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on behalf of itself or a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by any Borrower or any other Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrowers are located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrowers as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.
SECTION 2.21. ASSIGNMENT OF COMMITMENTS UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES; DUTY
TO MITIGATE. (a) In the event (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a
certificate requesting compensation pursuant to Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or
the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in Section 2.15, (iii) any Borrower
is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or the Issuing Bank or
any Governmental Authority on account of any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant
to Section 2.20 or (iv) any Lender refuses to consent to any amendment, waiver
or other modification of any Loan Document requested by Parent or the Borrowers
that requires the consent of a greater percentage of the Lenders than the
Required Lenders and such amendment, waiver or other modification is consented
to by the Required Lenders, Parent may, at its sole expense and effort
(including with respect to the processing and recordation fee referred to in
Section 9.04(b)), upon notice to such Lender or the Issuing Bank and the
Administrative Agent, require such Lender or the Issuing Bank to transfer and
assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions
contained in Section 9.04), all of its interests, rights and obligations under
this Agreement (or, in the case of clause (iv) above, all of its interests,
rights and obligation with respect to the Class of Loans or Commitments that is
the subject of the related consent, amendment, waiver or other modification) to
an assignee that shall assume such assigned obligations (which assignee may be
another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (x) such
assignment shall not conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any
court or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction, (y) Parent shall have
received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a
Revolving Credit Commitment is being assigned, of the Issuing Bank and the
Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, and (z) the
Borrowers or such assignee shall have paid to the affected Lender or the Issuing
Bank in immediately available funds an amount equal to the sum of the principal
of and interest accrued to the date of such payment on the outstanding Loans or
L/C Disbursements of such Lender or the Issuing Bank, respectively, plus all
Fees and other amounts accrued for the account of such Lender or the Issuing
Bank hereunder (including any amounts under Sections 2.14 and 2.16); provided
further that, if prior to any such transfer and assignment the circumstances or
event that resulted in such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's claim for
compensation under Section 2.14 or notice under Section 2.15 or the amounts paid
pursuant to Section 2.20, as the case may be, cease to cause such Lender or the
Issuing Bank to suffer increased costs or reductions in amounts received or
receivable or reduction in return on capital, or cease to have the consequences
specified in Section 2.15, or cease to result in amounts being payable under
Section 2.20, as the case may be (including as a result of any action taken by
such Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section), or
if such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall waive its right to claim further
compensation under Section 2.14 in respect of such circumstances or event or
shall withdraw its notice under Section 2.15 or shall waive its right to further
payments under Section 2.20 in respect of such circumstances or event or shall
consent to the proposed amendment, waiver, consent or other modification, as the
case may be, then such Lender or the Issuing Bank shall not thereafter be
required to make any such transfer and assignment hereunder. Each Lender hereby
grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney (which power
is coupled with an interest) to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Lender as
assignor, any Assignment
and Acceptance necessary to effectuate any assignment of such Lender's interests hereunder in the circumstances contemplated by this paragraph.
(b) If (i) any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall request compensation under
Section 2.14, (ii) any Lender or the Issuing Bank delivers a notice described in
Section 2.15 or (iii) any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to
any Lender or the Issuing Bank or any Governmental Authority on account of any
Lender or the Issuing Bank, pursuant to Section 2.20, then such Lender or the
Issuing Bank shall use reasonable efforts (which shall not require such Lender
or the Issuing Bank to incur an unreimbursed loss or unreimbursed cost or
expense or otherwise take any action inconsistent with its internal policies or
legal or regulatory restrictions or suffer any disadvantage or burden deemed by
it to be significant) (x) to file any certificate or document reasonably
requested in writing by any applicable Borrower or (y) to assign its rights and
delegate and transfer its obligations hereunder to another of its offices,
branches or affiliates, if such filing or assignment would reduce its claims for
compensation under Section 2.14 or enable it to withdraw its notice pursuant to
Section 2.15 or would reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.20, as the
case may be, in the future. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable
costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the Issuing Bank in connection with
any such filing or assignment, delegation and transfer.
SECTION 2.22. SWINGLINE LOANS. (a) SWINGLINE COMMITMENT. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Swingline Lender agrees to make loans to the Borrowers at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and until the earlier of the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans exceeding $10,000,000 or (ii) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure, after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, exceeding the Total Revolving Credit Commitment. Each Swingline Loan shall be in a principal amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000. The Swingline Commitment may be terminated or reduced from time to time as provided herein. Within the foregoing limits, the Borrowers may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans hereunder, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein.
(b) SWINGLINE LOANS. The applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by fax, or by telephone (promptly confirmed by fax), not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Such notice shall be delivered on a Business Day, shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of such Swingline Loan and the wire transfer instructions for the account of such Borrower to which the proceeds of the Swingline Loan should be transferred. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any notice received from a Borrower pursuant to this paragraph. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan by wire transfer to the account specified in such request.
(c) PREPAYMENT. The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Swingline Loan, in whole or in part, upon giving written or fax notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed by written or fax notice) to the Swingline Lender and to the Administrative Agent before 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of prepayment at the Swingline Lender's address for notices specified on Schedule 2.01.
(d) INTEREST. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan and, subject to the provisions of Section 2.07, shall bear interest as provided in Section 2.06(a).
(e) PARTICIPATIONS. The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Credit Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Credit Lenders will participate. The Administrative Agent will, promptly upon receipt of such notice, give notice to each Revolving Credit Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Revolving Credit Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(c) with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.02(c) shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders) and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from any Borrower (or other party on behalf of any Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve any Borrower (or other party liable for obligations of any Borrower) of any default in the payment thereof.
SECTION 2.23. LETTERS OF CREDIT. (a) GENERAL. The Borrowers may request the issuance of Letters of Credit, in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent
and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time while the L/C Commitment remains in effect. This Section shall not be construed to impose an obligation upon the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit that is inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
(b) NOTICE OF ISSUANCE, AMENDMENT, RENEWAL, EXTENSION; CERTAIN CONDITIONS. In order to request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or to amend, renew or extend an existing Letter of Credit), the applicable Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare such Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if, and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit each Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that, after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the L/C Exposure shall not exceed $10,000,000 and (ii) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment.
(c) EXPIRATION DATE. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at the close of business on the earlier of the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit and the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, unless such Letter of Credit expires by its terms on an earlier date; provided, however, that a Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the applicable Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of 12 months or less (but not beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date) unless the Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof at least 30 days prior to the then-applicable expiration date that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed.
(d) PARTICIPATIONS. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Credit Lender, and each such Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, effective upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by any Borrower (or, if applicable, another party pursuant to its obligations under any other Loan Document) forthwith on the date due as provided in Section 2.02(f). Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, and that each such
payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
(e) REIMBURSEMENT. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement on the Business Day on which such Borrower shall have received notice from the Issuing Bank that payment of such draft will be made, or, if such Borrower shall have received such notice later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following Business Day.
(f) OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE. Each Borrower's obligations to reimburse L/C Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances whatsoever, and irrespective of:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document, or any term or provision therein;
(ii) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the provisions of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document;
(iii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that such Borrower, any other party guaranteeing, or otherwise obligated with, such Borrower, any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof or any other person may at any time have against the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other related or unrelated agreement or transaction;
(iv) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;
(v) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and
(vi) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of the Issuing Bank, any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any other person or any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of such Borrower's obligations hereunder.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that the absolute and unconditional obligation of each Borrower hereunder to reimburse L/C Disbursements will not be excused by the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Issuing Bank. The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to a Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by each Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by such Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct in determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. It is understood that the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary and, in making any payment under any Letter of Credit (i) the Issuing Bank's exclusive reliance on the documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth therein, including reliance on the amount of any draft presented under such Letter of Credit, whether or not the amount due to the beneficiary thereunder equals the amount of such draft and whether or not any document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be insufficient in any respect, if such document on its face appears to be in order, and whether or not any other statement or any other document presented pursuant to such Letter of Credit proves to be forged or invalid or any statement therein proves to be inaccurate or untrue in any respect whatsoever and (ii) any noncompliance in any immaterial respect of the documents presented under such Letter of Credit with the terms thereof shall, in each case, be deemed not to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank.
(g) DISBURSEMENT PROCEDURES. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall as promptly as possible give telephonic notification, confirmed by fax, to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve such Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement.
(h) INTERIM INTEREST. If the Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, then, unless the applicable Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on such date, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for the account of the Issuing Bank, for each day from and including the date of such L/C Disbursement to but excluding the earlier of the date of payment by such Borrower or the date on which interest shall commence to accrue thereon as provided in Section 2.02(f), at the rate per annum that would apply to such amount if such amount were an ABR Revolving Loan.
(i) RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF THE ISSUING BANK. The Issuing Bank may resign at any time by giving 30 days' prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrowers, and may be removed at any time by Parent by notice to the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a Lender that shall agree to serve as successor Issuing Bank, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank and the retiring Issuing Bank shall be discharged from its obligations to issue additional Letters of Credit hereunder.
At the time such removal or resignation shall become effective, the Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2.05(c). The acceptance of any appointment as the Issuing Bank hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to Parent and the Administrative Agent, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term "Issuing Bank" shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or removal of the Issuing Bank hereunder, the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or removal, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
(j) CASH COLLATERALIZATION. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Borrowers shall, on the Business Day they receive notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Credit Lenders holding participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit) thereof and of the amount to be deposited, deposit in an account with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the L/C Exposure as of such date. Such deposit shall be held by the Collateral Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Collateral Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits in Permitted Investments, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Collateral Agent, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall (i) automatically be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for L/C Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed, (ii) be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrowers for the L/C Exposure at such time and (iii) if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Credit Lenders holding participations in outstanding Letters of Credit representing greater than 50% of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit), be applied to satisfy the Obligations. If the Borrowers are required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrowers within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.
SECTION 2.24. INCREASE IN TERM LOAN COMMITMENTS. (a) Any Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time, request Incremental Term Loan Commitments in an amount not to exceed the Incremental Term Loan Amount from one or more financial institutions, which may include any existing Lender; provided that each Incremental Term Lender, if not already a Lender hereunder, shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld). Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $5,000,000 or equal to the remaining Incremental Term Loan Amount), (ii) the date on which Loans are to be made pursuant to such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are requested (which shall not be less than 10 Business Days or more than 60 days after the date of such notice) and (iii) whether such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are to be commitments to make loans with terms identical to the Initial Term Loans or commitments to make term loans with terms different from the Initial Term Loans ("OTHER TERM LOANS").
(b) The applicable Borrower and each Incremental Term Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such Incremental Term Lender. Each Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement shall specify the terms of the Incremental Term Loans to be made thereunder; provided, however, that, without the prior written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and Commitments of each adversely affected Class of Term Loans, (i) the final maturity date of any Other Term Loans shall be no earlier than (x) the final maturity date of any other Class of Term Loans and (y) if the initial yield (determined as provided below) on such Other Term Loans exceeds the Applicable Percentage for Eurodollar Term Loans of any Class, the date falling six months after the final maturity date of each such adversely affected Class; (ii) the average life to maturity of any Other Term Loans shall be no shorter than (x) the average life to maturity of any other Class of Term Loans and (y) if the initial yield (determined as provided below) on such Other Term Loans exceeds the Applicable Percentage at the time in effect for Eurodollar Term Loans of any Class, six months longer than the average life to maturity of each such adversely affected Class; and (iii) if the initial yield on any Other Term Loans (as determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the sum of (x) the Eurodollar spread on the Other Term Loans and (y) if the Other Term Loans are initially made at a discount or the lenders making the same receive a fee from Parent or any Subsidiary for doing so (the amount of such discount or fee, expressed as a percentage of the Other Term Loans, being referred to herein as "OID"), the amount of such OID divided by the lesser of (A) the average life to maturity of such Other Term Loans and (B) four) exceeds by more than 50 basis points (the amount of such excess above 50 basis points being referred to herein as the "YIELD DIFFERENTIAL") the Applicable Percentages from time to time in effect for such other Class of Term Loans, then the Applicable Percentage for each adversely affected Class of Term Loans shall automatically be increased by the Yield Differential, effective upon the making of the Other Term Loans. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Term Loan Assumption Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loan Commitment evidenced thereby and any increase to the Applicable Percentages required by the foregoing provisions of this paragraph. If the Administrative Agent shall so elect, any such deemed amendment shall be memorialized
in a writing satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Parent and furnished to the other parties hereto.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective under this Section unless (i) on the date of such effectiveness, the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01 shall be satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of Parent, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received (with sufficient copies for each of the Incremental Term Lenders) legal opinions, board resolutions and other closing certificates and documentation consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Article IV and (iii) Parent and the Borrowers would be in Pro Forma Compliance after giving effect to such Incremental Term Loan Commitment and the Loans to be made thereunder and the application of the proceeds therefrom as if made and applied on such date.
(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that all Incremental Term Loans (other than Other Term Loans), when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of outstanding Loans on a pro rata basis. This may be accomplished at the discretion of the Administrative Agent by requiring each outstanding Eurodollar Borrowing to be converted into an ABR Borrowing on the date of each Incremental Term Loan, or by allocating a portion of each Incremental Term Loan to each outstanding Eurodollar Borrowing on a pro rata basis, even though as a result thereof such Incremental Term Loan may effectively have a shorter Interest Period than the Loans included in the Borrowing of which they are a part (and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement that would prohibit such an initial Interest Period). Any conversion of Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans made pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be subject to Section 2.16. If any Incremental Term Loan is to be allocated to an existing Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing then, subject to Section 2.07, the interest rate applicable to such Incremental Term Loan for the remainder of such Interest Period shall equal the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a period approximately equal to the remainder of such Interest Period (as determined by the Administrative Agent two Business Days before the date such Incremental Term Loan is made) plus the Applicable Percentage.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Each of Parent and the Borrowers represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender that:
SECTION 3.01. ORGANIZATION; POWERS. Parent and each Subsidiary (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, (c) is
qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents and each other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby to which it is or will be a party and, in the case of any Borrower, to borrow hereunder.
SECTION 3.02. AUTHORIZATION. The execution, delivery and performance by WHP of the Harmony Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (the "HARMONY TRANSACTIONS") and by each Loan Party of each of the Loan Documents and the Rollover Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the borrowings hereunder) (the "CREDIT TRANSACTIONS" and collectively with the Harmony Transactions, the "TRANSACTIONS") (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate (or other organizational) and, if required, equityholder action and (b) will not (i) violate (A) any provision of law, statute, rule or regulation, or of the certificate or articles of incorporation, any membership or operating agreement, or other constitutive documents or by-laws of Parent or any Subsidiary, (B) any order of any Governmental Authority or (C) any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which Parent or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is or may be bound (other than any indenture, agreement or other instrument that will be terminated on or prior to the Closing Date), (ii) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right to accelerate or to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than any indenture, agreement or other instrument that will be terminated on or prior to the Closing Date), (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by Parent or any Subsidiary (other than any Lien created hereunder or under the Security Documents) or (iv) result in a suspension or revocation of, or limitation on, any material certificate of authority, license, permit, authorization or other approval applicable to the business, operations or properties of Parent or any Subsidiary or adversely affect the ability of Parent or any Subsidiary to participate in, or contract with, any Medical Reimbursement Program.
SECTION 3.03. ENFORCEABILITY. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Parent and each Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by the each Loan Party party thereto will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 3.04. GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS. No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or will be required in connection with the Credit Transactions, except for (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, (b) recordation of the Mortgages and (c) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect.
SECTION 3.05. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. (a) Parent has heretofore furnished to the Lenders (i) its consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the five-month period ended December 31, 2002, and the combined statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001 of WMG and its subsidiaries, Well Care HMO, Inc., HealthEase of Florida, Inc., CHM and Comprehensive Health Management of Florida, L.C., in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited by and accompanied by the opinion of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) consolidating balance sheets and related statements of income, changes in members' or stockholders' equity, as applicable, and cash flows of each consolidated Subsidiary for the three years ended December 31, 2003, prepared in accordance with GAAP (and, in the case of financial statements for CHM, audited by and accompanied by the opinion of said independent public accountants) and, with respect to each HMO Subsidiary, SAP. Such financial statements present fairly the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and of such consolidated Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as of such dates and for such periods. Such balance sheets and the notes thereto disclose all material liabilities, direct or contingent, of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and of such consolidated Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as of the dates thereof.
(b) Parent has heretofore delivered to the Lenders its unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003, and the related statements of income, changes in member's equity and cash flows prepared giving effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred, with respect to such balance sheet, on such date and, with respect to such other financial statements, on the first day of the twelve-month period ending on such date. Such pro forma financial statements have been prepared in good faith by Parent, based on the assumptions used to prepare the pro forma financial information contained in the Confidential Information Memorandum (which assumptions are believed by Parent and the Borrowers on the date hereof and on the Closing Date to be reasonable), are based on the best information available to Parent and the Borrowers as of the date of delivery thereof, accurately reflect all adjustments required to be made to give effect to the Transactions and present fairly on a pro forma basis the estimated consolidated financial position of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and for such period, assuming that the Transactions had actually occurred at such date or at the beginning of such period, as the case may be.
SECTION 3.06. NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. No event, change or condition has occurred that has had, or would be materially likely to have, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, financial condition or prospects of Parent and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since December 31, 2003.
SECTION 3.07. TITLE TO PROPERTIES; POSSESSION UNDER LEASES. (a) Each of Parent and the Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets (including all Mortgaged Property), except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as
currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes. All such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02.
(b) Each of Parent and the Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with all obligations under all material leases to which it is a party and all such leases are in full force and effect. Each of Parent and the Subsidiaries enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such material leases.
(c) None of Parent or any Borrower has received any notice of, nor has any knowledge of, any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting the Mortgaged Properties or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation.
(d) None of Parent or any Subsidiary is obligated under any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any Mortgaged Property or any interest therein.
SECTION 3.08. SUBSIDIARIES. Schedule 3.08 sets forth as of the Closing Date a list of all Subsidiaries and the percentage ownership interest of Parent and each Subsidiary therein. The Subsidiary Guarantors and the HMO Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 3.08 are designated as such. The shares of capital stock or other ownership interests in the Subsidiaries set forth on Schedule 3.08 are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by Parent or a Borrower, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Security Documents and, with respect to the Seller Note Pledged Stock, if any, Liens under the Seller Note and any documents related thereto).
SECTION 3.09. LITIGATION; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of Parent or any Borrower, threatened against or affecting Parent or any Subsidiary or any business, property or rights of any such person (i) that involve any Loan Document or the Credit Transactions or (ii) that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed on Schedule 3.09 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) None of Parent or any Subsidiary or any of their respective material properties or assets is in violation of, nor will the continued operation of their material properties and assets as currently conducted violate, any law, rule or regulation (including any zoning, building, ordinance, code or approval or any building permits) or any restrictions of record or agreements affecting the Mortgaged Property, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, (i) none of Parent or any Subsidiary, nor, to the
knowledge of Parent or any Borrower, any individual employed by any of the foregoing, could reasonably be expected to have criminal culpability or to be excluded from participation in any Medical Reimbursement Program for corporate or individual act or omission to act, (ii) no officer continues to be employed by Parent or any Subsidiary who could reasonably be expected to have individual culpability for matters under investigation by the OIG or any other Governmental Authority unless such officer has been, within a reasonable period of time after discovery of such actual or potential culpability, either suspended or removed from positions of responsibility related to those activities under challenge by the OIG or such other Governmental Authority, and (iii) current billing policies, arrangements, protocols and instructions of each of Parent and the Subsidiaries comply in all material respects with requirements of Medical Reimbursement Programs and are administered by properly trained personnel. To the knowledge of Parent or any Borrower, none of Parent or any Subsidiary, nor any of their respective officers, directors or employees, have engaged in any activities that constitute prohibited acts of fraud under Medicare Regulations or under Medicaid Regulations.
(d) All material certificates of occupancy and material permits are in effect for each Mortgaged Property as currently constructed to the extent required by applicable law, and true and complete copies of such certificates of occupancy have been delivered to the Collateral Agent as mortgagee with respect to each Mortgaged Property.
SECTION 3.10. AGREEMENTS. (a) None of Parent or any Subsidiary is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any corporate restriction that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) None of Parent or any Subsidiary is in default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are or may be bound, where such default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.11. FEDERAL RESERVE REGULATIONS. (a) None of Parent or any Subsidiary is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.
(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X.
SECTION 3.12. INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT; PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT. None of Parent or any Subsidiary is (a) an "investment company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (b) a "holding company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.
SECTION 3.13. TAX RETURNS. Each of Parent and the Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state, local and foreign tax returns or materials required to have been filed by it and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes due and payable by it and all assessments received by it, except taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Parent or such Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves.
SECTION 3.14. NO MATERIAL MISSTATEMENTS. None of (a) the Confidential Information Memorandum or (b) any other information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of Parent or any Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or included therein or delivered pursuant thereto contained, contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not misleading; provided that to the extent any such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, each of Parent and the Borrowers represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized reasonable assumptions and due care in the preparation of such information, report, financial statement, exhibit or schedule.
SECTION 3.15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. Each of Parent and its ERISA Affiliates is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder, except to the extent the failure to comply could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all benefit liabilities under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed by more than $3,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all benefit liabilities of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation dates applicable thereto, exceed by more than $8,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.
SECTION 3.16. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.16 and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of Parent or any Subsidiary (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.
(b) Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed on Schedule 3.16 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.17. INSURANCE. Schedule 3.17 sets forth a true, complete and correct description of all insurance maintained by or on behalf of Parent and the Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, such insurance is in full force and effect and all premiums have been duly paid. Except for self-insurance on terms consistent with industry practice, the properties of Parent and the Subsidiaries are insured in all material respects with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of Parent, in such amounts, and with such deductibles and covering such risks, as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where Parent or the applicable Subsidiary operates.
SECTION 3.18. SECURITY DOCUMENTS. (a) The Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will
create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured
Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as
defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) and the proceeds thereof and
(i) when the Pledged Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement) is delivered to the Collateral Agent, the Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and
security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such
Pledged Collateral, in each case prior and superior in right to any other
person, and (ii) when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the
offices specified on Schedule 3.18(a), the Lien created under the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security
interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such
Collateral (other than Intellectual Property, as defined in the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement), in each case prior and superior in right to any other
person, other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02.
(b) Upon the recordation of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, together with the financing statements in appropriate form filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.18(a), the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing in the United States of America and its territories and possessions, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered trademarks and patents, trademark and patent applications and registered copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the date hereof).
(c) The Mortgages, if any, are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on all of the Loan Parties' right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Property thereunder and the proceeds thereof, and when such Mortgages are filed in the proper real estate filing offices, such Mortgages shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Mortgaged Property and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other person, other than
with respect to the rights of persons pursuant to Liens expressly permitted by
Section 6.02.
SECTION 3.19. LOCATION OF REAL PROPERTY AND LEASED PREMISES. (a) Schedule 3.19(a) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all real property owned by Parent and the Subsidiaries and the addresses thereof. Parent and the Subsidiaries own in fee all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.19(a).
(b) Schedule 3.19(b) lists completely and correctly as of the Closing Date all real property leased by Parent and the Subsidiaries and the addresses thereof. Parent and the Subsidiaries have valid leases in all the real property set forth on Schedule 3.19(b).
SECTION 3.20. LABOR MATTERS. As of the date hereof and the Closing Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against Parent or any Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of Parent or any Borrower, threatened. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of Parent and the Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters, where such violation could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All payments due from Parent or any Subsidiary, or for which any claim may be made against Parent or any Subsidiary, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Parent or such Subsidiary, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which Parent or any Subsidiary is bound.
SECTION 3.21. SOLVENCY. Immediately after the consummation of the Credit
Transactions to occur on the Closing Date and immediately following the making
of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of each
Loan, (a) the fair value of the assets of each Loan Party, at a fair valuation,
will exceed its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise;
(b) the present fair saleable value of the property of each Loan Party will be
greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of
its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such
debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) each Loan Party
will be able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or
otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d)
each Loan Party will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct
the business in which it is engaged as such business is now conducted and is
proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.
SECTION 3.22. SENIOR DEBT STATUS. No Indebtedness or other obligations, other than the Obligations and obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement, are, or will be, designated as "Senior Indebtedness" under the Seller Note.
SECTION 3.23. LICENSING AND ACCREDITATION. Except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each of Parent and
the Subsidiaries (i) has obtained and maintains accreditation from one or more generally recognized accreditation agencies where such accreditation is customary in the industry in which it is engaged; (ii) in the case of each HMO Subsidiary, has entered into and maintains in good standing its contract with Medicare to be a Medicare+Choice Organization and each other agreement with Medicare or Medicaid to provide services to the beneficiaries of such programs; and (iii) has taken all action to obtain, preserve and maintain each certificate of authority, license, permit, authorization and other approval of any Governmental Authority required for the conduct of its business, and all of such certificates, licenses, permits, authorizations or approvals are in full force and effect and have not been revoked or suspended or otherwise limited. In furtherance of the foregoing, each of Parent and the Subsidiaries has taken all action to obtain, preserve and maintain with respect to each HMO Subsidiary all certificates of authority, licenses, permits, authorizations and other approvals required under the HMO Regulations, including approvals required to ensure that such HMO Subsidiary is eligible for all reimbursements available under the HMO Regulations, and all of such certificates, licenses, permits, authorizations or approvals are in full force and effect and have not been revoked or suspended or otherwise limited.
SECTION 3.24. MEDICARE AND MEDICAID NOTICES AND FILINGS RELATED TO BUSINESS. Except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each of Parent and the Subsidiaries has timely filed (a) all reports and other filings required to be filed in connection with the Medicare and Medicaid programs, and all such reports and filings are true and complete in all material respects, and (b) all material reports, data and other information required by any other Governmental Authority with authority to regulate it or its business or operations in any manner. Except to the extent any such action could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) there are no claims, actions, proceedings or appeals pending (and none of Parent or any Subsidiary has made any filing that would result in any claims, actions, proceedings or appeals) before any Governmental Authority with respect to any Medicare or Medicaid reports or claims filed by Parent or any Subsidiary on or before the date hereof, or with respect to any adjustments, denials, recoupments or disallowances by any intermediary, carrier, other insurer, commission, board or agency in connection with any cost reports or claims, and (ii) no validation review, survey, inspection, audit, investigation or program integrity review related to Parent or any Subsidiary has been conducted by any Governmental Authority or government contractor in connection with the Medicare or Medicaid programs, and no such reviews are scheduled, pending or, to the knowledge of Parent or any Borrower, threatened against or affecting Parent or any Subsidiary.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS OF LENDING
The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
SECTION 4.01. ALL CREDIT EVENTS. On the date of each Borrowing, including each Borrowing of a Swingline Loan, and on the date of each issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit (each such event being called a "CREDIT EVENT"):
(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such
Borrowing as required by Section 2.03 (or such notice shall have been
deemed given in accordance with Section 2.03) or, in the case of the
issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit, the
Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice
requesting the issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of such Letter of
Credit as required by Section 2.23(b) or, in the case of the Borrowing of
a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent shall
have received a notice requesting such Swingline Loan as required by
Section 2.22(b).
(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III and in each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Event with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date.
(c) The Borrowers and each other Loan Party shall be in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth herein and in each other Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed, and at the time of and immediately after such Credit Event, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Each Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrowers and Parent on the date of such Credit Event as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section.
SECTION 4.02. FIRST CREDIT EVENT. On the Closing Date:
(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, a favorable written opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for Parent and the Borrowers, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit G, such opinion to be (i) dated the Closing Date, (ii) addressed to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent and (iii) covering such other matters relating to the Loan Documents and the Credit Transactions to occur on the Closing Date as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. Parent and the Borrowers hereby request such counsel to deliver such opinions.
(b) All legal matters related to this Agreement, the Borrowings and extensions of credit hereunder and the other Loan Documents shall be satisfactory to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, or certificate of formation, including all
amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by
the Secretary of State of the State of its organization, and a certificate
as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such
Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (A) if
such Loan Party is a corporation, that attached thereto is a true and
complete copy of the by-laws of such Loan Party as in effect on the
Closing Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the
resolutions described in clause (B) below, or if such Loan Party is a
limited liability company, that attached thereto is a true and complete
copy of the operating or limited liability company agreement of such Loan
Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since the date
prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below, (B)
that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly
adopted by the board of directors or board of managers, as applicable, of
such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the
Loan Documents to which such person is a party and, in the case of each
Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not
been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C)
that the certificate or articles of incorporation, or certificate of
formation, of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the
last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of good standing furnished
pursuant to clause (i) above and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen
signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other
document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party;
(iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen
signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the
certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above; and (iv) such other documents
as the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent may
reasonably request.
(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate,
dated the Closing Date and signed by a Financial Officer of each of Parent
and the Borrowers, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set
forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01 and paragraphs (f), (i),
(l) and (m) of this Section.
(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received all Fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by Parent and the Borrowers hereunder or under any other Loan Document.
(f) The Guarantee and Collateral Requirement shall have been satisfied. The Collateral Agent shall have received the Perfection Certificate with respect to the Loan Parties dated the Closing Date and duly executed by a Responsible Officer of Parent and shall have received the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code filings (or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such persons, in which the chief executive office of each such person is located and in the other
jurisdictions in which such persons maintain property, in each case as indicated on such Perfection Certificate, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under Section 6.02 or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated.
(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of, or a
certificate as to coverage under, the insurance policies required by
Section 5.02 and the applicable provisions of the Security Documents, each
of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary
lender's loss payable endorsement and to name the Collateral Agent as
additional insured, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent.
(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received copies of each of
(i) the Seller Note and the related Pledge Agreement dated as of July 31,
2002 and the Amendment and Settlement Agreement dated as of February 12,
2004, (ii) each management agreement between CHM and an HMO Subsidiary and
(iii) any management agreements between Parent or any Subsidiary and SPEP
Management, LLC or any of its Affiliates, in each case certified by a
Financial Officer of Parent as being complete and correct.
(i) All principal, interest, fees and other amounts due or outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been paid in full, the commitments thereunder terminated and all guarantees and security in support thereof discharged and released, and the Administrative Agent shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence thereof. WMG shall have repaid or otherwise discharged its obligations under, or shall substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of Loans on the Closing Date repay or otherwise discharge its obligations under, all of the Discount Notes, it being agreed that the conversion of the Discount Notes into Term Loans of the Rollover Lenders pursuant to the Rollover Agreement shall be deemed a discharge of WMG's obligations under the Discount Notes. WHP shall have repaid or otherwise discharged, or shall substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of Loans on the Closing Date repay or otherwise discharge, a portion of the outstanding Indebtedness under the Seller Note such that the condition in clause (b) of the last sentence of this paragraph shall be satisfied. Immediately after giving effect to the Credit Transactions to occur on the Closing Date, Parent and the Subsidiaries shall have outstanding no Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests other than (a) Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement, (b) Indebtedness under the Seller Note in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30,000,000 and (c) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 6.01.
(j) The Lenders shall have received the financial statements and opinions referred to in Section 3.05, none of which shall be materially inconsistent with the financial statements or forecasts previously provided to the Lenders. No material adverse change shall have occurred in the business, assets, operations financial
condition or prospects of Parent and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since December 31, 2003.
(k) The Lenders shall have received a detailed business plan of Parent and the Subsidiaries for (i) the years 2004 through 2009 and (ii) each fiscal quarter of 2004 and 2005, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(l) The Lenders shall be satisfied that the Leverage Ratio on the Closing Date, calculated after giving pro forma effect to the Credit Transactions to occur on the Closing Date, shall be no more than 3.0 to 1.0.
(m) All requisite Governmental Authorities and third parties shall have approved or consented to the Credit Transactions to occur on the Closing Date to the extent required, all applicable appeal periods shall have expired and there shall not be any pending or threatened litigation or governmental, administrative or judicial action that could reasonably be expected to restrain, prevent or impose burdensome conditions on the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby.
(n) The Post-Closing Matters Side Letter shall have been duly executed by Parent and each of the Borrowers and shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.
(o) The Lenders shall have received, to the extent requested, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable "know your customer" and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act.
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Each of Parent and the Borrowers covenants and agrees with each Lender that so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been canceled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, each of Parent and the Borrowers will, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to:
SECTION 5.01. EXISTENCE; BUSINESSES AND PROPERTIES. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, except as otherwise expressly permitted under Section 6.05; provided that any wholly owned Subsidiary (other than any Borrower) may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time if such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as applicable, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Take all action to obtain, preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business and to preserve, renew and maintain all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and services marks, except, in each case, to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and maintain and preserve all property material to the conduct of its business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times.
SECTION 5.02. INSURANCE. Maintain in full force and effect (i) except to the extent Parent and the Subsidiaries are self-insured on terms consistent with industry practice, insurance (including worker's compensation insurance, liability insurance, casualty insurance and business interruption insurance) with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where Parent or the applicable Subsidiary operates, (ii) all insurance required to be maintained by the Security Documents and (iii) such other insurance as may be required by law.
SECTION 5.03. OBLIGATIONS AND TAXES. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable its Indebtedness and other obligations and all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, as well as all material lawful claims that, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof; provided, however, that such payment and discharge shall not be required with respect to any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the validity or amount thereof shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and Parent and the Subsidiaries shall have set aside on their books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and SAP, as applicable, and such contest operates to suspend collection of the contested obligation, tax, assessment or charge and enforcement of a Lien.
SECTION 5.04. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, REPORTS, ETC. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, who will make it available to each Lender:
(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, changes in members' or stockholders' equity, as applicable, and cash flows showing the financial condition of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of such Subsidiaries during such year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all reported on by Deloitte & Touche, LLP, or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall be without a "going concern" or like qualification or exception and without any qualification
or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;
(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Parent, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income, changes in members' or stockholders' equity, as applicable, and cash flows showing the financial condition of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of such Subsidiaries during such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, and comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, all certified by a Financial Officer of Parent as fairly presenting the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;
(c) within 15 days after the date that such annual and quarterly financial statements of each HMO Subsidiary are required to be filed with any HMO Regulator, such annual and quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with SAP;
(d) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under
clause (a) or (b) of this Section, a certificate of the accounting firm
(in the case of clause (a)) or a Financial Officer of Parent (in the case
of clause (b)) opining on or certifying such statements (which
certificate, when furnished by an accounting firm, may be limited to
accounting matters and disclaim responsibility for legal interpretations)
(i) certifying that no Default or Event of Default has occurred or, if
such a Default or an Event of Default has occurred, specifying the nature
and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken
with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth computations in reasonable
detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating compliance
with the covenants contained in Sections 6.10, 6.11 and 6.12;
(e) within 30 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, an annual consolidated budget for the succeeding fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and related statements of projected operations and cash flows as of the end of and for such succeeding fiscal year and each quarter thereof and setting forth the assumptions used for purposes of preparing such budget) and, promptly when available, any significant revisions of such budget;
(f) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Parent or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be;
(g) promptly after the receipt thereof by Parent or any Subsidiary, a copy of any "management letter" in final form received by any such person from its certified public accountants and, promptly upon completion thereof, the management's written response thereto;
(h) promptly after the same becomes available, and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of Parent, a schedule setting forth in reasonable detail the reinsurance arrangements maintained by each HMO Subsidiary as of the end of such fiscal year (with any changes subsequent to the end of such fiscal described therein);
(i) promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable "know your customer" and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act; and
(j) promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Parent or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.
SECTION 5.05. LITIGATION AND OTHER NOTICES. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, promptly after any Responsible Officer of Parent or any Subsidiary obtains knowledge thereof, written notice of the following:
(a) any Default or Event of Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the corrective action, if any, taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;
(b) the filing or commencement of, or any threat or notice of intention of any person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding, whether at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority, against Parent or any Affiliate thereof that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Parent and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000;
(d) any development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an Exclusion Event, including any notice by the OIG of exclusion or proposed exclusion of Parent or any Subsidiary from any Medical Reimbursement Program, and any other development that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect;
(e) commencement of any material audit of Parent or any Subsidiary by any regulatory authority, including any HMO Regulator, and commencement
of
any proceeding or other action against Parent or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in a suspension, revocation or termination of any contract of Parent or any Subsidiary with respect to Medicaid or Medicare, including any such contract to be a Medicare+Choice Organization; and
(f) receipt by Parent or any Subsidiary of (i) any notice of suspension or forfeiture of any certificate of authority or similar license of any HMO Subsidiary and (ii) any other material notice of deficiency, compliance order or adverse report issued by any regulatory authority, including any HMO Regulator, or private insurance company pursuant to a provider agreement that, if not promptly complied with or cured, could reasonably be expected to result in the suspension or forfeiture of any certification, license, permit, authorization or other approval necessary for such HMO Subsidiary to carry on its business as then conducted or in the termination of any insurance or reimbursement program then available to any HMO Subsidiary.
SECTION 5.06. INFORMATION REGARDING COLLATERAL. (a) Furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party's corporate name, (ii) in the jurisdiction of organization or formation of any Loan Party, (iii) in any Loan Party's identity or corporate structure or (iv) in any Loan Party's Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. Parent and each Borrower agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral. Parent and each Borrower also agree promptly to notify the Administrative Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.
(b) In the case of Parent, each year, at the time of delivery of the annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to clause (a) of Section 5.04, deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer of Parent supplementing the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section.
SECTION 5.07. MAINTAINING RECORDS; ACCESS TO PROPERTIES AND INSPECTIONS;
MAINTENANCE OF RATINGS. (a) Maintain (i) proper books of record and account, in
which true, complete and correct entries in conformity with GAAP or SAP, as
applicable, shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters
involving the material assets and business of Parent and the Subsidiaries and
(ii) such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable
requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over
Parent and the Subsidiaries.
(b) Permit representatives designated by, and independent contractors of, the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts
therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers and independent public accountants, all at the expense of Parent and the Borrowers and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to Parent (which notice shall not be required at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default); provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Parent and the Borrowers shall be obligated to pay the expenses of only one such visit in any calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Loan Party shall be required to disclose (i) any materials subject to a confidentiality obligation binding upon such Loan Party (provided that such Loan Party shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain permission for such disclosure and, in the event permission cannot be obtained, furnish some information regarding the matters to which such materials relate as can reasonably be furnished without violation of such confidentiality obligations) or (ii) any communications protected by attorney-client privilege the disclosure or inspection of which would waive such privilege.
(c) In the case of Parent and each Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Credit Facilities to be continuously rated by S&P and Moody's.
SECTION 5.08. USE OF PROCEEDS. In the case of the Borrowers, use (a) the proceeds of the Term Loans on and (with respect to clauses (iv) and (v) below) after the Closing Date solely (i) to finance the repayment or other discharge of the Discount Notes, (ii) to pay or prepay (x) all or a portion of Indebtedness outstanding under the Seller Note such that, after giving effect to such prepayment, the principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness under the Seller Note shall not exceed $30,000,000 and (y) all principal, interest, fees and other amounts due or outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement, (iii) to pay related fees and expenses, (iv) to finance a portion of the Harmony Acquisition Consideration and (v) for general corporate purposes; (b) the proceeds of the Revolving Loans solely for general corporate purposes and, if immediately prior to and after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, to make required principal and interest payments on the Seller Note; (d) the proceeds of the Swingline Loans solely for general corporate purposes; and (e) Letters of Credit solely to support payment obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Borrowers and their subsidiaries.
SECTION 5.09. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. (a) Comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions and decrees of any Governmental Authority (including Titles XVIII and XIX of the Social Security Act, Medicare Regulations, Medicaid Regulations, HMO Regulations and Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996), whether now existing or hereafter enacted, except where the failure to comply therewith, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Obtain and maintain all material certifications, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals of all applicable Governmental Authorities as are required for the conduct of its business as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, including licenses and contracts with Medicare and Medicaid.
(c) Use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that billing policies, arrangements, protocols and instructions comply in all material respects with reimbursement requirements under Medicare, Medicaid and other Medical Reimbursement Programs and are administered by properly trained personnel.
(d) Maintain a compliance program for Parent and the Subsidiaries that (i) satisfies the requirements therefor applicable to Medicare+Choice Organizations and (ii) is reasonably designed to provide internal controls effective to promote adherence to, and prevent and detect any material violation of, any applicable laws, rules and regulations and, in any event, includes regular internal audits and monitoring to ensure compliance therewith and with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.
SECTION 5.10. FURTHER ASSURANCES. Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code and other financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages and deeds of trust and preparation of all documentation relating to filings under the Assignment of Claims Act) that may be required under applicable law, or that the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, to cause the Guarantee and Collateral Requirement to be and remain satisfied and to effectuate the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. Without limiting the foregoing, Parent and each Borrower will cause the Guarantee and Collateral Requirement to be satisfied with respect to (a) each Subsidiary acquired or organized subsequent to the date hereof (other than any such Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary, an Immaterial Subsidiary or an HMO Subsidiary that has not Guaranteed any Indebtedness of Parent or any other Subsidiary), (b) each Subsidiary that ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary or an HMO Subsidiary and (c) each HMO Subsidiary that has Guaranteed any Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary (and which Guarantee, at the time of determination, is in effect). In addition, from time to time, Parent and each Borrower will, at their cost and expense, promptly secure the Obligations by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to such of its assets and properties as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall designate (it being understood that it is the intent of the parties that the Obligations shall be secured, except to the extent set forth in the definition of the term "Guarantee and Collateral Requirement," by substantially all the assets of Parent and the Subsidiaries, including real and other properties acquired subsequent to the Closing Date). Parent and each Borrower agree to provide such evidence as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request as to the perfection and priority status of each security interest and Lien created or intended to be created under the Security Documents. In furtherance of the foregoing, Parent and each Borrower agree to give prompt notice to the Administrative Agent of the acquisition by it or any of its subsidiaries of any real property (or any interest in real property) having a value in excess of $250,000.
SECTION 5.11. DESIGNATION OF OBLIGATIONS; MATTERS RELATING TO THE SELLER NOTE. (a) In the event that Parent or any Subsidiary shall at any time issue or have outstanding any Indebtedness that by its terms is subordinated to any other Indebtedness of Parent or such Subsidiary, take all actions as shall be necessary to cause the
Obligations to constitute senior indebtedness (however denominated) in respect of such subordinated Indebtedness and to enable the Lenders to have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior indebtedness under the terms of such subordinated Indebtedness. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Obligations are hereby designated as "senior indebtedness" and, if relevant, as "designated senior indebtedness" in respect of all such subordinated Indebtedness (including designation by WHP of the Obligations as "Senior Indebtedness" under the Seller Note) and are further given all such other designations as shall be required under the terms of any such subordinated Indebtedness in order that the Lenders may have and exercise any payment blockage or other remedies available or potentially available to holders of senior Indebtedness under the terms of such subordinated Indebtedness.
(b) In the case of WHP, promptly after the date hereof provide to the
payee under the Seller Note written notice of the designation of the Obligations
as "Senior Indebtedness" under the Seller Note, which notice shall include the
address and fax number of the Administrative Agent set forth in Section 9.01
(and, in the event such address or fax number shall change as contemplated by
Section 9.01, promptly inform the payee under the Seller Note of any such
change); and promptly after obtaining knowledge thereof, provide to the
Administrative Agent notice of any change of the address, fax number or other
information set forth in the Seller Note with respect to the payee thereunder.
ARTICLE VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Each of Parent and the Borrowers covenants and agrees with each Lender that, so long as this Agreement shall remain in effect and until the Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all Fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have been cancelled or have expired and all amounts drawn thereunder have been reimbursed in full, unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, neither Parent nor any Borrower will, nor will they cause or permit any of the Subsidiaries to:
SECTION 6.01. INDEBTEDNESS. Incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01 (and any refinancings, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not (i) increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or (ii) result in a maturity date that is prior to, or decrease the weighted average life thereof for the period ending before, the earlier of (x) the 180th day following the Term Loan Maturity Date and (y) the date on which such original Indebtedness matured);
(b) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents;
(c) Indebtedness of Parent to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary
to Parent or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) Indebtedness of any
Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party (other than an HMO Subsidiary) to any
Loan Party shall be subject to the limitation set forth in clause (a) of
Section 6.04 and (ii) Indebtedness of any Loan Party to any Subsidiary
that is not a Loan Party shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms
no less favorable to the Lenders than the subordination terms set forth in
Exhibit H-1 hereto;
(d) Indebtedness of any Loan Party arising under any Hedging Agreement, provided that such Hedging Agreement (i) was entered into by such person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets or property held or reasonably anticipated by such person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a "market view", and (ii) does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;
(e) Indebtedness of Parent or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (including extensions, renewals and replacements thereof) shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(f) Indebtedness under the Seller Note in a principal amount not to exceed $30,000,000, as well as any and all accrued interest thereon;
(g) Indebtedness incurred in connection with the financing of insurance premiums in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $500,000;
(h) Guarantees by Parent of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by
any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Parent or any other Subsidiary (other
than, in each case, Indebtedness referred to in clause (i) of this
Section); provided that (i) a Subsidiary shall not Guarantee any
obligation unless such Subsidiary also has Guaranteed the Obligations and
(ii) Guarantees by any Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary (other
than an HMO Subsidiary) that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to the
limitation set forth in clause (a) of Section 6.04;
(i) unsecured Indebtedness incurred by any Loan Party in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; provided that (i) at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness permitted by this clause shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding, (iii) such Indebtedness shall be expressly subordinated to
the
Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Lenders than the
subordination terms set forth on Exhibit H-2 hereto, (iv) such
Indebtedness shall have a maturity date at least 180 days after the Term
Loan Maturity Date and shall require no scheduled or other mandatory
payment of principal (including any payment at the option of the holders
of such Indebtedness and any payment pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation, but excluding any payment required upon the occurrence of a
change in control, however defined in the documents governing such
Indebtedness) prior to the 180th day following the Term Loan Maturity
Date, (v) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the
Leverage Ratio as of the date of such incurrence (computed on the basis of
(x) balance sheet amounts as of such date and (y) income statement amounts
for the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters
for which financial statements shall have been delivered to the
Administrative Agent and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis in respect of
such Permitted Acquisition) shall be at least 0.25 to 1.00 less than the
maximum Leverage Ratio then permitted by Section 6.12, (vi) in connection
with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, neither S&P nor Moody's shall
have downgraded the rating of the Credit Facilities below the respective
ratings on the Effective Date and (vii) on or prior to the date of such
incurrence, Parent shall have delivered a certificate of a Financial
Officer of Parent confirming compliance with this clause, together with
reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating satisfaction of the
requirement set forth in subclauses (ii) and (v) above; and any
refinancings, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do
not (x) increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or (y) result in
a maturity date that is prior to, or decrease the weighted average life
thereof for the period ending before, the earlier of (A) 180th day
following the Term Loan Maturity Date and (B) the date on which such
original Indebtedness matured);
(j) Indebtedness of any person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof (provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such person becoming a Subsidiary and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause shall not exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding) and any refinancings, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not (x) increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or (y) result in a maturity date that is prior to, or decrease the weighted average life thereof for the period ending before, the earlier of (A) 180th day following the Term Loan Maturity Date and (B) the date on which such original Indebtedness matured);
(k) Indebtedness under performance bonds or with respect to workers' compensation claims, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
(l) other unsecured Indebtedness of any Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount (which, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with OID
shall
mean the accreted value of such Indebtedness) not exceeding $10,000,000 at any time outstanding.
SECTION 6.02. LIENS. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or assets (including Equity Interests or other securities of any person, including any Subsidiary) now owned or hereafter acquired by it or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except:
(a) Liens on property or assets of Parent and the Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that such Liens (i) shall not apply to any other property or asset of Parent or any Subsidiary and (ii) shall secure only those obligations which they secure on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof permitted hereunder;
(b) any Lien created under the Loan Documents;
(c) Liens for taxes that are not due and payable or which are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03;
(d) statutory Liens of landlords and carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's, repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not due and payable or which are being contested in compliance with Section 5.03;
(e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;
(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Parent or any Subsidiary;
(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money (or appeal or other surety bonds relating to such judgments), provided that no such judgment constitutes an Event of Default under clause (i) of Article VII;
(i) purchase money security interests in real property, improvements
thereto or equipment hereafter acquired (or, in the case of improvements,
constructed) by Parent or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security
interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of Section 6.01,
(ii) such security interests are incurred, and the Indebtedness secured
thereby is created, within
90 days after such acquisition (or construction), (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of such real property, improvements or equipment at the time of such acquisition (or construction) and (iv) such security interests do not apply to any other property or assets of Parent or any Subsidiary;
(j) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the
acquisition thereof by Parent or any Subsidiary or existing on any
property or asset of any person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date
hereof prior to the time such person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that
(i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with
such acquisition or such person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be,
(ii) such Lien does not apply to any other property or asset of Parent or
any Subsidiary and (iii) such Lien secures only those obligations which it
secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such person becomes a
Subsidiary, as the case may be, and extensions, renewals and replacements
thereof permitted by this Agreement;
(k) licenses, leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of Parent or any Subsidiary;
(l) any interest or title of a lessor under, and Liens arising from UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings, registrations or agreements in foreign jurisdictions) relating to, leases permitted by this Agreement;
(m) normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions;
(n) Liens of a collection bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering only the items being collected upon;
(o) Liens of sellers of goods to Parent and any Subsidiary arising under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction or similar provisions of applicable law in the ordinary course of business, covering only the goods sold and securing only the unpaid purchase price for such goods and related expenses;
(p) Liens in the nature of municipal ordinances, zoning, entitlement, land use and environmental regulation; and
(q) Liens in connection with the WMG Guarantee Arrangement, provided that such Liens attach only to the property that is subject to the WMG Guarantee Arrangement.
SECTION 6.03. SALE AND LEASE-BACK TRANSACTIONS. Enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or
transferred unless (a) the sale of such property is permitted by Section 6.05 and (b) any Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations or Liens arising in connection therewith are permitted by Sections 6.01 and 6.02, as the case may be.
SECTION 6.04. INVESTMENTS, LOANS, ADVANCES AND GUARANTEES. Purchase, hold or acquire any Equity Interests, evidences of indebtedness or other securities of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, or any investment or any other interest in, or Guarantee any obligation of, any other person, except:
(a) (i) investments by Parent and the Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof in the Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries and (ii) additional investments by Parent and the Subsidiaries in the Equity Interests of persons that are Subsidiaries at the time such investments are made (including Subsidiaries organized after the date hereof by Parent or existing Subsidiaries); provided that (A) any such Equity Interests held by a Loan Party shall, subject to the limitations applicable to Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary and the Seller Note Pledged Stock referred to in the definition of the term "Guarantee and Collateral Requirement", be pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (B) the aggregate amount of investments by Loan Parties in, loans and advances by Loan Parties to, and Guarantees by Loan Parties of Indebtedness or other obligations of, Subsidiaries (other than HMO Subsidiaries) that are not Loan Parties (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such investments, loans and advances) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(b) Permitted Investments;
(c) loans or advances made by Parent to any Subsidiary and made by any Subsidiary to Parent or to any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) any such loans and advances made by a Loan Party shall be evidenced by a promissory note pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (ii) the amount of such loans and advances made by Loan Parties to Subsidiaries (other than HMO Subsidiaries) that are not Loan Parties shall be subject to the limitation set forth in clause (a) of this Section;
(d) investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit and investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(e) Guarantees permitted by Section 6.01;
(f) Parent and the Subsidiaries may make loans and advances in the ordinary course of business to their respective directors, officers and employees so long as the aggregate principal amount thereof at any time outstanding (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such loans and advances) shall not exceed $1,000,000;
(g) investments in the form of Hedging Agreements, provided that
such Hedging Agreements meet the requirements set forth in clause (d) of
Section 6.01;
(h) (i) any Loan Party may acquire all or substantially all the
assets of a person or line of business of such person, or not less than
100% of the Equity Interests of a person (referred to herein as the
"ACQUIRED ENTITY"); provided that (i) such acquisition was not preceded by
an unsolicited tender offer for such Equity Interests by, or proxy contest
initiated by, Parent or any Subsidiary; (ii) the Acquired Entity shall be
a going concern and its business shall constitute a business permitted by
Section 6.08(b); (iii) the Acquired Entity is organized under the laws of
the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of
Columbia and at least 80% of the consolidated gross operating revenues of
such Acquired Entity for the most recently completed period of twelve
months were derived from domestic operations in the United States of
America; and (iv) at the time of such acquisition (A) both before and
after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing; (B) Parent would be in Pro Forma Compliance;
(C) the Leverage Ratio as of the date of such acquisition, (computed on
the basis of (x) balance sheet amounts as of such date and (y) income
statement amounts for the most recently completed period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements shall have been
delivered to the Administrative Agent and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis
in respect of such acquisition) shall be at least 0.25 to 1.00 less than
the maximum Leverage Ratio then permitted by Section 6.12; and (D) the
consolidated EBITDA of the Acquired Entity (determined in a manner
substantially similar to the manner of determination of the Consolidated
EBITDA of Parent) for the most recently completed period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to such acquisition shall not
exceed the amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x)
Consolidated EBITDA of Parent for the most recently completed period of
four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements shall have
been delivered to the Administrative Agent, calculated on a Pro Forma
Basis in respect of such acquisition, by (y) four; and (iv) Parent shall
have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial
Officer of Parent confirming compliance with subclauses (i) through (iii)
above, together with all relevant financial information for the Acquired
Entity and reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating satisfaction of
the requirements set forth in subclause (iii) above (any acquisition of an
Acquired Entity meeting all the criteria of this clause being referred to
herein as a "PERMITTED ACQUISITION");
(i) the Harmony Transactions; and
(j) in addition to investments permitted by clauses (a) through (i) of this Section, additional investments, loans and advances by Parent and the Subsidiaries (other than investments, loans and advances to Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties) so long as the aggregate amount invested, loaned or advanced pursuant to this clause (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-
offs of such investments, loans and advances) does not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate.
SECTION 6.05. MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS, SALES OF ASSETS AND ACQUISITIONS.
(a) Merge into or consolidate with any other person, or permit any other person
to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise
dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or
substantially all the assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of Parent
or any Borrower, or any Equity Interests of any Borrower, or less than all the
Equity Interests of any Subsidiary (other than a Borrower), or purchase, lease
or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or any
substantial part of the assets of any other person, except that (i) Parent and
any Subsidiary may purchase and sell inventory in the ordinary course of
business and (ii) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect
thereto no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (v)
any wholly owned Subsidiary may merge into a Borrower in a transaction in which
such Borrower is the surviving corporation, (w) any wholly owned Subsidiary
(other than a Borrower) may merge into or consolidate with any other wholly
owned Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a wholly
owned Subsidiary and no person other than Parent or a wholly owned Subsidiary
receives any consideration (provided that if any party to any such transaction
is a Loan Party, the surviving entity of such transaction shall be a Loan Party)
and (x) the Loan Parties may make Permitted Acquisitions, (y) Holdings may merge
into WellCare Group, Inc., and (z) the Harmony Transactions may be consummated.
(b) Engage in any Asset Sale permitted under paragraph (a) of this Section
unless (i) such Asset Sale is for consideration at least 75% of which is cash,
(ii) such consideration is at least equal to the fair market value of the
assets being sold, transferred, leased or disposed of and (iii) the fair market
value of all assets sold, transferred, leased or disposed of pursuant to this
paragraph shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate.
SECTION 6.06. RESTRICTED PAYMENTS; RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS. (a) Declare or make, or agree to declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement), or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so; provided, however, that (i) any Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions ratably to its equityholders, (ii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, WHP may make distributions to Parent in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year for the purpose of allowing Parent to repurchase its Equity Interests owned by retiring directors, officers or employees of Parent or any Subsidiary and to make payments to directors, officers or employees of Parent or any Subsidiary upon termination of employment in connection with the exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar equity or equity-based incentives pursuant to management or other incentive plans or in connection with the death or disability of such employees and (iii) WHP may make Restricted Payments to Parent (x) in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year, to the extent necessary to pay general corporate and overhead expenses incurred by Parent in the ordinary course of business and (y) in an amount necessary to pay the tax liabilities of Parent directly attributable to (or arising as a
result of) the operations of the Subsidiaries; provided, however, that all Restricted Payments made to Parent pursuant to this clause (iii) are used by Parent for the purposes specified herein within 20 days of the receipt thereof.
(b) Enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement (other than, in the case of any HMO Subsidiary, with a Governmental Authority regulating such Subsidiary) that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (i) the ability of any Loan Party to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (ii) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to any Loan Party or to Guarantee Indebtedness of any Loan Party; provided that (A) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by any Loan Document, (B) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (C) clause (i) above shall not apply to (x) customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof and (y) any Lien permitted by Section 6.02 or any document or instrument governing any such permitted Lien if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets subject to such permitted Lien and (D) the foregoing shall not apply to the Seller Note and the WMG Guarantee Arrangement as in effect on the date hereof.
SECTION 6.07. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Except for transactions by or
among the Borrowers and the Subsidiary Guarantors and any intercompany
transactions expressly permitted under Sections 6.01, 6.04, 6.05 and 6.06, sell
or transfer any property or assets to, or purchase or acquire any property or
assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its
Affiliates, except for (a) any of the foregoing transactions at prices and on
terms and conditions not less favorable to Parent or such Subsidiary than could
be obtained on an arm's-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b)
reasonable compensation and reimbursement of expenses of officers and directors,
(c) payment of management fees or similar fees under the CHM Management
Agreements or the Harmony Management Agreement and (d) payment to SPEP
Management, LLC, of management fees in an amount not to exceed $250,000 in the
aggregate in any fiscal year of Parent.
SECTION 6.08. BUSINESS OF PARENT AND SUBSIDIARIES; OWNERSHIP OF SUBSIDIARIES; PREFERRED EQUITY INTERESTS. (a) In the case of Parent, engage in any business activities or have any assets or liabilities other than its ownership of the Equity Interests of WHP and WellCare Group, Inc. and liabilities incidental thereto, including its liabilities hereunder and pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent shall be permitted to conduct the IPO.
(b) Engage at any time in any business or business activity other than those lines of business conducted by Parent and the Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any business substantially related or incidental thereto (including establishment of a wholly-owned insurance Subsidiary).
(c) Form or acquire any Foreign Subsidiary (other than formation of a wholly owned insurance Subsidiary) or permit any person other than a Loan Party to own any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary, other than the ownership of FirstChoice HealthPlans of Connecticut, Inc. by WellCare of New York, Inc.
(d) In the case of the Borrowers and the other Subsidiaries, issue any preferred stock or other preferred Equity Interests.
SECTION 6.09. OTHER INDEBTEDNESS AND AGREEMENTS. (a) Permit any waiver, supplement, modification, amendment, termination or release of any indenture, instrument or agreement pursuant to which any Material Indebtedness (including the Seller Note) of Parent or any Subsidiary is outstanding if the effect of such waiver, supplement, modification, amendment, termination or release would materially increase the obligations of the obligor or confer additional material rights on the holder of such Indebtedness in a manner adverse to Parent, any Subsidiary or the Lenders.
(b) (i) Make any distribution, whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, other than regular scheduled payments of principal and interest as and when due (to the extent not prohibited by applicable subordination provisions), in respect of, or pay, or offer or commit to pay, or directly or indirectly (including pursuant to any Synthetic Purchase Agreement) redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire for consideration, or set apart any sum for the aforesaid purposes, any Indebtedness (other than the Loans, intercompany debt and the payments expressly permitted under Section 5.08), (ii) pay in cash any amount in respect of any Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests that may at the obligor's option be paid in kind or in other securities, or (iii) give any "Blockage Notice" under, and as defined in, the Seller Note; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, WHP shall be allowed to pay, prepay or otherwise discharge Indebtedness under the Seller Note if, at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) Parent would be in Pro Forma Compliance.
(c) Amend, modify or change (i) any of its organizational documents in a manner adverse to the Lenders and (ii) the terms of the CHM Management Agreements without the approval of applicable regulatory authorities and the Administrative Agent (which approval by the Administrative Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be deemed given unless expressly withheld within 10 Business Days after the date notice of such amendment, modification or change was delivered to the Administrative Agent (it being agreed that any such notice shall refer to this Section and to the deemed approval of such amendment, modification or change in the absence of action within such 10 Business Day period)).
SECTION 6.10. CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Permit the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by Parent and the Subsidiaries in any period set forth below to exceed the amount set forth below for such period:
PERIOD AMOUNT ----------------------------------------- ----------- January 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004 $ 9,000,000 January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005 $12,000,000 January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006 $12,000,000 January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007 $15,000,000 January 1, 2008 and thereafter $17,000,000 |
The amount of any Capital Expenditures permitted to be made in respect of any period above shall be increased by the amount of permitted Capital Expenditures set forth above for the immediately preceding period that were not made during such preceding period. Capital Expenditures in any period shall be deemed to use, first, the amount set forth above for such period and, second, any amount carried forward to such period pursuant to this paragraph.
SECTION 6.11. FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO. Permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, in each case taken as one accounting period, ending on any date after the Closing Date and on or prior to September 30, 2006, to be less than 1.25 to 1.00, or ending on any date thereafter to be less than 1.50 to 1.00.
SECTION 6.12. LEVERAGE RATIO. Permit the Leverage Ratio at any time during a period set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth opposite such period below:
PERIOD RATIO ------------------------------------------------ ------------ Closing Date to and including September 30, 2004 3.50 to 1.00 October 1, 2004 through March 31, 2005 3.25 to 1.00 April 1, 2005 through September 30, 2005 3.00 to 1.00 October 1, 2005 through March 31, 2006 2.75 to 1.00 April 1, 2006 and thereafter 2.50 to 1.00 |
SECTION 6.13. FISCAL YEAR. In the case of Parent and any Borrower, change its fiscal year-end to a date other than December 31st.
ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
In case of the happening of any of the following events ("EVENTS OF
DEFAULT"):
(a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in or in connection with any Loan Document or the borrowings or issuances of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;
(b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan or the reimbursement with respect to any L/C Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or otherwise;
(c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan
or any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause
(b) of this Article) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same
shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied
for a period of three Business Days in the case of such interest or five
Business Days in the case of such Fee or other amount;
(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by Parent or any Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.01(a), 5.05 or 5.08 or in Article VI;
(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance by
Parent or any Subsidiary of any covenant, condition or agreement contained
in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clauses (b), (c) or
(d) of this Article) and such default shall continue unremedied for a
period of 15 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or
any Lender to Parent;
(f) (i) Parent or any Subsidiary shall fail to pay any principal or interest, regardless of amount, due in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to any applicable cure periods), or (ii) any other event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that
becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;
(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary
petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i)
relief in respect of Parent or any Subsidiary, or of a substantial part of
the property or assets of Parent or any Subsidiary, under Title 11 of the
United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other
Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar
law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator,
conservator or similar official for Parent or any Subsidiary or for a
substantial part of the property or assets of Parent or any Subsidiary or
(iii) the winding-up or liquidation of Parent or any Subsidiary; and such
proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order
or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
(h) Parent or any Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in clause (g) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Parent or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property or assets of Parent or any Subsidiary, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(i) one or more judgments shall be rendered against Parent or any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of Parent or any other Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment and such judgment either (i) is for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 (excluding (A) any amount covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer shall have acknowledged, in writing, coverage and (B) any amount for which Parent or any Subsidiary is entitled to indemnification or reimbursement from a creditworthy third party that has not disputed its obligation to make such indemnification or reimbursement) or (ii) is for injunctive relief and could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(k) any Guarantee under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement for any reason shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms), or any Guarantor shall deny in writing that it has any further liability under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (other than as a result of the discharge of such Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents);
(l) any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid, perfected, first priority (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or such Security Document) security interest in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates representing securities pledged under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and except to the extent that such loss is covered by a lender's title insurance policy and the related insurer promptly after such loss shall have acknowledged in writing that such loss is covered by such title insurance policy;
(m) an HMO Event shall have occurred and the same shall remain unremedied for a period of 60 days following the occurrence thereof (or such shorter period of time, if any, as the HMO Regulator shall have imposed for the cure of such HMO Event);
(n) an Exclusion Event shall have occurred and such Exclusion Event could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or
(o) there shall have occurred a Change in Control;
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to Parent or any
Borrower described in clause (g) or (h) of this Article), and at any time
thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may,
and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower,
take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times:
(i) terminate forthwith the Commitments and (ii) declare the Loans then
outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in part, whereupon the
principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued
interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the
Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan Document, shall become
forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower,
anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary
notwithstanding; and in any event with respect to Parent or any Borrower
described in clause (g) or (h) of this Article, the Commitments shall
automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding,
together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid accrued Fees and all other
liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder and under any other Loan
Document, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment,
demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby
expressly waived by each Borrower,
anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.
ARTICLE VIII
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT
Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (for purposes of this Article, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are referred to collectively as the "AGENTS") its agent and authorizes the Agents to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents are hereby expressly authorized to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents.
The bank serving as the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with Parent, any Borrower or any other Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder.
Neither Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) neither Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) neither Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that such Agent is instructed in writing to exercise by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, neither Agent shall have any duty to disclose, nor shall it be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Parent or any Subsidiary that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Neither Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.08) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Neither Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by Parent, a Borrower or a Lender, and neither Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in
any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent.
Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper person. Each Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
Each Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.
Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent as provided below, either Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrowers. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, subject, if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to the consent of the Borrowers (not to be unreasonably withheld), to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may, subject, if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to the consent of the Borrowers (not to be unreasonably withheld), on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After an Agent's resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while acting as Agent.
Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this
Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 9.01. NOTICES. Notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax, as follows:
(a) if to any Borrower or Parent, to it at 6800 North Dale Mabry Highway, Suite 268, Tampa, FL 33614, Attention of Chief Executive Officer (Fax No. (813) 290-6306) and General Counsel (Fax No. (813) 290-6210), with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) Kirkland & Ellis LLP at Citigroup Center, 153 East 53rd Street, New York, NY 10022, Attention of W. Brian Raftery, Esq. (Fax No. (212) 446-4900);
(b) if to the Administrative Agent, to Credit Suisse First Boston, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010, Attention of Agency Group (Fax No. (212) 325-8304); and
(c) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or fax number) set forth on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto.
All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by fax or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section. As agreed to among Parent, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable person provided from time to time by such person.
SECTION 9.02. SURVIVAL OF AGREEMENT. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrowers or Parent herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit by the Issuing Bank, regardless of any
investigation made by the Lenders or the Issuing Bank or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not been terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank.
SECTION 9.03. BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by each Borrower, Parent and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.
SECTION 9.04. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. (a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrowers, Parent, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.
(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it), with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that (i) in the case of an assignment of a Revolving Credit Commitment, each of Parent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender must also give its prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (provided, that the consent of Parent shall not be required to any such assignment during the continuance of any Event of Default), (ii) the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining amount of such Lender's Commitment or Loans of the relevant Class), (iii) the parties to each such assignment shall (A) electronically execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which initially shall be ClearPar, LLC) or (B) if no such system shall then be specified by the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, and (iv) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and all applicable tax forms. Upon acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by
such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 9.05, as well as to any Fees accrued for its account and not yet paid).
(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the
assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to
confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows:
(i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of
the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that
its Term Loan Commitment, Incremental Term Loan Commitment and Revolving Credit
Commitment, and the outstanding balances of its Term Loans and Revolving Loans,
in each case without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not become
effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) except as
set forth in clause (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, or
the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or
value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or
document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of Parent or any
Subsidiary or the performance or observance by Parent or any Subsidiary of any
of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other
instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents
and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and
Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this
Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements referred
to in Section 3.05(a) or delivered pursuant to Section 5.04 and such other
documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such
assignee will independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent,
the Collateral Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on
such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under
this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative
Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to
exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative
Agent and the Collateral Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof, together with
such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees
that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by
the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
(d) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans
owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the "REGISTER"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and Parent, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Parent, the Borrowers, the Issuing Bank, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(e) Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section, if applicable, and, if required, the written consent of Parent, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank to such assignment and any applicable tax forms, the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
(f) Each Lender may without the consent of Parent, any Borrower, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent sell participations to one or more banks or other entities in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided, however, that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the participating banks or other entities shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 to the same extent as if they were Lenders (but, with respect to any particular participant, to no greater extent than the Lender that sold the participation to such participant) and (iv) Parent, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the obligations of the Borrowers relating to the Loans or L/C Disbursements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than amendments, modifications or waivers decreasing any fees payable hereunder or the amount of principal of or the rate at which interest is payable on the Loans, extending any scheduled principal payment date or date fixed for the payment of interest on the Loans, increasing or extending the Commitments or releasing any Guarantor or all or any substantial part of the Collateral).
(g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to Parent and the Borrowers furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of Parent or the Borrowers; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of information designated by Parent or any Borrower as confidential, each such assignee or participant or proposed
assignee or participant shall execute an agreement whereby such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the confidentiality of such confidential information on terms no less restrictive than those applicable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 9.16.
(h) Any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure extensions of credit to such Lender or in support of obligations owed by such Lender; provided that no such assignment shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender
(a "GRANTING LENDER") may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an "SPC")
of such Granting Lender, identified as such in writing from time to time by the
Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and Parent, the option to provide to
any Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would
otherwise be obligated to make to any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement;
provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to
make any Loan and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise
fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be
obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan
by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the
same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party
hereto hereby agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar
payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain
with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto
hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement)
that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full
of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it
will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against,
such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation
proceedings under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof.
In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section,
any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, Parent
and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor,
assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or
to any financial institutions (consented to by Parent and Administrative Agent)
providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC to
support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential
basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency,
commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or
liquidity enhancement to such SPC.
(j) Neither Parent nor any Borrower shall assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.
(k) In the event that S&P, Moody's and Thompson's BankWatch (or InsuranceWatch Ratings Service, in the case of Lenders that are insurance companies (or
Best's Insurance Reports, if such insurance company is not rated by Insurance Watch Ratings Service)) shall, after the date that any Lender becomes a Revolving Credit Lender, downgrade the long-term certificate deposit ratings of such Lender, and the resulting ratings shall be below BBB-, Baa3 and C (or BB, in the case of a Lender that is an insurance company (or B, in the case of an insurance company not rated by InsuranceWatch Ratings Service)), then the Issuing Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, at its own expense, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, to replace (or to request Parent and the Borrowers to use their reasonable efforts to replace) such Lender with an assignee (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) of this Section), and such Lender hereby agrees to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) of this Section) all its interests, rights and obligations in respect of its Revolving Credit Commitment to such assignee; provided, however, that (i) no such assignment shall conflict with any law, rule and regulation or order of any Governmental Authority and (ii) the Issuing Bank or such assignee, as the case may be, shall pay to such Lender in immediately available funds on the date of such assignment the principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Loans made by such Lender hereunder and all other amounts accrued for such Lender's account or owed to it hereunder.
SECTION 9.05. EXPENSES; INDEMNITY. (a) The Borrowers and Parent agree, jointly and severally, to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the Arrangers in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein and the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby or thereby contemplated shall be consummated) or incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any Arranger in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Arrangers, and, in connection with any such enforcement or protection, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any other counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender.
(b) The Borrowers and Parent agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, the Issuing Bank, each Arranger and each Related Party of any of the foregoing persons (each such person being called an "INDEMNITEE") against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Credit Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit, (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or
not any Indemnitee is a party thereto, or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by Parent or any Subsidiary, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Parent or any Subsidiary; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.
(c) To the extent that Parent and the Borrowers fail to pay any amount required to be paid by them to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender's pro rata share (determined, in the manner provided below, as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender's "pro rata share" shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments at the time.
(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither Parent nor any Borrower shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.
(e) The provisions of this Section shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of the Commitments, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable on written demand therefor.
SECTION 9.06. RIGHT OF SETOFF. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, except to the extent prohibited by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower or Parent against any of and all the obligations of any Borrower or Parent now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be
unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.
SECTION 9.07. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS MOST RECENTLY PUBLISHED AND IN EFFECT, ON THE DATE SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT WAS ISSUED, BY THE INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (THE "UNIFORM CUSTOMS") AND, AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 9.08. WAIVERS; AMENDMENT. (a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any Borrower or Parent in any case shall entitle any Borrower or Parent to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended
or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered
into by the Borrowers, Parent and the Required Lenders; provided, however, that
no such agreement shall (i) decrease the principal amount of, or extend the
maturity of or any scheduled principal payment date or date for the payment of
any interest on any Loan or any date for reimbursement of an L/C Disbursement,
or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of
interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement, without the prior written consent of
each Lender affected thereby, (ii) increase or extend the Commitment or decrease
or extend the date for payment of any Fees of any Lender without the prior
written consent of such Lender, (iii) amend or modify the pro rata requirements
of Section 2.17, the provisions of Section 9.04(j) or the provisions of this
Section or release any Guarantor (except as expressly provided in Section 9.17)
or all or any substantial part of the Collateral, without the prior written
consent of each Lender, (iv) change the provisions of any Loan Document in a
manner that by its terms
adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of one Class differently from the rights of Lenders holding Loans of any other Class without the prior written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of each adversely affected Class, (v) modify the protections afforded to an SPC pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.04(i) without the written consent of such SPC or (vi) reduce the percentage contained in the definition of the term "Required Lenders" without the prior written consent of each Lender (it being understood that with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Term Loan Commitments and Revolving Credit Commitments on the date hereof); provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the terms of any amendment to this Agreement provide that any Class of Loans will be repaid in full and the Commitments of such Class (if any) terminated as a condition to the effectiveness of such amendment, then so long as the Loans and Commitments (if any) of such Class are in fact repaid and terminated upon the effectiveness of such amendment, such Loans and Commitments shall not be included in the determination of the Required Lenders with respect to such amendment.
SECTION 9.09. INTEREST RATE LIMITATION. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan or participation in any L/C Disbursement, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan or participation in such L/C Disbursement under applicable law (collectively the "CHARGES"), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the "MAXIMUM RATE") which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan or participation in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan or participation hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan or participation but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.
SECTION 9.10. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Fee Letter and the Rollover Agreement constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any other previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the
Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
SECTION 9.12. SEVERABILITY. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
SECTION 9.13. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 9.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 9.14. HEADINGS. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 9.15. JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS. (a) Each of Parent and the Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect
of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against any Borrower, Parent or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(b) Each of Parent and the Borrowers hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(c) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
SECTION 9.16. CONFIDENTIALITY. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates' officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or quasi-regulatory authority (such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any actual or prospective assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Parent or any Subsidiary or any of their respective obligations, (f) with the consent of Parent or (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section. For the purposes of this Section, "INFORMATION" shall mean all information received from any Borrower or Parent and related to any Borrower or Parent or their business, other than any such information that was available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to its disclosure by any Borrower or Parent; provided that, in the case of Information received from any Borrower or Parent after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Information also includes all protected
health information ("PHI"), as such term is defined in 45 C.F.R. 164.501, including information that concerns an individual's past, present or future physical or mental health or condition, the provision of care to the individual, or the past, present or future payment for such care, and that directly or indirectly identifies an individual or that could reasonably be used to identify an individual. Any person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such person would accord its own confidential information. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Lender will (i) treat all PHI as confidential, (ii) not disseminate, disclose or otherwise use PHI in a manner inconsistent with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act Privacy Regulations codified at 45 C.F.R. 160 et seq. (the "HIPAA PRIVACY STANDARDS"), (iii) to the extent required by the HIPAA Privacy Standards, make PHI available to Parent and/or an individual for review and amendment according to HIPAA Privacy Standards, comply with applicable auditing and reporting requirements regarding the improper use or disclosure of PHI, and require agents or subcontractors who receive PHI to comply with the HIPAA Privacy Standards, and (iv) in accordance with the HIPAA Privacy Standards and as mutually agreed by each Lender and Parent, retain, destroy or return to Parent records that contain PHI.
SECTION 9.17. RELEASE OF SUBSIDIARY LOAN PARTIES AND COLLATERAL. (a) Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein or in any other Loan Document, if Parent shall request the release under any Security Document of any Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) or any Collateral to be sold or otherwise disposed of (including through the sale or disposition of any Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) owning any such Subsidiary or Collateral) to a Person other than Parent or a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted under the terms of this Agreement and shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate to the effect that such sale or other disposition and the application of the proceeds thereof will comply with the terms of this Agreement, the Collateral Agent, if satisfied that the applicable certificate is correct, shall, without the consent of any Lender, execute and deliver all such instruments, releases, financing statements or other agreements, and take all such further actions, as shall be necessary to effectuate the release of such Subsidiary or such Collateral substantially simultaneously with or at any time after the completion of such sale or other disposition. Any such release shall be without recourse to, or representation or warranty by, the Collateral Agent and shall not require the consent of any Lender.
(b) Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.05, Parent and the Borrowers shall reimburse the Collateral Agent for all costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and disbursements, incurred by it in connection with any action contemplated by this Section.
SECTION 9.18. USA PATRIOT ACT NOTICE. Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Parent and the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Parent and each Borrower, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number of Parent and each
Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify Parent and each Borrower in accordance with the USA Patriot Act.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
WELLCARE HOLDINGS, LLC,
by
/s/ Todd S. Farha --------------------------- Name: Todd S. Farha Title: Manager |
WELLCARE HEALTH PLANS, INC.,
by
/s/ Todd S. Farha --------------------------- Name: Todd S. Farha Title: President & Chief Executive Officer |
THE WELLCARE MANAGEMENT GROUP, INC.,
by
/s/ Todd S. Farha ---------------------------------- Name: Todd S. Farha Title: President & Chief Executive Officer |
COMPREHENSIVE HEALTH
MANAGEMENT, INC.,
by
/s/ Todd S. Farha ----------------------------------- Name: Todd S. Farha Title: President & Chief Executive Officer |
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON,
acting through its Cayman
Islands Branch, individually and as
Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent,
Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank,
by
/s/ Joseph Adipietro ----------------------------------- Name: Joseph Adipietro Title: Director |
by
/s/ Joshua Parrish ----------------------------------- Name: Joshua Parrish Title: Associate |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO WELLCARE
HOLDINGS, LLC, ET AL. CREDIT
AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MAY 13,
2004
Name of Institution: Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.
by /s/ Eugene Martin ---------------------------------- Name: Eugene Martin Title: Vice President |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO WELLCARE
HOLDINGS, LLC, ET AL. CREDIT
AGREEMENT DATED AS OF
MAY 13, 2004
Name of Institution: GSC PARTNERS CDO FUND, LIMITED
By: GSCP (NJ), L.P., as its agent
By: GSCP (NJ), Inc., its General Partner
By: /s/ Seth Katzenstein ------------------------------------------------ Name: Seth Katzenstein Title: Authorized Officer |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO WELLCARE
HOLDINGS, LLC, ET AL. CREDIT
AGREEMENT DATED AS OF
MAY 13, 2004
Name of Institution: GSC PARTNERS CDO FUND II, LIMITED
By: GSCP (NJ), L.P., as its agent
By: GSCP (NJ), Inc., its General Partner
By: /s/ Seth Katzenstein --------------------------------------------------- Name: Seth Katzenstein Title: Authorized Officer |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO WELLCARE
HOLDINGS, LLC, ET AL. CREDIT
AGREEMENT DATED AS OF
MAY 13, 2004
Name of Institution: GSC PARTNERS CDO FUND III, LIMITED
By: GSCP (NJ), L.P., as its agent
By: GSCP (NJ), Inc., its General Partner
By: /s/ Seth Katzenstein --------------------------------------------------- Name: Seth Katzenstein Title: Authorized Officer |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO WELLCARE
HOLDINGS, LLC, ET AL. CREDIT
AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MAY 13,
2004
Name of Institution: Wachovia Bank National Association
by /s/ Lynn E. Culbreath -------------------------------- Name: Lynn E. Culbreath Title: Senior Vice President |
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
WellCare Group, Inc.
Tampa, Florida
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-112829 of WellCare Group, Inc. of our report dated February 12, 2004, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP Tampa, Florida June 7, 2004 |
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of WellCare Group, Inc. Tampa, Florida
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-112829 of WellCare Group, Inc. of our report dated February 12, 2004, except for Note 15, which is as of June 7, 2004, on the consolidated financial statements and schedule of WellCare Holdings, LLC as of December 31, 2003 and for the year then ended and as of December 31, 2002 and for the five-month period then ended, and on the Predecessor combined financial statements for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP Tampa, Florida June 7, 2004 |